tm2613940-1_6k_DIV_51-exh99x2 - none

Ferroglobe PLC

GLOSSARY AND DEFINITIONS

Unless the context requires otherwise, the following definitions apply throughout this U.K. Annual Report and Accounts (including the Appendix, save as set out below):

	“2025”			the financial year ended December 31, 2025;
	“2024”			the financial year ended December 31, 2024;
	“2026 AGM”			the Annual General Meeting of the Company, to be held in 2026;
	“2025 Form 20-F”			the Company’s Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2025;
	“ABL Revolver”			the credit agreement, dated as of 30 June 2022, between Ferroglobe subsidiaries Ferroglobe USA, Inc, and QSIP Canada ULC, as borrowers, for a Credit and Security Agreement for a $100 million North American asset-based revolving credit facility, with Bank of Montreal, as lender;
	“Adjusted EBITDA”			earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation, adjusted in accordance with Company’s adjustments announced as part of its earnings reports. Alternative Performance Measures are reconciled at Appendix 1;
	“Alternative Performance Measures”			the non-IFRS financial metrics reconciled at Appendix 1;
	“Aon”			Aon Plc;
	“ARA”			this annual report and accounts for the financial year ended December 31, 2025;
	“Articles”			the Articles of Association of the Company, from time to time;
	“Auditor”			KPMG LLP, the Company’s independent U.K. statutory auditor;
	“Board”			the Company’s board of directors;
	“Business Combination”			the business combination of Globe and FerroAtlántica as the Company’s wholly owned subsidiaries on 23 December 2015;
	“Business Combination Agreement”			the definitive transaction agreement entered into on 23 February 2015 (as amended and restated on 5 May 2015) by, among others, the Company, Grupo VM, FerroAtlántica and Globe;
	“Capital”			net debt plus total equity. Alternative Performance Measures are reconciled at Appendix 1;
	“CEO”, “Chief Executive Officer” or “Chief Executive”			the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, or where the context requires, of the relevant company or organization;

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	“Companies Act”			the U.K. Companies Act 2006;
	“Company” or “Ferroglobe”			Ferroglobe PLC, a company incorporated in England and Wales with registered number 09425113 and whose registered office is at The Scalpel, 18th Floor, 52 Lime Street, London, United Kingdom, EC3M 7AF or, where the context requires, the Group;
	“Consolidated Financial Statements”			(save in the supplemental attachment when it will have the meaning given below) these consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2025;
	“Compensation Committee”			the compensation committee of the Company;
	“EBITDA”			earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation;
	“EIP”			the Ferroglobe PLC Equity Incentive Plan, adopted by the Board on May 19, 2016 and approved by shareholders on June 29, 2016; and as amended and renewed by the Board on May 22, 2025 and approved by shareholders on June 26, 2025;
	“EU”			the European Union;
	“Exchange Act”			the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (as amended);
	“Executive Chairman”			the executive chairman of the Company;
	“Executive Directors” or “Executives”			the executive directors of the Company;
	“Ferroglobe Spain Metals” or “Predecessor”			Ferroglobe Spain Metals a joint stock company organised under the laws of Spain, including (where the context so requires), its subsidiaries and subsidiary undertakings;
	“Free cash-flow”			operating cash-flow less intangible assets and property, plant and equipment cash flows. Alternative Performance Measures are reconciled at Appendix 1;
	“Ferroglobe USA” or “Globe” or “GSM”			Ferroglobe USA, a Delaware corporation, including (whether the context requires) its subsidiaries and subsidiary undertakings;
	“Group”			the Company and its subsidiaries;
	“Grupo VM”			Grupo Villar Mir, S.A.U.;
	“IASB”			International Accounting Standards Board;
	“IFRS”			International Financial Reporting Standards;
	“KPI”			key performance indicator;
	“NASDAQ”			the NASDAQ Global Select Market;
	“NASDAQ Rules”			the NASDAQ Stock Market Rules;

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	“Net debt”			bank borrowings (excluding factoring programs), debt instruments, and other financial liabilities, less cash and cash equivalents. Alternative Performance Measures are reconciled at Appendix 1;
	“Non-Executive Directors” or “NEDs”			the non-executive directors of the Company;
	“Reinstated Senior Notes”……………			refer to the notes issued in exchange of 98.588% of the 9.375% Senior Notes due 2022 issued by Ferroglobe Finance Company PLC and Globe due December 2025;
	“Ordinary Shares”			the ordinary shares of $0.01 each in the capital of the Company;
	“Policy”			the directors’ remuneration policy in force from time to time;
	“SEC”			the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission;
	“SHA”			the amended and restated shareholders agreement between Group VM and the Company dated November 22, 2017, as amended on January 23, 2018, May 13, 2021 and July 29, 2021;
	“SOX”			the U.S. Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002;
	“Subactivity”			incremental cost incurred at the plants in special circumstances, such as unscheduled shutdowns due to an unexpected breakdown that needs to be repaired, and idling facilities/mothball;
	“U.K.”			the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland;
	“U.S.”			the United States of America;
	“Working capital”			inventories and trade and other receivables, less trade and other payables. Alternative Performance Measures are reconciled at Appendix 1;
	“$”			U.S. dollar.
	In the separate attachment hereto only (and for the avoidance of doubt, not in the remainder of this U.K. Annual Report and Accounts), the following phrase has the meaning given below:
	“Consolidated Financial Statements”			the audited consolidated financial statements of Ferroglobe and its subsidiaries as of December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023 and for each of the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, including the related notes thereto, prepared in accordance with IFRS, as filed on SEC Form 20-F.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Ferroglobe PLC

INTRODUCTION

Ferroglobe PLC is a public limited company incorporated under the laws of England and Wales under Company Number: 09425113. Ferroglobe PLC and subsidiaries (the “Company” or “Ferroglobe”) is among the world’s largest producers of silicon metal and silicon-based alloys, important ingredients in a variety of industrial and consumer products. The Company’s customers include major silicone chemical, aluminum and steel manufacturers, auto companies and their suppliers, ductile iron foundries, manufacturers of photovoltaic solar cells and computer chips, and concrete producers.

The Company was incorporated in 2015 and its Ordinary Shares are listed for trading on the NASDAQ in U.S. dollars under the symbol “GSM”.

The Company is subject to disclosure obligations in the U.S. and the U.K. While some of these disclosure requirements overlap or are otherwise similar, some differ and require distinct disclosures. Pursuant to the requirements of the Companies Act, this document includes our directors’ strategic report, directors’ report, remuneration report and required financial information (including our statutory accounts and statutory auditor’s report for the reporting period commencing January 1, 2025 and ending December 31, 2025), which together comprise our U.K. annual reports and accounts for the period ended December 31, 2025 (the “U.K. Annual Report and Accounts”).

We are also subject to the information and reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, regulations and other guidance issued by the SEC and the NASDAQ listing standards applicable to foreign private issuers. In accordance with the Exchange Act, we are required to file annual and periodic reports and other information with the SEC, including, without limitation, our 2025 Form 20-F. Certain other announcements made by the Company are furnished to the SEC on Form 6-K. Our status as a foreign private issuer requires the Company to comply with various corporate governance practices under SOX, as well as related rules implemented by the SEC. In addition, NASDAQ Rules permit foreign private issuers to follow home country practice in lieu of the NASDAQ corporate governance standards, subject to certain exemptions and except to the extent that such exemptions would be contrary to U.S. federal securities law.

We have provided as a separate attachment to the U.K. Annual Report and Accounts extracts from the 2025 Form 20-F to assist shareholders in assessing the Group’s performance and results. Investors may obtain the full 2025 Form 20-F, without charge, from the SEC at the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov or from our website at www.ferroglobe.com. Unless expressly stated otherwise, the information on our website is not part of this U.K. Annual Report and is not incorporated by reference herein.

The capitalized terms used throughout the U.K. Annual Report and Accounts are defined in the Glossary and Definitions section of this U.K. Annual Report unless otherwise indicated. In the following text, the terms “we,” “our,” “the Company”, “our Company” and “us” may refer, as the context requires, to Ferroglobe or collectively to Ferroglobe and its subsidiaries. Throughout the U.K. Annual Report, rounding has been applied and numbers given and totals aggregated may differ in consequence.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CHAIRMAN’S LETTER TO SHAREHOLDERS

Dear Fellow Shareholders,

As we reflect on 2025, I want to begin by expressing my sincere appreciation to all who contributed to Ferroglobe’s resilience during a year defined by both significant headwinds and meaningful strategic progress. Despite a volatile market environment, your support—and the dedication of our global teams—enabled Ferroglobe to navigate challenges, strengthen its foundation, and position the Company for a much stronger 2026.

To our employees across the world: thank you. Your commitment, discipline and adaptability were essential in steering the company through fluctuating demand, trade uncertainty, and energy-related disruptions. To our customers and partners, we are grateful for your continued trust. And to our shareholders, thank you for your confidence in our long-term strategy.

2025 PERFORMANCE

Market conditions in 2025 remained challenging across much of our operating portfolio, with persistent pricing pressure, subdued demand in several key end markets, and the continued impact of predatory imports, particularly in the European silicon metal market. These factors contributed to a decline in full-year revenue to $1,335 million, down from $1,644 million in 2024, and a reduction in Adjusted EBITDA to $28 million, compared with $154 million in the prior year

Despite these pressures, Ferroglobe delivered several important achievements:

•

We generated $51 million in operating cash flow, reflecting strong working-capital discipline and prudent cost management.

•

We ended the year with $123 million in total cash, maintaining a strong balance sheet and providing financial flexibility in a challenging market.

•

Our global alloys portfolio demonstrated resilience, with silicon-based alloys and manganese-based alloys delivering solid volume momentum and improved operating leverage in the fourth quarter.

At the same time, we made deliberate operating decisions to curtail silicon metal production in France when economics became unsustainable. While this reduced near-term output reflects our commitment to capital discipline and long-term value creation.

TRANSFORMATIVE TRADE PROGRESS

One of the most important developments of 2025 was the advancement of major trade protections in both Europe and the United States—an area in which Ferroglobe has been a leading advocate.

European Union

The EU implemented safeguard measures on ferroalloys in November, reducing import pressure and materially improving competitive conditions for domestic producers. These safeguards are already supporting stronger alloy pricing and improved customer demand.

United States

In the U.S., authorities issued strong preliminary antidumping and countervailing duty determinations in the silicon metal case, covering imports from several countries, including Angola, Australia, Laos, Norway and Thailand. Subsequently, on February 18, 2026, the U.S. Department of Commerce finalized its decisions on Angola and Laos, which were approved by the U.S. International Trade Commission and became effective on March 17, 2026. The U.S. ITC determined that imports from Thailand were negligible and declined to impose

TABLE OF CONTENTS

countervailing duties. The decision on Australia and Norway is expected to be finalized in June 2026. These decisions reinforce the long-term viability of the domestic market and are expected to lead to improved industry dynamics in the second half of 2026.

These trade protections represent a structural shift that strengthens the long-term competitiveness of our core businesses for years to come. They also validate the strategic importance of maintaining a diversified, flexible global manufacturing footprint.

OPERATIONAL DISCIPLINE AND STRATEGIC INITIATIVES

Throughout 2025, we took decisive actions to preserve cash, enhance flexibility, and align production with market conditions:

•

We optimized our footprint by shifting production toward higher-margin ferrosilicon, converting three furnaces during the year to capture stronger market conditions.

•

We secured a new 10-year French energy agreement, providing more predictable pricing and enabling greater operational flexibility beginning in 2026.

•

We continued advancing long-term technology opportunities through our increased investment in Coreshell, whose silicon-rich EV battery materials represent a promising next-generation growth platform.

•

We implemented strict cost controls, including reduced discretionary spending and capital expenditure.

These initiatives—rooted in disciplined execution and a forward-looking strategy—leave Ferroglobe meaningfully stronger and better positioned than when we entered the year.

COMMITMENT TO SHAREHOLDER VALUE

Despite the headwinds in 2025, we remained focused on delivering returns to our shareholders.

•

We paid $10.5 million in dividends during the year and announced a 7% dividend increase in our quarterly dividend, effective March 2026.

•

We continued to execute our discretionary share-repurchase program, repurchasing 1.3 million shares earlier in 2025.

•

We maintained a conservative balance sheet, ending the year with modest net debt of $30 million and strong liquidity.

Returning capital to shareholders remains a core priority, and our actions reflect our confidence in the Ferroglobe’s long-term value creation potential.

LOOKING AHEAD

As we enter 2026, market momentum has begun to shift in our favor. Key end markets are stabilizing, trade measures are reshaping competitive dynamics, and strategic importance of critical materials continues to grow across the industries we serve.

Together, these factors position Ferroglobe for a stronger year ahead and give us confidence that 2026 will represent a significant step forward for the Company.

Beyond the near-term, favorable secular trends, including the energy transition, critical minerals demand, battery technologies, and advanced materials innovation, continue to create significant long-term opportunities for Ferroglobe, where our capabilities and global footprint provide a strong competitive advantage.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

STRATEGIC REPORT

This strategic report for the financial year to December 31, 2025 has been prepared in compliance with Section 414C of the Companies Act to provide an overview of the Group’s business and strategy. It contains certain forward-looking statements. These statements are made by the directors in good faith based on the information available to them up to the time of their approval of this report and such statements should be treated with caution due to the inherent uncertainties, including both economic and business risk factors, underlying any such forward-looking information.

For a supplementary description of our business (including our model, strategy and competitive strengths), risks associated with our business and our results of operations, see the following sections of the 2025 Form 20-F: Part I, Item 3, Section D, Risk factors; Item 4, Information on the Company; Item 5, Operating and Financial Review and Prospects; Item 7, Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions and Item 11, Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.

Nature of the business

Through its operating subsidiaries, Ferroglobe is one of the world’s largest producers of silicon metal, silicon-based alloys and manganese-based alloys. Additionally, Ferroglobe currently has quartz mining activities in Spain, the United States, Canada, and South Africa, low-ash metallurgical quality coal mining activities in the United States, and interests in hydroelectric power in France. Ferroglobe controls a meaningful portion of many of its raw materials and captures, recycles and sells most of the by-products generated in its production processes.

We sell our products to a diverse base of customers worldwide, in a varied range of industries. These industries include aluminum, silicone compounds used in the chemical industry, ductile iron, automotive parts, renewable energy, photovoltaic (solar) cells, electronic semiconductors and steel, all of which are key elements in the manufacturing of a wide range of industrial and consumer products.

We are able to supply our customers with the broadest range of specialty metals and alloys in the industry from our production centers in North America, Europe, South America, Africa and Asia. Our broad manufacturing platform and flexible capabilities allow us to optimize production and focus on products most likely to enhance profitability, including the production of customized solutions and high purity metals to meet specific customer requirements. We also benefit from low operating costs, resulting from our ownership of sources of critical raw materials and the flexibility derived from our ability to alternate production at certain of our furnaces between silicon metal and silicon-based alloy products.

Business model and strategy

As part of the strategy for delivering the objectives of the Company, the Group develops new products or new specifications on a continual basis. As a consequence of these efforts, investments may be made in facilities that allow the production of new products, such as higher-grade silicon metal, solar grade silicon metal or new foundry products.

In 2020, we conducted a deep and broad evaluation of our Company with the goal of designing a strategic plan focused on bolstering the long-term competitiveness of the business and returning the Company to profitability by fundamentally changing the way we operate, both operationally and financially. The multi-year turnaround plan we developed impacts all the functional areas of our Company as we seek to drive changes that ensure competitiveness throughout the cycle. Since 2021, the Company has successfully been delivering on its previously disclosed strategic EBITDA improvement projects. We intend to further drive results focusing on the following key areas:

•

Footprint optimization: One of the Company’s core advantages is our large and diverse production platform. While our asset footprint provides flexibility, at times we are restricted in our ability to quickly adapt to changing market conditions due to inherent constraints in curtailing capacity, particularly for shorter durations. Going forward, our goal is to ensure that the operating platform is

TABLE OF CONTENTS

more flexible and modular so shifts in production, based on needs and relative costs, are incorporated swiftly. Through this value creation driver, we aim to shift our capacity footprint by optimizing production to the most competitive assets.

•

Continuous plant efficiency: We will continue to build on the success of our existing key technical metrics (“KTM”) program, which consists of specific initiatives aimed at enhancing our process, minimizing waste, and improving the overall efficiency to drive down costs. The Company maintains a pipeline of initiatives developed through the sharing of best practices among our numerous sites and through new improvements identified by our research and development team. Moreover, we have implemented developing tools to track our key performance indicators in an ongoing effort to improve furnace level performance.

•

Commercial excellence: We have implemented commercial best practices to maximize profitable revenue, aiming at improving and reinforcing our pricing, account management, salesforce effectiveness, and product portfolio and customer focus. We have strengthened our customer relationships by developing a target portfolio prioritization, re-designing our commercial coverage and operating model, and structuring our account planning, with the definition of clear objectives for each of our customers and a sustained focus on long-term partnership building. We have implemented a range of digitally-enabled tools and processes across the entire commercial function, bringing our team’s performance to the next level. Through our new customer relationship management tool, we have reinforced our account management and front-line effectiveness, as well as our customer service and quality management. On pricing, we have redesigned our governance process and introduced new tools to maximize profitability and provide margin transparency for every sale. Furthermore, we have re-designed our product management function, empowering this role to create customer value and act as a consistent source of information and cross-functional coordination.

•

Centralized purchasing: We have adapted our operating model such that our key inputs are purchased centrally to support a culture centered on buying better and spending better. This will enable us to improve our tracking of needs, enhance our ability to schedule purchases and enable us to benefit from bulk purchases. Buying better is a supply-led effort focusing on price and volume allocation, negotiating prices and terms, managing price risks, pooling volumes and contracts, shifting volumes to best-price suppliers and leveraging procurement networks. Spending better is an operation-led effort to control demand, enforce compliance, reduce complexity, and perform value engineering to foster efficient spending. Through the principles of buying better and spending better, we aim to attain more than just cost reduction. Through the new organization, we seek to reduce supply chain risk, supporting continuous quality and service improvement, fostering better decision-making about suppliers and optimizing resource allocation.

•

Selling, general and administration expense reduction: During our corporate review, we identified significant opportunities for further cost improvement through permanent cost cutting at our plants and corporate centers. We aim to bolster the overall cost structure at various levels by tracking these costs vigorously and increasing accountability. Through this, we aim to create a culture focused on cost control and discipline for deploying best practices to drive sound spending decisions without compromising our overall performance.

•

Working capital improvement: We have substantially improved our net working capital by establishing targets and improving our supply chain processes. Additionally, we have recently implemented a sales and operations planning process to further improve our working capital management. This will allow us to sustain competitive levels of working capital throughout the cycle. As a result of these measures, we have reduced our net working capital substantially over the last three years.

There is more information on the Group’s business, risks, key financials and organizational structure in Part I, Item 3, Item 4, Item 5 Information on the Company of the 2025 Form 20-F (as set out in the separate attachment to this U.K. Annual Report and not forming part of our financial statements). This, together with the information in this Strategic Report, and the Operating and Financial Review and Prospects section of the

TABLE OF CONTENTS

2025 Form 20-F included in the separate attachment provides a fair review of the Company’s business and its development and performance during 2025.

Principal risks and uncertainties

Key Risks

We operate in a highly competitive industry.

The silicon metal market and the silicon-based and manganese-based alloys markets are global, capital intensive and highly competitive. Our competitors may have greater financial resources, as well as other strategic advantages, to maintain, improve and possibly expand their facilities, and, as a result, they may be better positioned than we are to adapt to changes in the industry or the global economy. For example, in 2025, we experienced a material decrease in total shipments of silicon metal in Europe due in part to lower-cost imports introducing higher pressure from Asia, compounded by weak industrial demand. Advantages that our competitors have over us from time to time, new entrants that increase competition in our industry, and increases in the use of substitutes for certain of our products could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our business is particularly sensitive to increases in energy costs, which could materially increase our cost of production.

Electricity is generally one of our largest production components in terms of cost as a percentage of sales. The price of electricity is determined in the applicable domestic jurisdiction and is influenced both by supply and demand dynamics and by domestic regulations. Changes in local, regional, national and international energy policy or legislation, increased costs due to scarcity of energy supply, changing climate conditions, the termination or non-renewal of any of our power purchase contracts and other factors may affect the price of electricity supplied to our plants and adversely affect our results of operations and financial conditions. For example, increased demand for generation and transmission of energy from alternative and renewable energy sources due to governmental regulations or commitments to acquire energy from renewable energy sources, could increase the price of energy we purchase and therefore increase our cost of production.

Because electricity is indispensable to our operations and accounts for a material percentage of our production costs, we are particularly vulnerable to supply limitations and cost fluctuations in energy markets. For example, at certain plants, production must be modulated to reduce consumption of energy in peak hours or in seasons with higher energy prices to ensure that we maintain profitability. In general, high or volatile energy costs in the countries in which we operate could lead to erosion of margins and volumes, leading to a potential reduction in market share.

In France, as part of a previous contractual agreement with EDF that expired at the end of 2025, we had different electricity prices throughout the year based on demand. The price level was traditionally higher during winter months and dropped significantly during the periods from April through October allowing optimization of annual power costs by operating during these more favorable periods. The Company also previously obtained specific benefits from its participation in the ARENH mechanism administered by the French Energy Regulatory Commission which allowed alternative suppliers to purchase electricity generated by nuclear power plants under favorable conditions set by the public authorities. This ARENH mechanism expired as of the end of 2025. The Company recorded a net benefit of $29,157 thousand in 2025 in relation to these programs ($63,032 thousand in 2024 and $186,211 thousand in 2023).

In Q4 2025, the Company entered into two separate electricity supply agreements with EDF to secure energy for its French operations beginning in January 2026. The Company entered into (i) a 10-year indexed wholesale electricity supply agreement (“CPI Contract”) covering approximately 70% of forecast consumption across six industrial sites through December 2035, and (ii) a 4-year retail electricity supply agreement (“Retail Contract”) covering 100% of consumption from 2026 to 2029. Although economically linked, the contracts were intentionally structured as two separate units of account for regulatory and operational reasons. The CPI Contract includes indexed pricing based on the EU Silicon Metal 5-5-3 index and EU ETS CO2 emission

TABLE OF CONTENTS

allowances futures, subject to annual floors and a ceiling, and provides for volume adjustment mechanisms (“reprévisions”). The Retail Contract integrates the CPI block into EDF’s retail billing framework and applies an 80-120% consumption tolerance band (“Reference Tunnel”). Together, these agreements support cost predictability for the Company’s French operations.

The electrical power for our U.S. and Canadian facilities is supplied mostly by American Electric Power Co., Alabama Power Co., Brookfield Renewable Partners L.P. and Hydro-Québec, and the Tennessee Valley Authority through dedicated lines. Our Alloy, West Virginia facility previously obtained approximately 50% of its power needs under a fixed price power purchase agreement with a nearby hydroelectric facility owned by a Brookfield affiliate, the contract which expired in 2025 and has been renewed for a portion of 2026. Should the Company not be able to negotiate terms or find a new supplier at a competitive price or for the quantity of energy required to operate, we may incur material additional costs which could make operating the facility as we have historically unprofitable. Additionally, this facility is more than 70 years old and any breakdown could result in the Alloy facility having to purchase more grid power at higher rates.

Energy supply to our facilities in South Africa is provided by Eskom (State-owned power utility) through rates that are approved annually by the national power regulator (“NERSA”). These rates have been volatile, due to the instability of available supply and are likely to continue increasing. Also, NERSA applies certain revisions to rates based on cost variances for Eskom that are not within our control.

In Spain, power is purchased in a competitive wholesale market. Our facilities are obligated to pay access tariffs to the national grid and receive a credit for our efforts to act as electro-intensive consumers. The volatile nature of the wholesale market in Spain results in price uncertainty that can only be partially offset by long-term power purchase agreements, in which we enter from time to time. For example, we experienced a material decrease in sale revenue from manganese-based alloys in 2023 as shipments decreased due to production adjustments in Spain resulting in part from high energy prices. Additionally, the interruptibility credits that we receive for the services provided to the grid are a major component of our power supply arrangements in Spain.

Our business benefits from safeguards, antidumping and countervailing duty orders and laws that protect our products by imposing special duties on unfairly traded imports from certain countries. If these duties or laws change, certain foreign competitors might be able to compete more effectively.

Ferroglobe benefits from safeguards, antidumping and countervailing duty orders and laws that protect its business and products by imposing special duties on unfairly traded imports from certain countries. See “Item 4.B.—Information on the Company—Business Overview—Regulatory Matters—Trade” for additional information.

These orders may be subject to revision, revocation or rescission at any time, including through periodic governmental reviews and proceedings. Current safeguards, antidumping and countervailing duty orders thus (i) may not remain in effect and continue to be enforced from year to year, (ii) may change the covered products and countries under current orders, and (iii) may reassess duties.

Finally, at times, in filing trade actions, we arguably act against the interests of our customers. Certain of our customers may not continue to do business with us as a result. Any of these factors could adversely affect our business and profitability.

Our business operations may be impacted by various types of claims, lawsuits, and other contingent obligations.

We are involved in various legal and regulatory proceedings including those that arise in the ordinary course of our business. We estimate such potential claims and contingent liabilities and, where appropriate, record provisions to address these contingent liabilities. The ultimate outcome of the legal matters currently pending against our Company is uncertain, and although such claims, lawsuits and other legal matters are not expected individually to have a material adverse effect, such matters in the aggregate could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. Furthermore, we could, in the future, be subject

TABLE OF CONTENTS

to judgments or enter into settlements of lawsuits and claims that could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations in any particular period. While we maintain insurance coverage in respect of certain risks and liabilities, we may not be able to obtain such insurance on acceptable terms in the future, if at all, and any such insurance may not provide adequate coverage against such claims. Additionally, our directors and executive officers have from time to time been involved in legal and regulatory proceedings unrelated to their respective capacity as a director or executive officer of our Company, and any such proceedings could have an indirect adverse impact on our business. See “Item 8.A.—Financial Information—Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information—Legal proceedings” for additional information.

Other risks and uncertainties

In addition to the key risks above, the Company is exposed to a number of risks which are monitored on an ongoing basis and which are summarized in the supplementary attachment. There is more information on the Group’s, risks, in Part I, Item 3 Key Information on the Company of the 2025 Form 20-F (as set out in the separate attachment to this U.K. Annual Report).

Internal control environment

We maintained an effective control environment to enable the identification and mitigation of the risk of the existence of potential material accounting errors. There is more information on the Group’s controls and procedures in Part I, Item 15 Controls and Procedures of the 2025 Form 20F (as set out in the separate attachment to this U.K. Annual Report).

Key Performance Indicators (“KPIs”)

The Board considered that the most important KPIs during 2025 were those set out below. Certain of these KPIs will also be a core area of focus during 2025.

At the corporate level, the principal KPIs that we use for measuring the overall performance of our business are:

•

EBITDA

•

Adjusted EBITDA

•

Adjusted EBITDA margin

•

Working capital

•

Free cash-flow

•

Adjusted Gross Debt

•

Net Debt to Total Assets

•

Net Debt to Capital; and

•

Net Income.

Some of these measures are also part of our compensation structure for the key executives, as follows:

•

Adjusted EBITDA: EBITDA, adjusted in accordance with Company’s adjustments announced as part of its earnings reports.

•

Free cash-flow, which represents net cash provided by operating activities less payments for property, plant and equipment.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following table sets out the Company’s performance in respect of these financial and non-IFRS measures in 2025. Refer to Appendix 1 for reconciliations of these non-IFRS measures.

Adjusted EBITDA	Adjusted EBITDA Margin	Working Capital	Free Cash- Flow
($m)		($m)	($m)
27.6	2.1%	427.5	-11.8
(2024: 153.8)	(2024: 9.4)%	(2024: 460.8)	(2024: 164.1)

Reported
EBITDA

Net
(Loss) Income

Adjusted Gross
Debt

Net Debt to
Total Assets

Net Debt to
Capital

($m)

-72.4

-177.1

207.8

6.0%

12.3%

(2024: 127.2)

(2024: 20.8)

(2024: 106.0)

(2024: -1.85)%

(2024: -3.4)%

In addition to these financial KPIs, there are a number of non-financial performance measures which the Company uses to gauge its success such as customer attrition, inventory rotation /obsolescence, benchmark against competitors and others. Some of these are reflected in the annual bonus and equity plan objectives for senior management and are reviewed each year to ensure their continued relevance. In the financial year ended December 31, 2025, the annual bonus was subject to meeting certain financial conditions related to net cash flow and EBITDA. Further information on performance in respect of these performance measures is in the Directors Remuneration Report at page 40.

Details of the Group’s anti-bribery and corruption and environmental policies are below and details of its employment policies and greenhouse gas emissions are set out below and in the Directors’ Report.

Employees

As of December 31, 2025, the Group had:

•

9 directors, of whom 6 are male and 3 are female;

•

247 senior managers, of whom 182 are male and 65 are female; and

•

2,935 employees, of whom 2,615 are male and 320 are female.

Environment and other social matters

Ferroglobe is committed to conducting its business in compliance with all applicable laws and regulations in a manner that has the highest regard for human rights, the environment and the health and safety and well-being of employees and the general public. During the year under review the Group’s employees were each asked to re-confirm in writing their commitment to the Company’s Code of Conduct which emphasizes the Group’s commitment to the highest standards of integrity, ethical behavior, transparency, safety and corporate citizenship. The Code of Conduct incorporates the Group’s key policies on matters including whistleblowing, anti-bribery and corruption, environmental impacts, health and safety and respect in the workplace and the conduct of national and international trade.

Section 172 (1) Statement

This section of the U.K. Companies Act sets out a number of matters to which directors of a U.K. company must have regard in discharging their duty to promote the success of the Company. The strategic report must include a statement which describes how the directors have had regard to those matters when performing their duties. The Board welcomes this opportunity to throw more light on its governance structures and on how input from its stakeholders has informed and shaped its decision-making. In 2025 the Board exercised all their

TABLE OF CONTENTS

duties with regard to these and other factors as they reviewed and considered proposals from senior management and governed the Company through the Board and its Committees.

The factors which the directors must take account of can be summarised as:

•

the likely consequences of any decision in the long term

•

taking account of the interests of the Company’s employees and fostering business relationships with customers, suppliers and other relevant stakeholders, such as regulatory bodies, governments and local authorities

•

the impact of operations on the community and the environment

•

maintaining a high standard of business conduct

•

acting fairly between its members

In order to take account of these factors, the Board must be informed of them. This takes place directly and indirectly, through collaborative working with management and direct and indirect feedback, as illustrated below. The Company’s internal control framework, including the Company’s Sarbanes Oxley controls, and the work of the Internal Audit team assists in providing assurance to the Board on the information made available to it.

The likely consequences of any decision in the long-term

The governance structures of the Company include delegation of certain responsibilities of the Board to its key Committees and delegation of the Board’s authority for the executive management of the Company to its executive team, subject to clearly defined limits and regular monitoring by the Board and subject also to the reservation to the Board of any matter not expressly delegated in this way.

The management team submits their annual budget to the Board for approval each year. This includes forecasts, expected revenues, costs and major expenditure and projects for the year ahead. Each year the Board typically also takes a day out of its board calendar to consider, with the majority of the management team, the Company’s strategic plan. The Board held its most recent strategy day in June 2025 and plans to hold its next in depth strategy session in June 2026.

Throughout the year, the Board has received a number of reports on the Company’s capital structure and financing arrangements. Reports were made regularly to the Board by the management team members responsible for each function and region on their area of responsibility, their performance, priorities and key decisions and risks for the immediate future and medium term, giving assurance that proper consideration is made to the longer-term in decision making throughout the business.

Staying informed on employee, customer, supplier, investor and other key stakeholders’ views

Our relationships with those who work for the Company and with the Company are key to our success. The Board stays up to date with views of our employees through a number of means: key members of the management team, usually attend the management presentation made at each Board meeting when their input is regularly solicited. They are also consulted in less formal settings. Prior to the Covid-19 pandemic, Directors had an annual schedule of visits to our facilities which enable them to spend time with our people on the ground and receive their direct feedback. One output of these pre-Covid site visits led to an increased focus at Board level on the importance of driving a unified brand and culture for Ferroglobe. There are other channels through which the Board or its Committees receives reports on employee views; these include the Chief People & Culture Officer’s normal attendance at Compensation Committee meetings; and the confidential whistleblowing hotline, reports to which are in turn reported to the Audit Committee at its scheduled meetings. In 2023 the CEO continued with town hall meetings, face to face and virtually, with employees across the

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Group to keep them updated on our financial and operational performance; employees are encouraged to raise questions as part of those sessions.

We build strong relationships with our customers and suppliers, including our partnerships, spending a lot of time with them to best understand their goals and how to develop our business in our respective interests. The Board is aware that many of our relationships are long-term and depend on mutual trust and collaboration. The Board gets feedback on customer and supplier issues on a regular basis: through the input of the Chief Commercial Officer and Marketing and VP Supply Chain Management who normally attend management presentations in the scheduled Board meetings and through presentations each has made to the Board on their areas of responsibility, priorities and challenges.

The Board is aware that the Company relies on the support of its shareholders and their views are important to it. The Board’s interactions with these stakeholders take place through a variety of channels. The Company’s major shareholder, Grupo VM, had during 2024 four representative directors on the Board through whom views and input can be provided or sought. The Board receives feedback from other shareholders and the investment community through the Company’s quarterly results presentations. The VP Investor Relations is a regular attendee at Board meetings and shares themes or commentary made to the Executives and management by the Company’s investors and certain other stakeholders. Shareholders typically have the opportunity to attend the general meetings of the Company, including the AGM, and put questions to directors formally at the meeting and in a more relaxed environment before and afterwards. The Company also maintains an investor relations email address on its corporate website, questions posed to which are directed to its VP Investor Relations and, where relevant, would then be raised by them with the other management team members or the Board.

Engaging with community and the environment

We engage with communities, government and regulators in the areas and countries in which we operate through a range of industry consultations, membership in several trade and industry associations, participation in conferences, forums and meetings. We have engaged with local charities and community groups. We also routinely consult with the local, regional and central governments and their agencies on the proposed changes in conditions of operations of our production facilities. These matters are reported to the Board, which is kept updated on the status of these discussions and their progress.

We identify and assess the potential impacts that our business has on the environment and work with relevant authorities and industry experts to manage and minimise these impacts. The Audit Committee of the Board receives regular updates on any allegations of non-compliance by the business with environmental laws and regulations. There is more on this in Note 26 of our consolidated financial statements.

Sustainability has been identified by management as a top priority. First, we recognize the criticality of the company to take an active role in leading and driving change for the betterment of society. Furthermore, given the growing focus on sustainability amongst our stakeholders we need to create more transparency around our performance and the action plan to drive the changes required to meet our goals. Our last ESG report on the financial year 2024 was issued in 2025. Our 2025 Global ESG report will be published in 2026.

In 2022 we approved Ferroglobe’s ESG Strategy 2022-2026 which sets the roadmap that makes sustainability a strategic pillar for the organization at the global level.

The ESG Strategy is aimed at being progressively implemented from 2022 to 2026, and has been defined based on four Strategic lines:

Strengthening our governance framework

Promoting a solid & honest engagement with our people and local communities where we operate

Reinforcing the role of sustainability through our value chain

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Improving our environmental footprint to enable materials which are vital for sustainable development.

A specific ESG Committee has been designated to adopt and implement the ESG Strategy through 5 specific working groups to engage all business and corporate leaders to adopt and implement the ESG responsibilities set forth in the strategy.

The ESG Committee reports to the Management Team and The Board of Directors, which is ultimately responsible for the Company´s ESG performance.

[MISSING IMAGE: fc_esgcommittee-4clr.jpg]

The ESG working groups are responsible for monitoring and coordinating the development of the 40 measures that have been established within the strategy, as well as establishing and tracking targets to measure the degree of implementation of each of them.

We have defined our ESG Strategy 2022-2026 in alignment with the United Nations Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs), identifying for each of the defined measures the specific targets to which it contributes to. In this sense, we have determined 8 out of the 17 SDGs, which are the most relevant in our activities and on which we shall focus our efforts.

[MISSING IMAGE: fc_esgstrategy-4clr.jpg]

The measures set for each strategic line are summarized as follows:

•

Strengthening our governance framework: Measures aimed at integrating sustainability into the Group’s strategy, governance tools and organizational structure and also starting reporting through an annual ESG report.

•

Promoting a solid & honest engagement with our people and local communities where we operate: Measures aimed at achieving a corporate culture by harmonizing procedures for people management, guided by the fundamental values of collaboration, leading change, respect and ownership. Focusing on Health & Safety as a top priority and guiding principle in all our operations.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

•

Reinforcing the role of sustainability throughout our value chain: Measures to promote the integration of sustainability among Ferroglobe’s value chain, both upstream and downstream by assessing our suppliers according to the ESG approach and coordinating the procedures to respond to customer´s needs in terms of ESG performance. The environmental footprint of our products will also be assessed developing specific Life Cycle Assessment studies.

•

Improving our environmental footprint to enable materials which are vital for sustainable development: Measures focused at reducing the environmental impacts of products and processes and integrate the environmental risks management approach to strengthen our resiliency and sustainability. Extending the environmental and energy management systems certification according to ISO standards in our production sites. Boosting energy efficiency through technological and processes improvement. Setting a Corporate Climate Change Framework and setting specific emission reduction targets. Promoting circularity principles for waste and water management through specific programs in the plants to reduce the global environmental footprint.

ESG Risk Management Approach

Under the Governance strategic line, ESG risks have been integrated in the Company´s risk management system, and we have started the Climate Change Risks & Opportunities Assessment aligned with the TCFD recommendations.

Non-Financial and Sustainability Information Statement

Ferroglobe PLC is a leading global producer of advanced metallurgical products. The Company is the largest merchant producer of silicon metal in the Western World, and a leading global producer of silicon-based alloys and manganese-based alloys. The Company’s main activity is to transform minerals into advanced materials that are critical in modern society, and sell those products worldwide, to a varied range of industries, including the manufacturing of steel, iron, aluminium and semiconductors and silicone compounds, among others.

Ferroglobe’s worldwide operations include assets located in Argentina, Canada, China, France, Venezuela, Norway, South Africa, Spain and the United States. Production sites include 24 electrometallurgical plants, 18 mining sites, an electrode production plant and 2 hydro stations.

Regarding the supply chain, Ferroglobe’s operations depend on two main types of raw materials:

•

Carbon reductants such as coal, wood, charcoal, metallurgical coke, petroleum coke, and anthracite.

•

Minerals, such as quartz and manganese ore.

At the Company’s mining sites, raw materials such as metallurgical coal and quartz are extracted, partially covering production demand. When local mining production cannot fulfil that demand, the Company relies on a network of qualified suppliers in each geographical region to ensure reliable access to high quality and sustainable raw materials.

A description of governance arrangements of the company in relation to assessing and managing climate-related risks and opportunities

In 2022, the ESG Committee was established with the mission of overseeing and managing the implementation of the Ferroglobe’s ESG strategy, including the management of climate-related risks and opportunities within the purview of the Sustainability Area’s management.

The Sustainability Area, within the Technology and Innovation division, leads the identification and assessment of climate-related risks and opportunities. Furthermore, the Finance division works in tandem with the Sustainability Area in coordinating the integration of climate change risks results into the Company’s Enterprise Risk Management (ERM) and presents them annually to the Audit Committee and to the Board of Directors.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

[MISSING IMAGE: fc_auditcommittee-4clr.jpg]

A description of how the company identifies, assesses, and manages climate-related risks and opportunities.

The methodology considered for identifying and assessing climate-related risks and opportunities is semiquantitative and aligned with the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) technical guidelines. It has been applied at the group level, and it has taken into consideration each of the Company’s production sites as well as the value chain. The methodology’s steps are as follows.

The first step was to identify the current and potential risks and opportunities to which the Company may be exposed. This involved obtaining a preliminary list of risks and opportunities through a review of standards and regulations such as the EU Taxonomy for physical climate risks and the Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD) for transition risks and opportunities. Additionally, a benchmarking analysis was conducted to review Ferroglobe’s peers, and some meetings were needed with different areas at Ferroglobe to better understand risks and opportunities. Professional expertise was also incorporated into this process.

The second step was to calculate the inherent level for physical and transition risks. For physical risks, the considered variables included were impact, exposure and vulnerability. For transition risks, the considered variables included were impact and probability. In the case of the impact variable, the assessment scale was in alignment with the Company’s ERM Framework.

To complete the process of assessing the variables used to evaluate risks and opportunities, meetings have been held with various departments of the Company to conduct a more accurate evaluation. In addition, for Ferroglobe’s physical risks evaluation, historical data on climatic events affecting the Company’s assets were gathered. This information has been used as a source of information for the assessment of physical risks and can be used by the Company to monitor the frequency and severity of these events.

Finally, physical and transition risks have been prioritised1 according to the variables which adjust inherent risk to reach residual physical and transition risk, adaptation and mitigation respectively. Thus, the inherent level calculated in the previous steps is minimized by adaptation and mitigation measures. In the case of opportunities, the considered variables were benefits and probability to determine the level of success.

The results of the analysis of climate-related risks and opportunities are expected to be overseen specifically by the ESG Steering Committee and included in the annual reports presented to the Board. Additionally, they will be integrated into the Corporate Risk Matrix, in accordance with the Company’s ERM Framework.

A description of how processes for identifying, assessing, and managing climate-related risks are integrated into overall risk management process in the company

Ferroglobe applies a group-wide approach to managing risks through an ERM framework, which is largely based on the ISO 31000 – Risk Management Standard. The Company aims to continuously develop its risk

This is equivalent to refer to the most significant in relative terms.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

management approach through a systematic framework geared towards the most inherent risks. Taking this approach provides greater visibility and increased risk awareness, ensures the appropriate management of risks, enables risks to be aggregated and allows the Company to take a portfolio approach to risk management. Its ERM System includes seven categories, one of which is ESG (Environmental, Social, Governance). In this category, all climate-related risks are subsumed and treated like any other Company risk.

Ferroglobe’s ERM framework allows the Company to proactively identify, assess, and manage risks across its broad range of activities. The prioritised risks are defined according to a specific ranking obtained through the assessment of each risk’s likelihood, expected impact and the strength of current controls, based on specific thresholds and criteria. As a result, risk control/mitigation involves one of four possible actions: tolerate, treat, transfer, or terminate the risk. Risk owners are responsible for the coordination of efforts to mitigate and manage those risks, as well as providing updates and identifying new risks.

Regarding the climate-related risks identified and assessed by the methodology described in the previous section (point b), the prioritised ones are then expected to be included in the global risk matrix.

A description of:

The principal climate-related risks and opportunities arising in connection with the operations of the company

ii.

The time periods by reference to which those risks and opportunities are assessed

Physical risks: After screening the 28 climate-related hazards included in the Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2021/2139, of 4 June 20212, a total of 16 physical hazards were identified as relevant to Ferroglobe’s business (heat stress, temperature variability, heat waves, cold waves, wildfires, variations in wind patterns, cyclones, storms, tornadoes, rainfall, sea level rise, water stress, drought, heavy precipitation (including snow), floods and landslides).

The physical hazards were assessed using climatic variables and their evolution over time under various climate scenarios. The IPCC provides the time horizons and the climate scenarios that were used: short-term (2024- 2040), medium-term (2041-2060), and long-term (2081-2100). The climate scenarios considered for those variables are SSP2 – 4.5 (“an intermediate greenhouse gas emissions scenario”) and SSP5 – 8.5 (“increasing GHG emissions over time”).

Drought has been identified as a prioritised physical risk in the short-term under the climate scenario SSP2 – 4.5 for the last three years. This physical risk has been modelled using a drought base layer and projections on the variation in consecutive dry days, which could result in low water levels and could potentially impact Ferroglobe’s operations or its value chain.

Specifically, in the case of Ferroglobe’s operations, drought could impact operations as well as increase costs due to water scarcity in the regions where hydroelectric power plants are located. In the value chain, it is possible to conceive an increase in energy costs due to dependence on hydroelectrical energy suppliers. It is also possible to perceive increased energy costs based on the specific energy distribution system of a country, increased European coal prices due to transportation disruptions, and the effect of drought on nuclear electricity production in France. Even though droughts are expected to mostly impact Ferroglobe’s value chain, some adaptation measures are being analysed in relation to power supply options to mitigate the risk in future drought events.

The Regulation (EU) 2021/2139 establishes the framework for the EU Taxonomy, which is a classification system aimed at defining which economic activities can be considered environmentally sustainable. Its main purpose is to provide clear, consistent, and transparent criteria to determine whether an activity contributes substantially to environmental objectives, such as climate change mitigation and adaptation, while avoiding significant harm to other environmental goals. The avoidance of such harm requires, among others, for a physical climate risk assessment to be performed

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Nevertheless, the Company has experienced non-material direct impacts from weather-related incidents in the supply chain in recent years. For example, in Gabon, heavy rainfall and associated landslides have damaged rail infrastructure used to transport manganese ore to port, interrupting exports for several weeks. In Kazakhstan, increasing water stress and ground instability have occasionally required adjustments to mining operations and additional measures to ensure safe and continuous ore extraction.

Furthermore, the Company has not identified or experienced any material3 physical effects of climate change on its operations. Such effects include severe weather, weather-related damage to Ferroglobe’s property or operations, indirect weather-related impacts affecting major customers or suppliers, or material weather related impacts on the cost or availability of insurance.

Regarding adaptive capacity, Ferroglobe assesses and manages the effects of natural disasters and extreme weather conditions through its integrated, company-wide control and risk management process. Moreover, the Company conducts preparedness planning and implements measures designed to maintain business continuity and mitigate the financial impacts of natural disasters and extreme weather conditions, which may include physical climate-related risks. Specifically, Ferroglobe’s sites and operations have already organically developed adaptive measures such as the installation of pumps, or construction of protective infrastructure to manage flooding, air conditioning, increased stock capacity, and implementation of transportation and logistics alternatives.

Transition risks: After screening the 15 climate-related transition key risks by the Task Force on Climate-Related Financial Disclosures (TCFD), a total of 10 transition risks were identified as considered particularly relevant to Ferroglobe’s business.

The transition risks were assessed using the International Energy Agency’s (IEA) Stated Policies Scenario (STEPS) and the Net Zero Scenario in the short-term (2030), medium-term (2040), and long-term (2050). Following the methodology described in Section b, as a result, the following 4 transition risks were prioritised, all of them related to increased cost of raw materials and market forces:

•

Market: Increase of operational costs due to rising electricity prices or, under certain circumstances, potentially resulting in cease operations and loss of production.

•

Market: Potential increase in the cost of critical raw materials, such as manganese ore, as defined by the EU, the USA, and Quebec.

•

Market: A potential increase in costs may arise due to growing global demand for wood. Wood is commonly used as a key component in decarbonization strategies across various industries, serving as a renewable alternative to fossil-based carbon.

•

Regulatory and legal: Rising costs driven by the impact of emissions trading schemes throughout different segments of the supply chain.

In terms of mitigating actions, Ferroglobe has developed the Decarbonization Plan (2024-2030), which focuses on substituting fossil carbon sources with bio reductants in the electrometallurgical process, improving energy efficiency through the Key Technical Metrics (KTM) program and increasing the use of renewable and low-carbon energy mix. It aims for a 26% reduction in CO2 emissions by 2030 from a 2020 baseline.

Additionally, Ferroglobe secures its own quartz mines to reduce reliance on external suppliers and is actively pursuing long-term contracts and joint ventures to ensure stable access to other raw materials. Quartz is a critical raw material for the silicon value chain. The Company also invests in innovation and partners with universities and research centres to develop sustainable solutions and minimize dependence on fossil carbon sources.

In the FRS 102 The Financial Reporting Standard applicable in the UK and Republic of Ireland, Materiality: Information is material if omitting, misstating or obscuring it could reasonably be expected to influence decisions that the users of general purpose financial statements make on the basis of those financial statements (page 57).

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Opportunities: After screening 21 climate-related opportunity categories by the Task Force on Climate-Related Financial Disclosures (TCFD), a total of 5 opportunities were identified to be particularly relevant to Ferroglobe’s business.

The opportunities were assessed using the Stated Policies Scenario (STEPS) and the Net Zero Scenario in the short-term (2030), medium-term (2040), and long-term (2050) according to the International Energy Agency (IEA). After applying the methodology described in Section b, as a result, the following 3 opportunities were prioritised:

•

Use of low-emission sources of energy: Engagement in power purchase agreements (PPAs) renewable energy procurement can provide price stability and reduce electricity prices.

•

Development of new products, markets, and applications through R&D and innovation: Potential for increased revenue through the development of silicon-based products for energy storage (batteries)

•

Expansion of energy transition-related products: Opportunities for revenue growth from the deployment of silicon-based products for renewable technologies, including photovoltaics and other markets.

A description of the actual and potential impacts of the principal climate-related risks and opportunities on the business model and strategy of the company

Based on historical data on operations, Ferroglobe has identified some physical risks such as heavy precipitation, floods, storms, variations in wind patterns, and heat waves as the most recurring. They have impacted mainly production plants and mines, resulting in a loss of profit derived from ceasing operations and/or increasing costs in repairs and capital expenditures.

These events have encouraged Ferroglobe to develop and implement adaptation and mitigation measures to reduce those risks. Therefore, the Company has organically included climate-related issues as an input to its financial planning process through consideration of CapEx investments and funds for specific use in climate change adaptation and mitigation, prioritising adaptation plans in sites where natural phenomena has previously taken place.

In terms of resilience, the Company’s strategies may be confronted with disruptions in financial performance. Such disruptions include reduced revenue due to halted operations or increased costs and expenses related to raw material and carbon prices, as well as changes in financial position due to assets exposed to climate risks. Moreover, the Company has already conducted a climate change analysis that has been updated annually and has established a team responsible for identifying, assessing, and managing climate-related risks and opportunities to inform the Company when action would be necessary. The following table describes the strategic response for each risk type:

Type
(TCFD
Category)

Position in the
value chain

Climate-related risk

Strategic Response

Physical climate (Acute)

Own operations and upstream

Drought. Operational constraints caused by acute water shortage and energy supply disruptions.

Ensure access to diverse water sources. This includes ensuring access to multiple available water supplies and leveraging rainwater for reuse. Explore alternative options of energy supply that do not rely on water-dependent sources.

Transition (Market)

Own operations and upstream

Increase of operational costs due to rising electricity prices or, under certain circumstances, potentially resulting in cease operations and loss of production.

Conduct an in-depth analysis of global electrification trends to assess their potential impact on energy supply, pricing, and availability, and to identify appropriate mitigation measures.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Type
(TCFD
Category)

Position in the
value chain

Climate-related risk

Strategic Response

Transition (Market)

Own operations

Shortage and increase in the cost of raw materials.

Diversifying its supply chain by pursuing long-term contracts to ensure stable access to raw materials, securing its own quartz mines, and replacing coal with biocarbon. This approach aims to mitigate cost fluctuations, ensure sustainable sourcing, and strengthen resilience against market volatility and regulatory changes.

Transition (Regulatory & legal)

Upstream

Rising costs driven by the impact of emissions trading schemes throughout different segments of the supply chain.

Development of a decarbonization strategy that allows for maintaining the competitiveness of operations, thereby reducing the carbon footprint by replacing fossil coal with biochar and increasing access to a low carbon and/or renewable energy mix.

Type (TCFD
Category)

Climate-related
opportunities

Strategic Response

Opportunity (Energy)

Use of low emission sources of energy

Seeking to conclude new PPAs in countries where the Company operates (such as the PPA’s signed in Spain in 2025).

Opportunity (Products & Services)

Development of new products, markets, and applications through R&D and innovation

Continued development of proprietary in-house technological capabilities, alongside research initiatives and strategic partnerships, to drive innovation in the transport sector (such as the production of silicon as anodic material for lithium-ion batteries).

Opportunity (Products & Services)

Expansion of energy transition-related products

Continuous monitoring of potential product applications and industry partners in emerging industries linked to the adoption of low-carbon solutions, such as renewable energy and the electrification of the economy.

An analysis of the resilience of the business model and strategy of the company, taking into account consideration of different climate-related scenarios

To assess the risk level for each climate-related risk, specific scenarios were used depending on whether they were physical or transition-related.

For physical climate risks, IPCC scenarios SSP2-4.5 and SSP5-8.5 were followed. These scenarios integrate socioeconomic and emission concentration pathways to evaluate the behaviour of different climatic variables in the short-term (2024-2040), medium-term (2041-2060), and long-term (2081-2100).

Data for each scenario and timeframe were primarily obtained from the IPCC and Copernicus, as key scientific public data. Furthermore, additional data were collected from other agencies, such as the Spanish and French ministries for Ecological Transition, the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, and NASA’s Earth Observation Program, World Bank (Think Hazard). These data were used to model the physical climate exposure of Ferroglobe’s assets at their specific locations to climatic variables (e.g. temperature, precipitations, among multiple other variables). Following the mentioned methodology (refer to point b), these exposure values were then integrated with impact and vulnerability assessments to calculate the inherent risk level for each asset

TABLE OF CONTENTS

For transition risks, the IEA World Energy Outlook (2023) Net Zero Emissions by 2050 Scenario and the Stated Policies Scenario (STEPS) were used to model key legislative and economic variables in the short term (2030), medium term (2040), and long-term (2050). These scenarios present relevant hypothetical, consistent, and plausible futures for the evolution of greenhouse gas emissions and their main drivers, based on assumptions regarding policy, macroeconomics, and demographic studies. Based on the evolution of these variables in each scenario, potential impact and probability levels were established to conduct a qualitative analysis, following the methodology described in point b.

First, according to the above-mentioned scenarios, inherent risk was calculated for each type of risk, both physical and transitional. Next, the availability and coverage of its adaptation and mitigation actions was assessed to determine their potential for reducing the inherent risk level. The assessed adaptive or mitigative capacity of each site was then used to attenuate the inherent risk, resulting in a residual risk level. This residual risk level will be used to prioritize the risks. As previously mentioned, all Ferroglobe sites contemplate organically developed adaptation measures. Additionally, Ferroglobe has developed and approved a Decarbonization Plan (2024-2030) to enhance mitigative capacities.

A description of the targets used by the company to manage climate-related risks and to realise climate-related opportunities and of performance against those targets

Ferroglobe’s decarbonization target aims to reduce its scope 1 and scope 2 emissions by 26% by 2030 compared to 2020. To support this objective, specific targets have been set for the different projects within the decarbonization strategy, including: the share of renewable or low carbon energy in operations, the percentage of coal substitution by bioreductants, the performance of Key Technical Metrics in operations, and the level of waste gas recovery.

Regarding opportunities, Ferroglobe´s Technology and Innovation Division is leading the next-generation of technology with its development of pure silicon anodes, engineered to revolutionize the Li-ion battery market. The Company produces specialized micro- and submicro-metric silicon grades, designed for optimized integration into anodes with high silicon content. To propel these innovations, Ferroglobe has formed strategic partnerships with select companies and research institutions, focusing on surface treatment processes and electrochemical testing.

The key performance indicators used to assess progress against targets used to manage climate-related risks and realise climate-related opportunities and a description of the calculations on which those key performance indicators are based

The following Key Performance Indicators (KPIs) are expected to be implemented, measured, and tracked in order to assess Company progress in relation to climate-related risks and opportunities.

Type

Category

KPIs

Climate -
related opportunities

Renewable energy

Electricity consumption derived from renewable energy sources (%).

Development of new products, markets, and applications through R&D and innovation.

Revenue associated with the development and the production of silicon as anodic material for lithium-ion batteries

Expansion of energy transition-related products.

Revenue associated with the deployment of silicon-based products for transition technologies.

Maintaining a high standard of business conduct

On behalf of the Company, the Board has adopted a number of policies which articulate the Company and the Board’s commitment to the highest standards of integrity, ethical behaviour, transparency, safety and corporate citizenship. These include, as their mainstay, the Company’s code of conduct which sets out the Company’s policies on bribery and corruption, whistleblowing, conflicts of interest and political and charitable contributions, as well as the importance of safeguarding the wellbeing of its employees and protecting its resources. The Code of Conduct is supported by further policies on whistleblowing, data protection and statements on trade compliance, tax and modern slavery. The Board has also adopted a corporate governance policy statement to protect the interests of minority shareholders (on which there is more on “Acting fairly between members” sections that follows).

The Code of Conduct is reviewed regularly and every employee of the Company and all of its Board members are asked to confirm their personal commitment to the Code on joining the Company and to re-confirm it each year thereafter. Employees have the opportunity to report suspected breaches of the Code, for which purpose a secure and confidential hotline has been established, administered by an independent third party. Allegations of breaches of the Code are normally reported to the Audit Committee at each of its scheduled meetings and regular updates on the status of follow-up actions and outcomes given.

Acting fairly between members

A significant number of the Company’s shares are held by Grupo VM, its major shareholder. The Company has a number of checks and balances in place throughout the Company’s governance framework to ensure that the interests of the majority and the minority shareholders are respected and the Board is very cognisant of its duties in this regard. These checks and balances include:

•

the Company’s shareholders’ agreement with Grupo VM which regulates Board appointments, including those nominated by Grupo VM, Grupo VM’s rights to transfer and pledge its shares, its pre-emption rights and standstill obligations and the confidentiality agreement with Grupo VM which regulates the use, disclosure and security of confidential information shared with Grupo VM or its representatives;

•

the Company’s Articles of Association which, among other things, require the approval of a majority of independent directors to any agreement or arrangement between the Company and Grupo VM;

•

the Board’s corporate governance policy first adopted in October 2017 under which the Board commits to maintain a majority of independent directors on the Board. This policy was most recently reviewed and renewed by the Board in February 2024;

•

the workings and functions of the Board’s key fully independent Audit and majority independent Compensation Committees;

TABLE OF CONTENTS

DIRECTORS’ REPORT

The Directors present their report and the audited financial statements of the Group and Company for the year ended December 31, 2025. Although the Company is not required to comply with the UK Corporate Governance code, the directors strive to apply good corporate governance practices as far as practicable.

The Directors’ Report comprises these pages (29 to 38) and the other sections and pages of the Annual Report cross-referred below which are incorporated by reference.

The financial statements have been prepared under the going concern basis of accounting, with additional details provided in note 3.1 of the financial statements.

As permitted by legislation, certain disclosures normally included in the Directors’ Report have instead been integrated into the Strategic Report (pages 11 to 28). These disclosures include information relating to the Group’s principal risks and uncertainties.

Directors

The directors of the Company, who held office at any time during the year to December 31, 2025, were as follows:

	Javier López Madrid...........................			Director and Executive Chairman
	Marco Levi.........................................			Director and Chief Executive Officer
	Rafael Barrilero Yarnoz......................			Non-Executive Director
	Bruce L. Crockett...............................			Non-Executive Director
	Stuart E. Eizenstat..............................			Non-Executive Director
	Manuel Garrido y Ruano...................			Non-Executive Director
	Nicolas de Santis................................			Non-Executive Director
	Marta Amusategui Vergara.................			Non-Executive Director
	Juan Villar-Mir de Fuentes			Non-Executive Director
	Silvia Villar-Mir de Fuentes................			Non-Executive Director
	Belén Villalonga Morenés			Non-Executive Director

The biographies of our directors as at the date of this report are set out on pages 34 to 38. Details of the directors standing for election or re-election at our 2025 AGM will be set out in the notice of that meeting.

Directors’ indemnities

As required by the Articles, each director is indemnified in connection with his role as a director, to the extent permitted by law. As permitted by the Articles, the Company has purchased and maintained throughout the year under review directors’ and officers’ liability insurance.

Share repurchases

At the annual general meeting on June 18, 2024, shareholders granted authority to the Company to effect share repurchases. The Company is accordingly authorized for a period of five years to enter into contracts with appointed brokers under which the Company may undertake purchases of its ordinary shares provided that (i) the maximum aggregate number of ordinary shares hereby authorized to be purchased is 37,776,463, representing approximately 20% of the issued ordinary share capital, and (ii) additional restrictions under applicable U.S. securities laws are substantially complied with, including (but not limited to) the pricing limitations under Rule 10b-18(b)(3) of the U.S. Exchange Act, the volume limitations under Rules 10b-18(b)(4) and 10b18(c)(2) of the Exchange Act, the timing limitations under Rules 10b-18(b)(2) and 10b-18(c)(1) and the requirements with respect to the use of brokers or dealers under Rule 10b-18(b)(1) of the U.S. Exchange Act.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

For the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company repurchased a total of 1,320,442 shares and 598,207 shares, for total consideration of $4,690 thousand and $2,427 thousand, respectively. The average price paid per share in 2025 was $3.55 and $4.06 in 2024. The shares repurchased remained held in treasury at December 31, 2025 and 2024.

Dividends

During the years 2025 and 2024, the Company distributed dividends to its ordinary shareholders totalling $10,451 thousand and $9,758 thousand, respectively.

Political donations

During the year under review the Company has not made any political donations, incurred any political expenditure or made any contributions to any political party.

Employee policies

Ferroglobe has a culture of continuous improvement through investment in people at all levels within the organisation. Its Code of Conduct (“Code”), which applies to all directors and employees of the Group, sets out Ferroglobe’s commitment to protecting, respecting and supporting its workforce. The Code was revised in 2017 to bring together Ferroglobe’s policies on key ethical, behavioral and compliance matters. Its roll-out across the Group globally was initiated in 2017, supported by mandatory training for all employees. Subsequently and on an annual basis, Group personnel have been requested to re-certify their knowledge of and continued compliance with the Code. The adoption of and training provided on the Code is consistent with our evolution to an organization with an integrated approach to human relations policies across the five continents in which the Group operates.

Those key policies include:

•

Health and safety, where Ferroglobe places high value on the well-being of all personnel and is committed to providing a healthy and safe working environment;

•

Respect in the workplace, promoting equality and diversity, rejecting harassment and bullying and supporting work-life balance;

•

Striving to conduct operations in a way that respects the human rights of personnel, suppliers and others with whom Ferroglobe works, including local communities;

•

Encouraging the reporting of wrongdoing or of any suspicions or concerns as to wrongdoing, any of which can be raised in confidence through the whistleblowing hotline which Ferroglobe has established in all countries in which it operates where it is lawful to do so.

Ferroglobe is committed to providing equal opportunities for all Group personnel and to creating an inclusive workforce by promoting employment equality. This includes pursuing equality and diversity in all its employment activities, including recruitment, training, career development and promotion and ensuring there is no bias or discrimination in the treatment of people. Ferroglobe opposes all forms of unlawful or unfair discrimination on the grounds of race, age, nationality, religion, ethnic or national origin, sexual orientation, gender or gender reassignment, marital status or disability. Wherever possible, vacancies are filled from within Ferroglobe and efforts are made to create opportunities for internal promotion.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Greenhouse gas emissions

The U.K. Companies Act 2006 (Strategic Report and Directors’ Reports) Regulations 2013 requires U.K.-based quoted companies to report global greenhouse gas (“GHG”) emissions data in the Annual Report and Accounts. Comparison year data for 2022, 2023, 2024 and 2025 is included in Table 2 in this report. As in the period 2022-2024, the 2025 GHG inventory was prepared in accordance with the Ferroglobe PLC Greenhouse Gas Inventory Management Plan (2017), prepared in consultation with ERM Group, Inc. and its U.K. affiliate (the “IMP”).

The Company has selected the Operational Control approach and criteria as the basis for reporting GHG emissions data, defining “Operational Control” to encompass facilities the Group owns and operates, facilities it leases and operates, and partnerships facilities it operates. All facilities within Ferroglobe’s Operational Control that are material to its Group-wide GHG emission inventory are included in reported figures. This approach means that the operations for which emissions are reported are substantially coextensive with operations comprised by Ferroglobe’s consolidated financial reporting. The Company does not have responsibility for any emission sources that are not included in its financial reporting.

Table 1 sets forth the Company’s consolidated greenhouse gas emissions expressed in metric tonnes of carbon dioxide equivalent (CO2e). The figures reported below include all material direct (Scope 1) and indirect (Scope 2) emission sources for facilities within the Company’s Operational Control. Principal sources of Scope 1 emissions from operations at, or Scope 2 emissions imputed to, Ferroglobe-controlled facilities include:

•

Electricity purchased or produced by Ferroglobe facilities

•

Fuels purchased for consumption in stationary sources on-site at Ferroglobe facilities (e.g., natural gas, diesel, LPG)

•

Fuels purchased for consumption in mobile sources owned and operated by Ferroglobe

•

Process emissions associated with electric arc furnaces used for the production of silicon metal and ferroalloys.

Table 1. Company-wide Scope 1 and Scope 2 Emissions for 2025

Global GHG emissions data for period 1 January 2025 to 31 December 2025 Emissions From:	Tonnes of CO2e
Combustion of fuel and operation of facilities		1,613,6305
Electricity, heat, steam and cooling purchased for own use		1,452,769
Company’s chosen intensity measurement: Emissions reported above normalized to per tonne of product output		4.55

In line with DEFRA Guidance, 1.0 million tonnes of CO2e are not included in the above table, due to being biogenic in nature.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Table 2. Company-wide Scope 1 and Scope 2 Emissions Comparison for 2022-2025

Global GHG emissions data for period 1 January to 31 December 2022-2025	Tonnes of CO2e
Emissions From:	2022		2023		2024		2025
Combustion of fuel and operation of facilities		2,028,5566		1,705,5047		1,793,7148		1,613,6309
Electricity, heat, steam and cooling purchased for own use		1,184,366		1,617,429		1,938,914		1,452,769
Energy Consumption (MWh)		6,479,769		5,832,331		5,909,213		5,102,581
Company’s chosen intensity measurement: Emissions reported above normalized to per tonne of product output		4.50		5.10		5.04		4.55

The emissions and energy consumption correspond to Ferroglobe´s plants and mining operations all outside the United Kingdom.

Since 2020 the company has launched a specific project on energy efficiency called the “KTM project”, focused on increasing both energy efficiency and raw materials yields in our furnaces and operations. The implementation of the Key Technical Metrics methodology is based on our technical know-how, expertise, comprehensive assessment of processes, operational rigor and continuous improvement, therefore implementing both operational and organizational measures. It includes a detailed on-site performance monitoring plan, especially on the energy specific consumption.

Methodology

In preparing the IMP and this report, the Company has adhered to the World Resources Institute (WRI) and the World Business Council for Sustainable Development (WBCSD) Greenhouse Gas Protocol: A Corporate Accounting and Reporting Standard—Revised Edition (2004) (the “GHG Protocol”) and the UK DEFRA’s Environmental Reporting Guidelines: Including mandatory greenhouse gas emissions reporting guidance (June 2013) (“DEFRA Guidance”). The Company reports material emissions of three out of the six Kyoto GHGs, viz. carbon dioxide (CO2), methane (CH4), and nitrous oxide (N2O). A fourth, sulfur hexafluoride (SF6), is present in electrical breakers at some Company facilities, but no emission SF6 have been observed. The two remaining Kyoto gases, perfluorocarbons (PFCs) and hydroflurocarbons (HFCs), are not reported since Company facilities do not emit or use materials containing them.

Post year-end events

Dividend payment

In March 2025, the Company distributed dividends to its ordinary shareholders totaling $2,613 thousand.

Future developments

As part of its strategy to serve customers better, the Group develops new products or new specifications on a continuous basis. As a consequence of these efforts, investments have been made in facilities that allow the production of new products, such as higher-grade silicon metal, solar grade silicon metal, electrodes for use in

In line with DEFRA Guidance, 924,028 tonnes of CO2e are not included in the above table, due to being biogenic in nature.

In line with DEFRA Guidance, 1,000,000 tonnes of CO2e are not included in the above table, due to being biogenic in nature.

In line with DEFRA Guidance, 693,147 tonnes of CO2e are not included in the above table, due to being biogenic in nature.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

silicon metals furnaces, high-value powders for use in Li-on batteries or new foundry products. Please see Part I, Item 4, Information on the Company of the 2025 Form 20-F by way of example of how the Group has developed proprietary technologies and has pursued innovation in the development of new products.

Research and development

Ferroglobe focuses on developing new products, production processes and continuous improvement to create further value for our stakeholders and to follow global megatrends, including the green energy transition. Ferroglobe has dedicated teams for R&D and continuous improvement, but it also has cooperation agreements in place with various universities and research institutes in Spain, France and other countries around the world.

Please refer to Part I, Item 4, Information on the Company of the 2025 Form 20-F (as set out in the separate attachment to this U.K. Annual Report) for information on Ferroglobe’s research and development activities and opportunities.

Share capital structure and change of control provisions

The Company’s share capital comprises ordinary shares of $0.01 each, all of which bear the same rights and obligations. The Company’s issued share capital as of December 31, 2025 is set out at Note 12 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

The rights attaching to the Ordinary Shares are set out in the Articles, a copy of which can be obtained from the Company Secretary on request. Each Ordinary Share has one vote attaching to it for voting purposes and all holders of Ordinary Shares are entitled to receive notice of and attend and vote at the Company’s general meetings. The Articles vest power in the directors to refuse to register transfers of Ordinary Shares in certain circumstances including where the instrument of transfer is not stamped or is in favor of more than 4 transferees. There are also restrictions in the Articles affecting the terms of tender offers and any scheme of arrangement, consolidation, merger or business combination designed to protect minority shareholders while Grupo VM and its associates hold ten percent or more of the Ordinary Shares.

Significant agreements affected by a takeover

There are no agreements between the Group and any of its employees or any director of the Company that provide for compensation to be paid to the employee or director for termination of employment or for loss of office as a consequence of a takeover of the Company, other than provisions that would apply on any termination of employment.

Statement of disclosure to the Company’s U.K. statutory auditor

In accordance with section 418 of the Companies Act, each director at the date of this Directors’ Report confirms that:

•

so far as he or she is aware, there is no relevant audit information of which the Auditor is unaware; and

•

he or she has taken all the steps he or she ought to have taken as a director to make himself or herself aware of any relevant audit information and to establish that the Auditor is aware of that information.

This confirmation is given and should be interpreted in accordance with the provisions of section 418 of the Companies Act 2006.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The Board of Directors

Details of the members of the Board as at the date of this ARA are below.

Javier López Madrid

Javier López Madrid has been Executive Chairman of the Company since December 31, 2016 and was Chairman of our Nominations Committee from January 1, 2018 until May 26, 2023. He was first appointed to the Board on February 5, 2015 and was the Company’s Executive Vice-Chairman from December 23, 2015 until December 31, 2016.

He has been Chief Executive Officer of Grupo VM since 2008, and is member of the Board of several non-profit organizations. He is the founder and the largest shareholder of Financiera Siacapital and founded Tressis, Spain’s largest independent private bank. Mr. López Madrid holds a Masters in law and business from ICADE University.

Marco Levi

Marco Levi was appointed Chief Executive Officer of the Company on January 10, 2020, and appointed to its Board of Directors on January 15, 2020. Dr Levi previously served as President and CEO of Alhstrom-Munksjö Oyj, a global fiber materials company listed in Finland, where he led a successful transformation of the business by refocusing its product portfolio towards value-added specialty products. Prior to that, Dr. Levi was Senior Vice President and Business President of the $3 billion emulsion polymers division of chemicals manufacturer Styron, including during the period in which Styron division was acquired by Bain Capital from Dow Chemical Company. Dr. Levi previously had spent over twenty-two years at Dow in various departments and roles, ultimately serving as general manager of the emulsion polymers business.

Dr Levi is also a Non-Executive Director of Mativ Holdings, Inc, the leading global performance materials company, listed on the New York Stock Exchange. Dr Levi holds a doctorate in industrial chemistry from the Università degli Studi di Milano, Statale, in Italy.

Bruce L. Crockett

Bruce L. Crockett was appointed to our Board of Directors as a Non-Executive Director on December 23, 2015. He has been a member of our Audit Committee from that date and was Chair of the Audit Committee since June 4, 2020 and served on our Compensation Committee from January 1, 2018 until June 23, 2021. Mr. Crockett was appointed on May 13, 2021 as our Senior Independent Director and on June 23, 2021 as Chair of the Corporate Governance Committee until May 26, 2023, on which date he was appointed as a member of the Nominations and Governance Committee.

Mr. Crockett holds a number of other Board and governance roles. He was the Chairman of the Invesco Mutual Funds Group Board of Directors and a member of its Audit, Investment and Governance Committees, having served on the board from 1991 through 2023, as Chair from 2003 and on the Board of predecessor companies from 1978. Since 2013, he has been a member of the Board of Directors and, since 2014, Chair of the Audit Committee and since 2021 member of the Governance Committee of ALPS Property & Casualty Insurance Company. He has been Chairman of, and a private investor in, Crockett Technologies Associates since 1996. He is a life trustee of the University of Rochester. In 2021, he was appointed as a member of the Board of Advisors of the Western Colorado University Graduate Business School.

Mr. Crockett was a member of the Board of Directors of Globe from April 2014 until the closing of the Business Combination, as well as a member of Globe’s Audit Committee. He was formerly President and Chief Executive Officer of COMSAT Corporation from 1992 until 1996 and its President and Chief Operating Officer from 1991 to 1992, holding a number of other operational and financial positions at COMSAT from 1980, including that of Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. He was a member of the Board of Directors

TABLE OF CONTENTS

of Ace Limited from 1995 until 2012 and of Captaris, Inc. from 2001 until its acquisition in 2008 and its Chairman from 2003 to 2008.

Mr. Crockett holds an A.B. degree from the University of Rochester, B.S. degree from the University of Maryland, an MBA from Columbia University and an Honorary Doctor of Law degree from the University of Maryland.

Stuart E. Eizenstat

Stuart E. Eizenstat was appointed to our Board of Directors as a Non-Executive Director on December 23, 2015. He was a member of the Company’s Corporate Governance Committee from January 1, 2018, until May 26, 2023, and served on our Nominations Committee from May 16, 2018, until May 26, 2023, on which date he was appointed as a member of the Compensation Committee.

Mr. Eizenstat is a Senior Counsel at Covington & Burling LLP in Washington, D.C. and has headed its international public policy practice for many years after joining the firm in 2001. He served as a member of the Advisory Boards of GML Ltd. from 2003 to 2023 and of the Office of Cherifien de Phosphates since 2010. He was a trustee of BlackRock Funds from 2001 until 2018.

Mr. Eizenstat was a member of Board of Directors of Globe Specialty Metals from 2008 until the closing of the Business Combination and Chair of its Nominating Committee. He was a member of the Board of Directors of Alcatel-Lucent from 2008 to 2016 and of United Parcel Service from 2005 to 2015. He has had an illustrious political, legal, and advisory career. His career includes serving as the Special Representative of the President and Secretary of State Madeleine Albright on Holocaust issues during the Clinton administration (1993 to 2001); Special Adviser on Holocaust issues to Secretaries of State Hillary Clinton and John Kerry (2009 to 2017); Special Adviser to Secretary of State Antony Blinken (2021 to 2025); and, since 2025, Special Adviser to Secretary of State Marco Rubio. He was Deputy Secretary of the United States Department of the Treasury from July 1999 to January 2001, Under Secretary of State for Economic, Business and Agricultural Affairs from 1997 to 1999, Under Secretary of Commerce for International Trade from 1996 to 1997, U.S. Ambassador to the European Union from 1993 to 1996 and Chief Domestic Policy Advisor in the White House to President Carter from 1977 to 1981. In 2024, he was chosen to deliver a eulogy for President Carter at the National Memorial Service in the National Cathedral. He served on the Defense Policy Board advising the Secretary of Defense in the Obama administration from 2014 to 2017. He currently serves as Chairman of the Council of the United States Holocaust Memorial Museum, appointed by President Biden.

He is the author of “Imperfect Justice: Looted Assets, Slave Labor, and the Unfinished Business of World War II”; “The Future of the Jews: How Global Forces are Impacting the Jewish People, Israel, and its Relationship with the United States”, “President Carter: The White House Years”, and “The Art of Diplomacy: How American Negotiators Reached Historic Agreements that Changed the World”. He has written scores of articles on a wide range of economic and foreign policy issues in leading publications, such as The New York Times, The Washington Post, Financial Times, The Wall Street Journal, The Christian Science Monitor, Los Angeles Times, Houston Chronicle, Foreign Affairs magazine, Foreign Policy magazine. He has appeared frequently on a wide-range of television programs on Fox, CNN, and MSNBC.

Mr. Eizenstat holds a B.A. in Political Science, cum laude and Phi Beta Kappa, from the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, a J.D. from Harvard Law School and eight honorary doctorate degrees from colleges and universities, high honors from the governments of the United States, France (two Legions of Honor), Germany, Austria, Belgium, and Israel and more than 80 awards from various other organizations.

Manuel Garrido y Ruano

Manuel Garrido y Ruano was appointed to our Board of Directors as a Non-Executive Director on May 30, 2017. He was a member of our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee from May 30, 2017 until December 31, 2017, and served on our Corporate Governance Committee from December 31, 2017 until May 26, 2023.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Mr. Garrido y Ruano has been Chief Financial Officer of Grupo Villar Mir since 2003 and he is currently member of the Board of its subsidiary in the energy sector, and of its real estate subsidiary. In June 2021 he was appointed non-executive Chairman of Fertial SPA the Algerian fertilizers subsidiary of the Group. He resigned from Fertial’s board of directors in August 2024, when GVM divested its stake in the company.

He has been Professor of Corporate Finance of one Graduate Management Program at the Universidad de Navarra, and has also been Professor of Communication and Leadership of the Graduate Management Program at CUNEF in Spain.

Mr. Garrido y Ruano was a member of the steering committee of FerroAtlántica until 2015, having previously served as its Chief Financial Officer from 1996 to 2003. He worked with McKinsey & Company from 1991 to 1996, specializing in restructuring, business development and turnaround and cost efficiency projects globally.

Mr. Garrido y Ruano holds a Masters in Civil Engineering with honors from the Universidad Politécnica de Madrid and an MBA from INSEAD, Fontainebleau, France.

Marta de Amusategui y Vergara

Marta de Amusategui y Vergara was appointed to our Board of Directors as a Non-Executive Director on June 12, 2020. She has been a member of our Audit Committee from that date and a member of the Compensation Committee since June 23, 2021.

Ms. Amusategui has substantial experience in executive and non-executive roles, with a background in business strategy, banking and finance. She is founder and partner of Abrego Capital S.L, providing strategic and financial advisory services, and co-founder of Observatorio Industria 4.0, the professional forum leveraging knowledge and experience to assist businesses, specifically those in the secondary sector, in their digital transformation. She began her career in management consulting and investment banking, serving as Country Executive Officer and General Manager with Bank of America in Spain from 2003 to 2008.

Ms. Amusategui has been a member of the Board of Eland Private Equity, S.G.E.I.C., S.A., a private equity management company specializing in renewable energies, since 2009. She has also held other Board positions in the past, including that of Telvent GIT S.A. (Nasdaq TLVT), the global IT solutions and business information services provider, where she was an independent director from early 2010 until its de-listing following acquisition in December 2011 as well as Eccocar Sharing S.L.

Ms. Amusategui holds an Industrial Engineering degree (MSc equivalent) from Universidad Pontificia de Comillas, Madrid, Spain, an MBA from INSEAD, Fontainebleau, France and a DBA from Universidad Pontificia de Comillas. She has held a number of academic appointments, lecturing in Financing at the Inesdi Business School, Grupo Planeta, in Barcelona, in Managerial Competencies in CUNEF, in Madrid, and in Risk Management on the Non-Executive Directors Program at ICADE Business School, also in Madrid.

Juan Villar-Mir de Fuentes

Juan Villar-Mir de Fuentes was appointed to our Board of Directors as a Non-Executive Director on December 23, 2015.

Mr. Villar-Mir de Fuentes is currently Chairman of Inmobiliaria Espacio, S.A and Grupo Villar Mir, S.A.U. In both companies he served as Vice Chairman since 1996 and since 1999 respectively. He has served as Chairman and Vice Chairman of Obrascon Huarte Lain, S.A and has been serving as a member of the Board of Directors since 1996, first as a member of the Audit Committee and, later, as a member of its Compensation Committee. He was a Board Director and member of the Compensation Committee of Inmobiliaria Colonial, S.A from June 2014 to May 2017. He also was a member of the Board of Directors and of the Compensation Committee of Abertis Infraestructuras, S.A. between 2013 and 2016.

Mr. Villar-Mir de Fuentes is Patron and member of the Patronage Council of Fundación Nantik Lum and of Fundación Santa María del Camino.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Mr. Villar-Mir holds a Bachelor’s Degree in Business Administration and Economics and Business Management from the Universidad Autónoma de Madrid.

Belen Villalonga Morenés

Belen Villalonga Morenés was appointed to our Board of Directors as a Non-Executive Director on May 13, 2021. She has been a member of the Audit Committee from that date and served as a member of the Corporate Governance Committee from June 23, 2021 until May 26, 2023, on which date she was appointed to the Nominations and Governance Committee.

Ms. Villalonga is the William R. Berkley Professor of Management and Finance at New York University’s Stern School of Business. Between 2001 and 2012 she was a faculty member at the Harvard Business School. During 2018-2019 she was a Visiting Professor at Oxford University’s Said Business School. Her teaching, research, and consulting activities are in the areas of corporate governance, strategy, and finance, with a special focus on family-controlled companies. Her award-winning research has been cited over 20,000 times in scholarly articles and international media outlets.

Professor Villalonga is an independent director at Técnicas Reunidas (global engineering firm publicly listed in Spain) as well as at Mapfre USA (insurance). She has previously served as independent director for Acciona (renewable energy and infrastructure), Grifols (biopharma), and Talgo (high-speed trains) and Banco Santander International (private banking).

Ms. Villalonga holds a Ph.D. in Management and an M.A. in Economics from the University of California at Los Angeles, where she was a Fulbright Scholar. She also holds a Ph.D. in Business Economics from the Complutense University of Madrid.

Silvia Villar-Mir de Fuentes

Silvia Villar-Mir de Fuentes was appointed to our Board of Directors as a Non-Executive Director on May 13, 2021. She served as a member of the Compensation Committee from June 23, 2021 until May 26, 2023. Ms. Villar-Mir de Fuentes currently serves on the board of directors of Grupo Villar Mir, a privately held Spanish group with investments across a broad range of diversified industries, which is the beneficial owner of approximately 36% of the Company’s share capital.

Mrs. Villar-Mir de Fuentes is a summa cum laude graduate in Economics and Business Studies, with concentration in finance and accounting, from The American College in London, United Kingdom.

Nicolas De Santis

Nicolas De Santis was appointed to our Board of Directors as a Non-Executive Director on May 13, 2021. He has been a member of the Compensation Committee since June 23, 2021 and served on the Nominations Committee until May 26, 2023, when he was appointed Chair of the Nominations and Governance Committee. Mr. De Santis is a technology entrepreneur, strategist and author with substantial experience in executive and non-executive roles. He is currently the President of Gold Mercury International, the global governance think-tank, and the Founder and Chief Disruption Officer of the Megavisionary Centre for Future Worldbuilding, a strategic hub that provides a systems approach to generating enterprise value for the future.

Mr. De Santis is the creator of Enterprise Visioneering as a strategic field, and he advises multinational corporations and technology start-ups on strategic futures, disruptive innovation, global branding, business model innovation, sustainability and corporate culture transformation.

Previously Mr. De Santis served on the board of publicly traded Lyris Technologies (acquired by AUREA Software in 2015). He also sits on the boards of The Moniker Art Foundation, The IWSC Foundation, and is a trustee of the World Law Foundation, the international organization composed of leading jurists, judges, lawyers, and law firms committed to promoting peace, human rights, and the rule of law.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

He began his management career at Landor Associates (now WPP Group). As a technology entrepreneur, he co-founded several high-profile start-ups, including opodo.com, one of Europe’s most successful start-ups, reaching $1.5 billion in gross sales.

Mr. De Santis is a regular lecturer at business schools and universities on business strategy, global branding, business model innovation and culture transformation, including IE Business School, Madrid and the University of Wyoming. He is the author of Megavision—A revolutionary method to develop long term strategic vision for corporations and ventures.

Rafael Barrilero Yarnoz

Rafael Barrilero Yarnoz was appointed to our Board of Directors as a Non-Executive Director on May 13, 2021. He was appointed Chair of the Compensation Committee and served as a member of the Nominations Committee from June 23, 2021 until May 26, 2023.

Mr. Barrilero Yarnoz has developed his career as a partner of the Mercer consulting firm and as a member of the executive committee, leading the advisory talent and reward service for the boards of the main companies and multinationals. He has also led the business throughout the EMEA. Previously, he led the Watson Wyatt consulting firm in Madrid. He began his career as a lawyer at Ebro Agricolas focused on labour law, before serving as Ebro’s head of human resources. In January 2022 he joined the board of directors of AltamarCAM and Grupo Hedima, as a permanent Senior Advisor. He collaborates with the HAZ foundation, whose mission is to ensure transparency and good corporate governance. He is currently territorial director for Madrid at RibeSalat.

Mr. Barrilero Yarnoz has a law degree from Deusto and a Masters in Financial Economics from ICADE, as well as a Masters in Human Resources by Euroforum-INSEAD.

By order of the Board on 19 May, 2026

Javier Lopez Madrid

Director

TABLE OF CONTENTS

DIRECTORS’ RESPONSIBILITIES

The directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report and the Group and parent Company financial statements in accordance with applicable law and regulations.

Company law requires the directors to prepare Group and parent Company financial statements for each financial year. Under that law they have elected to prepare the Group financial statements in accordance with UK-adopted international accounting standards and applicable law and have elected to prepare the parent Company financial statements in accordance with UK accounting standards and applicable law (UK Generally Accepted Accounting Practice), including FRS 101 Reduced Disclosure Framework.

Under company law the directors must not approve the financial statements unless they are satisfied that they give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the Group and parent Company and of the Group’s profit or loss for that period. In preparing each of the Group and parent Company financial statements, the directors are required to:

•

select suitable accounting policies and then apply them consistently;

•

make judgements and estimates that are reasonable, relevant, reliable, and prudent;

•

for the Group financial statements, state whether they have been prepared in accordance with UK-adopted international accounting standards;

•

for the parent Company financial statements, state whether applicable UK accounting standards have been followed, subject to any material departures disclosed and explained in the financial statements;

•

assess the Group and parent Company’s ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern; and

•

use the going concern basis of accounting unless they either intend to liquidate the Group or the parent Company or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.

The directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting records that are sufficient to show and explain the parent Company’s transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of the parent Company and enable them to ensure that its financial statements comply with the Companies Act 2006. They are responsible for such internal control as they determine is necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and have general responsibility for taking such steps as are reasonably open to them to safeguard the assets of the Group and to prevent and detect fraud and other irregularities.

Under applicable law and regulations, the directors are also responsible for preparing a Strategic Report and a Directors’ Report that complies with applicable law and regulations.

The directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of the corporate and financial information included on the Company’s website. Legislation in the UK governing the preparation and dissemination of financial statements may differ from legislation in other jurisdictions. The responsibility statement was approved by the Board and signed on its behalf.

By order of the Board on May 19, 2026

Javier Lopez Madrid

Director

TABLE OF CONTENTS

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT

Introduction

Dear Shareholder,

As Chairman of the Compensation Committee (the Committee), and on behalf of the Board, I present the Directors’ Remuneration Report for the period ended December 31, 2025. It has been prepared in accordance with Schedule 8 of The Large and Medium-sized Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports) Regulations 2008, as amended.

This includes the following three sections:

•

This Annual Statement which summarises the work of the Committee during the year;

•

A summary of the Directors’ Remuneration Policy as approved at the 2025 AGM; and

•

The Annual Report on Remuneration (the ARR) which provides details of the remuneration earned by directors for the period ended December 31, 2025.

The Companies Act 2006 requires the auditors to report to the shareholders on certain parts of the Directors’ Remuneration Report and to state whether, in their opinion, those parts of the report have been properly prepared in accordance with the Accounting Regulations. The parts of the annual report on remuneration that are subject to audit are indicated in that report. The statement by the chair of the Compensation Committee and the policy report are not subject to audit.

The Policy

Ferroglobe’s Directors’ Remuneration Policy (the “Policy”) was last amended and approved by shareholders at the 2025 AGM with 81.20% support.

The Committee is cognisant of the talent and compensation challenges it faces in a company that operates and recruits in an international marketplace, is incorporated in the UK and listed on Nasdaq in the US. As part of the review of the Policy in 2024 and 2025, the Compensation Committee analysed in detail the previous approach to the design and levels of compensation of the executive directors (the Executive Chairman and the Chief Executive Officer) and the rest of the Management Team that does not sit on the board of directors. The approved Policy sets the framework including the structure and design (as opposed to the levels) of Ferroglobe’s compensation arrangements which more closely follows US practice. The Committee continues to believe this is the correct approach as an international company listed on Nasdaq, to align the design of compensation more closely to the US market. The Compensation Committee consciously set levels of pay so as to be competitive when compared to pay levels in similarly-sized European companies in the sector and similarly-sized UK-listed companies.

As such, the approved Policy structure is considered to be effective and supportive of the Company’s principles and strategy, continuing to support the business growth ambition and performance.

There are no changes in Policy proposed for 2026 but the Committee will continue to engage with our shareholders to understand their views on our compensation arrangements.

Short term incentive awards for 2025

The annual short term incentive objectives for the Executive Chairman and CEO in 2025 were Adjusted EBITDA in relation to 50% of the award and Adjusted Free Cash Flow in relation to the remaining 50%. The target range for these awards was set in February 2025 and reflected the performance expectations at that time. The actual market conditions experienced across 2025, meant that the Company did not reach the threshold levels for either of the two performance indicators, and as a result the Executive Directors have received no

TABLE OF CONTENTS

payment for the 2025 Short Term Incentive Award. Further details can be found in the Annual Report on Remuneration included in this document.

One-off strategic value protection awards

During 2025, the Executive Chairman and Chief Executive Officer led a sustained and resource-intensive programme of engagement with European institutions which resulted in the adoption by the European Commission of EU Market Safeguard measures protecting the Company’s European ferroalloys production for a minimum period of three years. In parallel, they concluded a new long-term energy supply agreement in France and continued to deliver structural reductions in operating costs across the Company.

These outcomes were highly material to the protection of long-term shareholder value, were binary in nature, largely external to management control but requiring significant management effort, and the financial benefits will arise over multiple future years. The Committee considered that these outcomes could not have been appropriately or proportionately incentivised through the Company’s annual bonus or long-term incentive arrangements without the use of hindsight, which it does not consider to be good governance. However, it was felt appropriate to reward the efforts and outcomes achieved by the management team in accordance with the approved Policy.

Accordingly, and on an explicitly non-recurring basis, the Committee proposed, and the Board approved, a one-off Strategic Value Protection Award. The Executive Chairman received a payment of $200,000 in April 2026 and will receive a second payment of $200,000 in April 2027, with the second payment subject to continued service. The Chief Executive Officer received a payment of $250,000 in April 2026 and will receive a second payment of $250,000 in April 2027, with the second payment subject to continued service.

The Committee determined the level of the awards by reference to the scale, complexity and duration of the engagement required, the risk mitigated, and the long-term nature of the benefits secured. The phased payment profile also supports with continued retention of highly valued individuals. The awards represent a modest proportion of total remuneration and do not alter the Company’s ongoing remuneration framework or pay opportunity.

No adjustments were made to annual bonus or long-term incentive outcomes to reflect these achievements. The payments are subject to the Company’s standard malus and clawback provisions and will be made in the relevant contract currencies using exchange rates prevailing at the time of payment.

LTIPs vesting

Awards granted to our Executive Directors in 2022 under the EIP came to the end of their performance period on December 31, 2024. They formally vested on September 22, 2025. As reported last year, the Committee had assessed the outcome of the 2022 LTIP grant at 82.42% of target.

The Awards granted to our Executive Directors on May 30, 2023 came to the end of their performance period on December 31, 2025. They remain subject to continued service and would normally formally vest on May 30, 2026. However, none of the performance conditions reached threshold, with the Committee assessing the outcome of the 2023 LTIP grant at 0% of target. As a result, no shares will vest in relation to the 2023 LTIP grant. More details on this can be found in the Annual Report on Remuneration contained in this document.

Looking forward to 2026

The Committee continues to carefully balance the various stakeholder views when determining remuneration. We recognize that, as a UK-incorporated company with substantial operations in Europe and the United States, as well as a Nasdaq listing, our approach must be competitive across multiple markets. While our remuneration framework reflects aspects of UK market standards, we also take into account the need to attract and retain top talent in a global landscape, particularly in the US, where compensation practices tend to differ.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Furthermore, while the Policy sets out maximum potential award levels, in practice, the Committee has consistently exercised restraint. For instance, although the Policy allows for short-term incentive awards of up to 500% of salary, recent grants to our Executive Directors have been capped at 200% maximum opportunity. This reflects our commitment to aligning executive pay with performance while maintaining a disciplined approach to compensation.

In 2026, the Committee and the Board approved an increase in the base salary of the Executive Chairman, Javier Lopez Madrid, in the amount of £18,892 (3%) annually, and an increase in the base salary of the CEO, Marco Levi, in the amount of €25,735 (3%) annually effective as of 1 April 2026. In both cases, the increases were in line with increases for the general workforce and consistent with market practice for the Company’s industry.

Our incentive plans are expected to operate in a similar way during 2026 as they did in 2025. The 2026 annual maximum bonus will remain at 150% of salary. The Committee has determined that for 2026 the performance measures should be reweighted so that adjusted EBITDA accounts for a 40% weighting, adjusted free cash flow accounts for a 40% weighting, allowing a new leadership effectiveness performance indicator to be introduced which accounts for the remaining 20% weighting. LTIP awards with a target value of 133% of salary are expected to be granted with an associated maximum opportunity of 200% of salary. The performance measures for the EIP awards have yet to be finalised and will be disclosed in next year’s report.

Signed on behalf of the Board.

Chairman of the Compensation Committee
May 19, 2026

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The Policy

This section of the Directors’ Remuneration Report sets out the Directors’ Remuneration Policy (“Policy”) which was approved at the 2025 AGM on June 26, 2025. The full approved Policy can be found in the Company’s U.K. Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended December 31, 2024 which is published on the Company’s website. A summary of the Policy is set out below for information only.

Considerations when determining the Policy

The overall aim of the Policy is to provide appropriate incentives that reflect the Company’s high-performance culture and values to maximize returns for shareholders.

In summary, our aim as regards the Policy is to provide remuneration which:

•

provides competitive (but not excessive) packages when compared with other international companies of a similar size and complexity, sufficient to attract, retain and motivate high performing executives who have the potential to support the growth of the Company and attracts and retains Non-Executive Directors who can substantially contribute to our success;

•

encourages strong performance and engagement, both in the short and the long term, to enable the Company to achieve its strategic objectives;

•

aligns executive remuneration with company culture, purpose and values;

•

links a very significant proportion of pay to performance conditions measured over the short term and longer term;

•

has regard to the expectations of shareholders and other stakeholders and conforms to high standards of corporate governance;

•

sets fixed pay levels at or around market norms to allow for a greater proportion of total remuneration opportunity to be in variable pay; and

•

creates strong alignment between the interests of shareholders and executives through, for example, the use of equity in variable incentive plans, the setting of performance targets closely linked to the Company’s KPIs, and the operation of shareholding guidelines for Directors.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Operation of the Policy

The following table summarizes the Policy as applied to Executive Director remuneration:

Components of remuneration for Executive Directors

Element	Purpose and link to strategy	Operation and maximum opportunity	Performance framework and recovery
Salary	A fixed salary commensurate with the individual’s role, responsibilities and experience, having regard to broader market rates.	Normally reviewed annually, taking account of Group performance, individual performance, changes in responsibility, levels of increase for the broader employee population and market salary levels.	A broad assessment of individual and corporate performance is considered as part of the annual review process.
Pension and retirement benefits	Attraction and retention of top talent; providing mechanism for the accumulation of retirement benefits.	Executive Directors may be paid a contribution towards a pension arrangement; a cash allowance in lieu of pension or a combination of the two. The maximum pension contribution and /or cash allowance in total is 20% of base salary. This includes any contributions to U.S. tax-qualified defined contribution 401(k) plan.	Not applicable.
Benefits	Attraction and retention of top talent.	Benefits may include but are not limited to medical cover, life assurance and income protection insurance. Relocation allowances may take into account a housing allowance, school fees, adviser fees for assistance with tax affairs and an expatriate allowance to cover additional expenditure incurred as a result of the relocation.	Not applicable
		Payment of such relocation allowances will be reviewed by the Committee on an annual basis. Benefits may include tax equalization provisions applicable if an Executive moves between jurisdictions

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Element	Purpose and link to strategy	Operation and maximum opportunity	Performance framework and recovery
		with differing tax regimes at the Company’s request.
		If the Executive moves to an area of higher taxation, the Company may agree to make an annual or other regular payment in cash to compensate him or her for any additional tax burden. Where the Executive moves to a jurisdiction where his or her effective tax burden is lower than that to which he or she was subject prior to such move, the Executive’s compensation may be commensurately reduced to ensure that his or her net pay remains unaffected. Benefits will be provided as the Committee deems necessary including to take into account perquisites or benefits received from a prior employer or as is customary in the country in which an executive resides or is relocated from. Reasonable business expenses incurred in line with the Company policy will be reimbursed (including any tax thereon) Benefits provided by the Company are subject to market rates and therefore there is no prescribed monetary maximum. The Company and the Committee keep the cost of the benefits under review. The Company provides all Executive Directors with directors’ and officers’ liability insurance and will provide an indemnity to the fullest extent permitted by the Companies Act.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Element	Purpose and link to strategy	Operation and maximum opportunity	Performance framework and recovery
Annual and other bonuses	Short-term performance-based incentive to reward achievement of annual performance objectives.	The annual bonus plan and all payments and awards under it are at the discretion of the Committee. Subject as aforesaid, the Committee will determine an Executive Director’s actual bonus amount, subject to the achievement of stretching performance criteria measured over the relevant financial period. At least two-thirds of the bonus will be based on financial metrics with any balance based on non-financial metrics. The maximum annual bonus opportunity that may be awarded to an Executive Director is normally 200% of salary.	The Committee will select the most appropriate performance measures for the annual bonus for each performance period and will set appropriately demanding targets. No more than 25% of the maximum annual bonus payable for each performance condition will be payable for threshold performance.
		If the Committee, in exceptional circumstances provides higher annual bonus opportunities in any year its rationale will be clearly explained in the Annual Report on Remuneration for the relevant year. In these and other exceptional circumstances the limit will be 500% of salary.	Recovery and recoupment will apply to all bonus awards for misstatement, error or gross misconduct.
		The Committee may choose to defer an element of the annual bonus. An Executive Director may be granted an additional long-term incentive award as described below of equal value (at maximum) to the amount of annual bonus deferred.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Element	Purpose and link to strategy	Operation and maximum opportunity	Performance framework and recovery
		In addition or in place of an annual bonus, the Company may pay a retention bonus where it considers it necessary to retain key Executives in situations where the relevant Executive would otherwise leave the Company and his or her retention is critical to the Company’s performance and/or the achievement of strategic goals or key projects. The grant, terms and payment of any retention bonus are at the discretion of the Committee. A retention bonus may be payable in cash or in shares and subject to such conditions as the Committee sees fit, including the Executive remaining with the Company for a defined period of time and/or meeting set performance criteria. The Committee would normally count any retention bonus awarded towards the 500% of salary limit.
Long-term incentive awards	Focus Executive Directors’ efforts on sustainable strong long-term performance of the Company as a whole, and to aid in retention with multi-year vesting provision. Promotes alignment of Executive Directors’ interests with those of the Company and shareholders.	Executive Directors are eligible for awards to be granted as decided by the Committee under the Company’s long-term incentive plan. All awards are subject to performance targets as determined by the Committee for each grant, performance against which is normally measured over a three-year period. Awards usually vest three years from the date of their grant. The annual target award limit will not normally be higher than 300% of salary (based on the face value of shares at date of grant).	The Committee will select the most appropriate performance measures for long-term incentive awards for each performance period and will set appropriately demanding targets. Performance measures may include, but are not limited to relative TSR, financial, ROCE strategic and ESG-related objectives. The threshold vesting will vary depending on the challenge associated with the measures and target range set.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Directors’ Remuneration Policy for Non-Executive Directors

The following table summarizes the Policy as applied to Non-Executive Director remuneration.

Element	Purpose and link to strategy	Operation and maximum opportunity	Performance framework and recovery
Non-Executive Directors fees including any Non-Executive Chairman	To appropriately remunerate the Non-Executive Directors	The Non Executive Directors are paid a basic fee. Supplemental fees may be paid for additional responsibilities and activities, such as for Board committee responsibilities (e.g. for chairing and for being a member of the audit, compensation, nominations and corporate governance committees) and for undertaking the Senior Independent Director role, to reflect the additional responsibilities as well as travel fees to reflect additional time incurred in travelling to meetings.	Not applicable
		These fee levels are reviewed periodically, with reference to time commitment, knowledge, experience and responsibilities of the role as well as market levels in comparable companies both in terms of size and sector.
		The Non Executive Directors are paid a basic fee. Supplemental fees may be paid for additional responsibilities and activities, such as for Board committee responsibilities (e.g. for chairing and for being a member of the audit, compensation, nominations and corporate governance committees) and for undertaking the Senior Independent Director role, to reflect the additional responsibilities as well as travel fees to reflect additional time incurred in travelling to meetings.
		These fee levels are reviewed periodically, with reference to time commitment, knowledge, experience and responsibilities of the role as well as market levels in comparable companies both in terms of size and sector.
		The Company does not currently have a Non Executive Chairman. If one were appointed his or her fee would be set at a level with reference to time commitment, knowledge, experience and responsibilities of the role as well as market levels in comparable companies both in terms of size and sector.
		There is no maximum fee level or prescribed annual increase.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Annual Report on Remuneration

Implementation of the Directors’ Remuneration Policy for the year ending December 31, 2026

This section sets out how the Committee intends to implement the Policy for the year ending December 31, 2026.

Base salary

Javier López Madrid was appointed as Executive Chairman with effect from December 31, 2016. Javier López Madrid’s salary was reviewed in 2026 and was increased from £629,748 ($848,900) to £648,640 ($874,366) per annum effective April 1, 2026.

Marco Levi’s base salary as CEO was reviewed in 2026 and was increased from EUR857,820 ($1,002,448) per annum to EUR883,555 ($1,032,522) per annum effective April 1, 2026.

Exchange rates applied for information purposes only, since salaries are paid in respective contract currencies: 1GBP=1.348USD and 1EUR=1.1686USD

In both cases, the increases were in line with increases for the general workforce and consistent with market practice for the Company’s industry. Neither Javier Lopez Madrid nor Marco Levi received any additional fees or compensation for their respective roles on the Board.

Pension and benefits

In accordance with the Policy, both Executive Directors receive a pension contribution at the rate of 20% of base salary, payable as a cash allowance. The Executive Chairman receives an expatriate allowance equivalent to 20% of his base salary. In addition, they receive health insurance, income protection and life assurance benefits to the value of approximately 5.8% of salary for the Executive Chairman and 4.9% for the CEO.

The Company provides directors’ and officers’ liability insurance and an indemnity to the fullest extent permitted by the Companies Act.

Variable Remuneration

Short Term Incentives

The objectives for the 2026 annual short-term incentives were determined by the Compensation Committee and the Board in March 2026. For each of the Executive Directors, target is at 100% of base salary, with a maximum opportunity of 150% of base salary. As in past years and consistent with the Committee’s approach to incentive awards, the maximum opportunity has been set significantly below limits in the Policy. The performance indicators for the Executive Directors are 2026 adjusted EBITDA, accounting for 40% weighting, 2026 adjusted free cash flow, accounting for 40% weighting, and a leadership effectiveness performance indicator accounting for 20% weighting. The Compensation Committee believes that the measures will provide a balanced, rounded view of overall business and individual performance.

Long-term incentives

The 2026 long-term incentive grant has not yet been approved by the Compensation Committee and the Board, which are expected to do so in the coming months. The awards are expected to be structured as performance share awards with awards vesting three years from grant subject to continued service and the achievement of performance conditions. The award levels are expected to be 133% of base salary as target and 200% of base salary as maximum in the case of the Executive Directors. Performance conditions are expected to comprise long-term key financial indicators and relative total shareholder return relative to a comparator group. All performance conditions are expected to be measured over the January 1, 2026 to December 31, 2028 period. In addition, the grants are expected to be subject to an ESG-related multiplier, which can both

TABLE OF CONTENTS

reduce or increase the total amount of payouts within the overall award maximum of 200% of salary. Any relative TSR performance condition is expected to be based on a bespoke comparator group.

Non-Executive Director share ownership guidelines

In 2018, the Non-Executive Directors reviewed the guidelines under which they had voluntarily agreed to apply on a cumulative basis at least a quarter of their normal annual gross fees to acquire shares under arrangements designed to ensure that shares can be purchased on a regular basis over a period of eight years and agreed several points of clarification, including that:

•

Where more or fewer shares are acquired in any year, the value of shares to be acquired in subsequent years may be reduced or increased respectively such that on a cumulative basis the 25% test is satisfied;

•

Each Non-Executive Director agrees to retain his or her shares until the earlier of achieving a holding equal to twice his or her annual base fees being achieved or that director leaving the Board;

•

Where a director holds outstanding and exercisable share-based or phantom restricted stock awards, the shares or notional shares under award are to be taken into account in determining the relevant director’s holding and may be exercised and disposed of at any time (with consequent effect on the director’s holding).

Fees for the Non-Executive Directors

Fees are set and payable in Pounds sterling. The fees for 2026 are the same as those for 2025. (1GBP=1.3189USD)

	Non-Executive Director base fee			£70,000 ($92,323)
	Senior Independent Director			£35,000 ($46,162)
	Member of Audit Committee			£17,500 ($23,081)
	Member of Compensation Committee			£15,500 ($20,443)
	Member of Nominations and Governance Committee			£12,000 ($15,827)
	Committee Chairperson			Two times committee membership fee
	Extraordinary meetings (per meeting)
	In person meetings			£2,500 ($3,297)
	Meetings by videoconference/telephone			£1,250 ($1,649)
	Travel fee (per meeting)
	Intercontinental travel			£3,500 ($4,616)
	Continental travel			£1,500 ($1,978)

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Remuneration paid in respect of the year to December 31, 2025

Single Figure of Remuneration for the period – Audited

The table below shows the aggregate emoluments earned by the Executive Directors of the Company who served at any time during either of the years ended December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024. The emoluments shown for 2025 have been converted to USD at the Group’s average rate for year to December 31, 2025 of GBP1: USD1.3189. Those for 2024 were converted at the rate of GBP1: USD1.244 in accordance with the 2024 U.K. Annual Report. Numbers given in Euros for 2025 in any part of the Directors Remuneration Report are converted to USD at the Group’s rate of €1: USD1.1300 and to GBP at the Group’s rate of €1: GBP0.8568.

Executive Director	Salary10 (USD 000s)				Benefits11 (USD 000s)				Pension12 (USD 000s)				Short-term incentives (USD 000s)				Long-term incentives13 (USD 000s)				Total (USD 000s)
Executive Director	2025		2024		2025		2024		2025		2024		20254		2024		2025		2024		2025		2024
Javier López Madrid		826		783		241		223		165		156		200		544		—		344		1,432		2,050
Marco Levi		964		903		50		45		193		181		250		627		—		530		1,457		2,286

For Javier López Madrid, benefits include an expatriate allowance of 20% of salary (£125,332 or $165,300 in 2025), and medical insurance and life insurance coverage as benefits. For Marco Levi, benefits include medical and life insurance coverage as benefits.

For 2025 the pension for Javier López Madrid and Marco Levi are 20% of base salary, paid as cash supplement.

The performance period of the 2022 long-term incentive awards ended on December 31, 2024. As outlined below, the 2022 awards vested on September 22, 2025, subject to continued service only, at 82.42% out of a maximum of 150%. The value of the 2022 LTIP, based on the actual number of shares released and the Fair Market Value at issuance (USD4.20/share). The amounts reported in 2024 UK Annual Report was an estimate based on the target number of shares granted and using the average share price over the 3 months to December 31, 2024 ($4.29), the date of when the performance period ended.

Represents the payment of the one-off Strategic Value Protection Awards.

Executive Director	Total Fixed Remuneration (USD 000s)				Total Variable Remuneration (USD 000s)				Total Remuneration (USD 000s)
Executive Director	2025		2024		2025		2024		2025		2024
Javier López Madrid		1,232		1,162		200		888		1,432		2,050
Marco Levi		1,207		1,129		250		1,157		1,457		2,286

The table below shows the aggregate emoluments earned by the Non-Executive Directors of the Company who served at any time during the years ended December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Non-Executive Directors	Fees ($’000)				Benefits ($’000)14				Total ($’000)
Non-Executive Directors	2025		2024		2025		2024		2025		2024
Bruce L Crockett		200		194		23		22		223		216
Stuart E Eizenstat		113		109		14		13		127		122
Manuel Garrido y Ruano		92		89		8		5		100		94
Rafael Barrilero		133		129		10		9		143		138
Nicolas de Santis		144		139		2		0		146		139
Juan Villar-Mir de Fuentes		92		89		2		3		94		92
Marta Amusategui		136		131		8		9		144		140
Silvia Villar-Mir de Fuentes		92		89		6		7		98		96
Belén Villalonga Morenes		131		127		18		22		149		149

Benefits exclusively comprise travel allowances.

Short-term incentives for the financial year to December 31, 2025 for the Executive Directors – audited

The target annual bonus opportunity for each of the Executive Directors was 100% of salary, with a maximum opportunity of 150%, and the performance measures for 2025 for each are detailed in the tables below. The Compensation Committee and the Board at their March 2026 meeting determined that the threshold levels for neither of the two performance indicators had been met, and as a result no payments would be made under the 2025 short term incentive.

Performance targets and performance for the Executive Directors in 2025 were as follows:

Measure

Weighting
(target % of
award)

Threshold
performance
(0% of
target paid)

Target
performance
(100% of
target paid)

Stretch
performance
(150% of
target paid)

Actual
performance

Bonus
outcome

Adjusted EBITDA

50%

<86M USD

120M USD

>200M USD

28M USD

Adjusted Free cash-flow

50%

<84.6M USD

118.7M USD

>186.6M USD

(12M) USD

Strategic Value Protection Awards

These outcomes were highly material to the protection of long-term shareholder value, were binary in nature, largely external to management control but requiring significant management effort, and the financial benefits will arise over multiple future years. The Compensation Committee considered that these outcomes could not have been appropriately or proportionately incentivised through the Company’s annual bonus or long-term incentive arrangements without the use of hindsight, which it does not consider to be good governance. However, it was felt appropriate to reward the efforts and outcomes achieved by the management team in accordance with the approved Policy.

Accordingly, and on an explicitly non-recurring basis, the Compensation Committee proposed, and the Board approved, a one-off Strategic Value Protection Award. The Executive Chairman received a payment of $200,000 in April 2026 and will receive a second payment of $200,000 in April 2027, with the second payment

TABLE OF CONTENTS

subject to continued service. The Chief Executive Officer received a payment of $250,000 in April 2026 and will receive a second payment of $250,000 in April 2027, with the second payment subject to continued service.

The Compensation Committee determined the level of the awards by reference to the scale, complexity and duration of the engagement required, the risk mitigated, and the long-term nature of the benefits secured. The phased payment profile also supports with continued retention of highly valued individuals. The awards represent a modest proportion of total remuneration and do not alter the Company’s ongoing remuneration framework or pay opportunity. In line with reporting requirements, the full amount of the award is shown in the Single Figure table, despite the second payment being subject to continued service to April 2027.

Long term incentive awards for the financial year ended December 31, 2025 – Audited

Awards vesting/performance period ending in financial year 2025

The 2023 long term incentive awards are subject to performance conditions which ended December 31, 2025.

Measure

Weighting
(target % of
award)

Threshold
performance
(60% of
target paid)

Target
performance
(100% of
target paid)

Stretch
performance
(150% of
target paid)

Actual
Performance

EIP
outcome

Adjusted EBIT

40%

$353 million

$588 million

$882 million

$262 million

—

Operating cash flow

40%

$649 million

$1,082 million

$1,622 million

$530 million

—

Relative TSR15

20%

Median

Upper Quartile

Below median

—

Peer group comprises Outokumpu, Imerys, Eramet, Jacquet Metals, Evonik Industries, Wacker, Thyssenkrupp, SGL Carbon SE, Amg Advanced Metallurgical Group, Elkem, Acerinox, Materion Corp., Minerals Technologies Inc., Schnitzer Steel Industries, Kaiser Aluminum, Ati Inc., Steel Dynamics Inc., Timkensteel, Century Aluminum Co. and Cleveland-Cliffs.

The details of the 2023 LTIP grant for each of the Executive Directors were as follows:

Director

Award type

Grant date

PSUs
Granted

Due to vest
based on
performance

Estimated
value due to
vest16

Vesting date

Javier López Madrid

LTIP PSUs

May 30, 2023

222,623

—

May 30, 2026

Marco Levi

LTIP PSUs

May 30, 2023

261,521

—

May 30, 2026

Value based on the average share price over three months to December 31, 2025

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Awards granted in financial year 2025

On September 10, 2025 Javier López Madrid and Marco Levi were granted long-term incentive awards as set out in the table below.

Type of
award

Basis of
award (at
max)

Share
value at
grant

Number
of shares
at target

Number
of shares
at max

Face
value of
shares
at max

Vesting
date

Performance
period

Javier López Madrid

Conditional
Award

200% of
salary

$4.21

190,185

285,277

$1.201 million

10 September 2028

January 1, 2025
through
December 31,
2027

Marco Levi

Conditional
Award

200% of
salary

$4.21

224,323

336,485

$1.416 million

10 September 2028

January 1, 2025
through
December 31, 2027

The 2025 long term incentive awards are structured as performance share awards with awards vesting three years from grant subject to continued service and the achievement of performance conditions. The award levels are 100% of base salary at target and 200% of base salary at maximum in the case of the Executive Directors.

The performance conditions are as follows:

•

ROCE (return on capital employed) is defined as EBIT divided by equity plus gross debt, and accounts for 70% weighting, with performance measured over a straight-line sliding scale with 8.8% representing minimum and 60% payout, 9.8% representing target and 100% payout, and 10.8% representing maximum and 150% payout. Results below 8.8% are below the minimum and have no associated payout. Average of ROCE for the FY2025, 2026 and 2027 will be used to assess performance.

•

Relative TSR accounts for 30% weighting, with performance measured over a straight-line sliding scale with median (50th percentile) representing minimum and target, and 75% percentile or greater representing maximum and 150% payout. Results below median are below minimum and have no associated payout.

The relative TSR performance condition is based on a bespoke comparator group comprising Outokumpu, Imerys, Eramet, Jacquet Metals, Evonik Industries, Wacker, Thyssenkrupp, SGL Carbon SE, Amg Advanced Metallurgical Group, Elkem, Acerinox, Materion Corp., Minerals Technologies Inc., Schnitzer Steel Industries, Kaiser Aluminum, Ati Inc., Steel Dynamics Inc., Timkensteel, Century Aluminum Co. and Cleveland-Cliffs.

In addition, the grants are subject to an ESG multiplier for relative reduction of Scope 2 emission intensity. Calculations use the 5-year production plan as a fixed baseline assumption to ensure consistency and avoid annual production distortions. Performance is measured over a straight-line sliding scale with a reduction of 6.0% or less resulting in application of a multiplier of 90%, a reduction of 8.7% representing target and application of a 100% multiplier, and a reduction of at least 10.8% representing maximum and application of a 120% multiplier.

Directors’ shareholdings and share interests – Audited

The table below sets out the number of shares held or potentially held by directors (including their connected persons where relevant) as at December 31, 2025. The Company has share ownership guidelines in place under which it recommends that non-executive directors hold up to a number of shares in the Company equivalent to 200% of their fees or of their base salary in the case of the Executive Directors.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Director	Beneficially owned shares		Number of unexercised vested share options		Number of shares under long term incentive awards without performance conditions17		Number of shares under long term incentive awards with performance conditions18		Shareholding as a % of fees19		Percentage of Executive Director’s base salary held as shares as at December 31, 20253
Javier López Madrid		199,780		1,096,920		—		559,255		—		112.2%
Marco Levi		923,818		—		—		657,204		—		444%
Bruce L. Crockett		46,000		—		2,527		—		107%
Stuart E. Eizenstat		72,121		—		—		—		296%
Manuel Garrido y Ruano		870		—		—		—		4%
Marta de Amusategui y Vergara		78,220		—		—		—		273%
Juan Villar Mir de Fuentes		—		—		—		—		0%
Belen Villalonga		—		—		—		—		0%
Nicolas De Santis		—		—		—		—		0%
Silvia Villar Mir de Fuentes		73,990		—		—		—		373%
Rafael Barrilero		—		—		—		—		0%

Where performance conditions have already been tested by the Board, such amounts are reflected in the “without performance conditions” column with their expected vesting values.

Refers to the maximum number of shares to potentially vest under the 2024 and 2025 LTIP grants.

Measured by reference to beneficially owned shares only and using the closing share price on December 31, 2025 of $4.64 and the 2025 base salaries of the Executive Directors and the annual fees of the Non-Executive Directors in USD as disclosed above under “— Base salary” and “fees”.

Total pension entitlements – Audited

Details of the value of pension contributions for Executive Directors are provided in the Pensions column of the Single Figure of Remuneration table. Pension contributions are by way of a cash allowance. There are therefore no specified retirement ages to disclose or consequences of early retirement.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Director’s outstanding share awards – Audited

The Directors’ outstanding share awards as at December 31, 2025 were as detailed below:

Director	Award type	Grant date		Outstanding		Subject to performance conditions20		Exercisable as of December 31, 2025		Exercised during the year to December 31, 2025		Future vesting	Vesting date
Javier López Madrid	LTIP Nil cost option		24.11.16		28,11721		No		Yes		—	—		24.11.19
	LTIP Nil cost option		01.06.17		70,46421		No		Yes		—	—		01.06.20
	LTIP Nil cost option		21.03.18		46,77721		No		Yes		—	—		21.03.21
	Deferred Bonus Award: Nil cost option		14.06.18		23,06622		No		Yes		—	—		14.06.21
	LTIP Nil cost option		13.03.19		110,11421		No		Yes		—	—		28.04.22
	LTIP Nil cost option		16.12.20		432,77121		No		Yes		—	—		16.12.24
	LTIP Nil cost option		09.09.21		385,61121		No		Yes		—	—		01.01.24
	LTIP Conditional Award		30.05.23		333,93523		Yes		No		—	—		30.05.26
	LTIP Conditional Award		19.06.24		273,97723		Yes		No		—	182,651		19.06.27
	LTIP Conditional Award		10.09.25		285,27823		Yes		No		—	190,185		09.10.28
Marco Levi	LTIP Conditional Award		30.05.23		392,28123		Yes		No		—	—		30.05.26
	LTIP Conditional Award		19.06.24		320,72023		Yes		No		—	320,720		10.06.27
	LTIP Conditional Award		10.09.25		336,48423		Yes		No		—	336,484		10.09.28
Bruce L. Crockett22	RSU/C		Various		2,52721		No		Yes		—	—		—

Subject to performance conditions and continued employment in the case of awards to the Executive Directors.

Performance conditions and service conditions for these awards have been satisfied and the number of shares which are vested but not exercised as at December 31, 2025 are reflected as “outstanding”.

Deferred share bonus awards granted to the Executive Directors only. Vested awards are shown with dividend equivalents.

These awards are stated at maximum and are subject to satisfaction of performance conditions and service conditions in the future and are yet to be vested. The performance conditions for the LTIP 2023 were not met for the performance period ending December 31, 2025 and as such will not vest.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Performance Graph

The graph below illustrates the Company´s TSR performance relative to the constituents of the S&P 1200 Metals & Mining index from the start of the first day of listing of Ferroglobe´s shares on December 24, 2015 to December 31, 2025. The graph shows the performance of a hypothetical $100 invested and its performance over that period. The index has been chosen for this table as the most appropriate comparator for the Company in this period as the Company is a constituent of this index.

[MISSING IMAGE: lc_shareholder-4clr.jpg]

Payments for loss of office – Audited

There were no payments made to any director for loss of office in the year ended December 31, 2025.

Payments made to past directors – Audited

There were no payments made to any past directors in the year ended December 31, 2025.

Executive Chairman remuneration table (in thousands)

	2025	2024	2023
	Javier López Madrid24	Javier López Madrid25	Javier López Madrid26
Executive Chairman’s remuneration27	$1,232	$1,641	$1,656
Annual variable pay (including as a % of maximum)28	(0%)	$544 (46%)	$565 (33%)
One-off Strategic Value Protection Award	$200	—	—
LTIP awards with performance period ending in the relevant year29	$0	$344 (82.42%)	N/A

At the exchange rate of 1 GBP: 1.3189 USD used in the FY25 Report

At the exchange rate of 1 GBP: 1.2785 USD used in the FY24 Report

At the exchange rate of 1 GBP: 1.244 USD used in the FY23 Report

Remuneration comprises total remuneration

Annual variable pay is the short-term incentive amounts and the percentage of maximum award it represents. Figures elsewhere in this report show bonus as a percentage of target.

The number of shares subject to long term incentive awards where final vesting is determined by reference to performance ending in the year under review is shown as a percentage of target opportunity. The LTIP 2021 performance period which ended in 2023 was in the form of stock options, which have not yet been exercised.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Percentage increase or reduction in the remuneration of the Executive Directors

The following table shows the percentage change in remuneration of each director from financial year 2023, 2024 and 2025.

2025	Javier López Madrid	Marco Levi	Bruce L Crockett	Stuart E Eizenstat	Manuel Garrido y Ruano	Rafael Barrilero	Nicolas de Santis2	Juan Villar Mir de Fuentes	Marta Amusategui	Silvia Villar- Mir de Fuentes	Belén Villalonga Morenes	Average Employee Cost
Salary and fees (USD 000s)	6%	7%	3%	4%	3%	3%	4%	3%	4%	3%	3%
All taxable benefits (USD 000s)	7%	8%	5%	8%	60%	11%	100%	(33)%	(11)%	(14)%	(18)%
Annual bonuses	(100)%30	(100)%30	0%	0%	0%	0%	0%	0%	0%	0%	0%
Total	(28)%	(31)%	3%	4%	6%	4%	5%	2%	3%	2%	0%	4%
2024
Salary and fees (USD 000s)	5%	2%	(11)%	(4)%	(10)%	(4)%	12%	(2)%	(6)%	(13)%	(14)%
All taxable benefits (USD 000s)	10%	4%	0%	44%	0%	0%	—	(25)%	0%	0%	0%
Annual bonuses	(4)%	(6)%	0%	0%	0%	0%	0%	0%	0%	0%	0%
Total	3%	(1)%	(10)%	0%	(10)%	(4)%	12%	(3)%	(5)%	(12)%	(12)%	(5)%
2023
Salary and fees (USD 000s)	9%	5%	7%	6%	(4)%	5%	12%	3%	8%	(5)%	19%
All taxable benefits (USD 000s)	8%	11%	0%	0%	0%	0%	—	0%	0%	0%	0%
Annual bonuses	(43)%	(45)%
Total	(17)%	(21)%	7%	5%	(4)%	5%	12%	3%	7%	(4)%	16%	(5)%

Excludes the one-off Strategic Value Protection Award.

Relative importance of the spend on pay

The following table shows the Company’s actual spend on pay for all employees compared to distributions to shareholders in the financial year.

	January 1, 2025 to December 31, 2025			January 1, 2024 to December 31, 2024			January 1, 2023 to December 31, 2023
Employee costs		$	270,649,000		$	279,864,000		$	305,859,000
Average number of employees			3,182			3,423			3,539
Distributions to shareholders		$	15,142,000		$	12,186,000			—

External directorships during financial year 2025

Javier López Madrid

•

Chief Executive Officer of Grupo VM.

•

Non-Executive Chairman and investor of Siacapital S.L.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Marco Levi

•

Non-executive director of Mativ Holdings Inc

The Board was satisfied that under these arrangements the Executive Chairman and CEO had the necessary time to carry out their duties effectively during 2025.

Under the Policy, Executive Directors may retain fees paid for external director appointments. These appointments are subject to approval by the Board and must be compatible with their duties as Executive Directors.

Membership of the Committee

Since May 26, 2023, our Compensation Committee has consisted of four directors: Ms. Amusategui and Messrs. Barrilero (Chair), Eizenstat and De Santis.

The Executive Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, Chief People & Culture Officer and other members of the management team may be invited to attend meetings to assist the Committee. Other Non-Executive Directors are normally invited to attend meetings to assist the Committee in its deliberations as appropriate. No Executive, however, is present during any decision making in relation to their own remuneration. In addition, neither Ms Villar-Mir de Fuentes nor Mr. Villar-Mir de Fuentes participated in discussions, or votes, regarding the remuneration of Javier López-Madrid.

External advisors

During 2024 and 2025, the Committee appointed FIT Remuneration Consultants LLP (“FIT”) to support with the development of the new Policy. FIT also provided advice to management, to enable their support of the Committee, primarily in relation to remuneration reporting and the operation of incentive plans.

The Committee is satisfied that the advice received from FIT in relation to executive remuneration matters is objective and independent. FIT are members of the UK Remuneration Consultants Group and abides by the Remuneration Consultants Group Code of Conduct, which requires its advice to be objective and impartial.

The fees paid to FIT for advice directly to the Committee in 2025 were GBP 83,427 (inclusive of VAT), with fees paid on both a fixed activity and per-service basis.

Statement of shareholder voting

The following table shows the results of the votes on the 2024 Remuneration Report as well the Remuneration Policy at the Annual General Meeting of June 26, 2025.

	For		% of votes cast		Against		% of votes cast		Withheld
Remuneration Policy		116,983,592		81.20		24,219,854		16.81		2,864,217
Remuneration Report		142,318,571		98.79		1,472,412		1.02		276,680

Approval

This Directors’ Remuneration Report, including both the Policy and Annual Report on Remuneration has been approved by the Board.

Signed on behalf of the Board.

Chairman of the Compensation Committee
May 19, 2026

TABLE OF CONTENTS

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT TO THE MEMBERS OF FERROGLOBE PLC

1 Our opinion is unmodified

We have audited the financial statements of Ferroglobe PLC (“the Company”) for the year ended December 31, 2025 which comprise the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position, Consolidated Income Statements, Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss), Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity, Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, Parent Company Balance Sheet, Parent Company Statement of Changes in Equity, and the related notes, including the accounting policies in note 4 of consolidated financial statements and note 1.2 of the parent Company financial statements.

In our opinion:

•

the financial statements give a true and fair view of the state of the Group’s and of the parent Company’s affairs as at December 31, 2025 and of the Group’s loss for the year then ended;

•

the Group financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with UK-adopted international accounting standards;

•

the parent Company financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with UK accounting standards, including FRS 101 Reduced Disclosure Framework; and

•

the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006.

Basis for opinion

We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) (“ISAs (UK)”) and applicable law. Our responsibilities are described below. We have fulfilled our ethical responsibilities under, and are independent of the Group in accordance with, UK ethical requirements including the FRC Ethical Standard as applied to listed entities. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is a sufficient and appropriate basis for our opinion.

2 Key audit matters: our assessment of risks of material misstatement

Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most significance in the audit of the financial statements and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not due to fraud) identified by us, including those which had the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy; the allocation of resources in the audit; and directing the efforts of the engagement team. These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters. The Group has entered into new electricity supply agreement with EDF during the year, and due to the extent of procedures performed, we have included this as a new Key Audit Matter for FY 2025. In arriving at our audit opinion above, the key audit matters, in decreasing order of audit significance, were as follows:

Fair value of the CPI electricity supply agreement with EDF (New KAM)

(Fair value of the derivative: $ 39,239 thousand (liability))
Refer to page 89 (accounting policy), and pages 131 to 134 (financial disclosures).

The Risk – Subjective valuation

The Group has recorded fair value of electricity supply agreements with EDF as a liability of $39,239 thousand as of December 31, 2025, which included the fair value of the CPI contract. The CPI contract is a 10-year indexed electricity supply agreement with pricing based on EU silicon metal prices and CO2 allowance prices.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The Group estimated the fair value of the contract by applying an income approach based on a Monte Carlo simulation model considering various assumptions, including projected French energy prices and projected Silicon metal index prices.

The effect of these matters is that, as part of our risk assessment, we determined that fair value has a high degree of estimation uncertainty, with a potential range of reasonable outcomes greater than our materiality for the financial statements as a whole. The financial statements (note 21) disclose the sensitivity estimated by the Group.

Our response

We performed the tests below rather than seeking to rely on any of the Group’s controls because the nature of the balances is such that we would expect to obtain audit evidence primarily through the detailed procedures described.

Our procedures to address the risk included:

Benchmarking assumptions: We evaluated the projected French energy prices and projected Silicon metal index prices by comparing them to historical prices and third-party forecasted future market prices.

Our sector experience: We used our own valuation specialist with specialized skills and knowledge who assisted in evaluating application of the model by:

•

inspecting the contractual agreements and model documentation.

•

Recalculating the Monte Carlo simulations; and

•

evaluating the model output by developing an independent model and comparing the independent model’s output with management’s output.

Assessing transparency: We assessed the adequacy of the Group’s disclosure on estimation uncertainty, including key assumptions and sensitivities.

Carrying amount of property, plant and equipment for the Alloy cash-generating unit (Risk vs 2024:

)

(Carrying value of the CGU $ 44,192 thousand)
Refer to page 86 (accounting policy), and pages 105 to 109 (financial disclosures).

The Risk – Forecast-based assessment and subjective valuation

Management identified impairment indicators in certain CGUs based on the financial performance in FY 2025. In particular, the Group has determined the recoverable amount for the Alloy CGU as the fair value less costs of disposal. The recoverable amount is subjective due to the inherent uncertainty in forecasting cash flows.

Subjective auditor judgment was required to evaluate whether the Group’s assumptions, related to EBITDA projections, discount rate and terminal growth rate fall within an acceptable range.

The effect of these matters is that, as part of our risk assessment, we determined that the fair value less cost of disposal have a high degree of estimation uncertainty, with a potential range of reasonable outcomes in aggregate greater than our materiality for the financial statements as a whole. The financial statements (note 107) disclose the Group’s assessment of the sensitivity of the carrying amounts of the CGU.

In addition, specialised skills and knowledge were also required to assess the acceptability of the recoverable amount of the CGU.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our response

Our procedures to address the risk included:

Benchmarking Assumptions: We evaluated the EBITDA projections by comparing them against the current and historical performance of other CGUs, the Group as a whole and other companies in similar industries. In addition, we evaluated the revenue projections, which form part of the EBITDA projections, against historical prices, existing agreements with customers, and third-party forecasted future market prices.

Our sector experience: We involved corporate valuation professionals, with specialised skills and knowledge, who assisted us in:

•

evaluating the Group’s discount rate by developing an independent estimate using publicly available market data for comparable entities; and

•

evaluating the Group’s terminal growth rate by developing an independent estimate using external market forecasts of relevant long-term growth rates.

Assessing transparency: We assessed the adequacy of the Group’s disclosure about the estimation uncertainty in relation to the impairment assessment for the Alloy CGU.

Recoverability of cost of investment in subsidiary (Risk vs 2024:

)

(Investments in subsidiaries: $ 651,711 thousand)
Refer to pages 158 (accounting policy) and page 160 (financial disclosures).

The risk – Low risk, high value

The carrying amount of the parent Company’s investment in subsidiary represents 96% of the parent Company’s total assets. Its recoverability is not at a high risk of significant misstatement or subject to significant judgement. However, due to its materiality in the context of the parent Company’s financial statements, this is considered to be the area that had the greatest effect on our overall parent Company audit.

Our response

We performed the tests below rather than seeking to rely solely on any of the parent Company’s controls because the nature of the balance is such that we would expect to obtain audit evidence primarily through the detailed procedures below.

Our procedures included:

Tests of detail: Comparing the carrying amount of the investment in subsidiary with the subsidiary’s draft balance sheet to identify whether its net assets, being an approximation of its minimum recoverable amount, were in excess of its carrying amount.

As the parent Company’s investment is in a holding company, to assess the reasonableness of the recoverability assessment, we also compared the carrying amount of the parent Company’s investment with the aggregated net assets of the underlying trading groups as per their draft balance sheets to identify whether their net assets were in excess of the parent Company’s investment carrying amount.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Comparing valuations: assessing the reasonableness of the recoverability assessment by comparing the carrying amount of the investment in the subsidiary to the Company’s market capitalisation, being an approximation of the recoverable amount of the investment.

3 Our application of materiality and an overview of the scope of our audit

Our application of materiality

Materiality for the Group financial statements as a whole was set at $15,000,000 (2024: $15,000,000), determined with reference to a benchmark of normalised Group revenue, of which it represents 0.91% (2024: 0.76% determined with reference to normalised Group revenue). We normalised Group revenue by averaging over three years to account for cyclical fluctuations in the Group’s performance. We consider revenue to be a more appropriate benchmark than Group profit before tax as Group profit before tax is a less stable measure year on year, having significantly fluctuated in recent years.

Materiality for the parent Company’s financial statements as a whole was set at $6,000,000 (2024: $6,000,000), determined with reference to a benchmark of parent Company total assets, of which it represents 0.89% (2024: 0.88% determined with reference to parent Company total assets).

In line with our audit methodology, our procedures on individual account balances and disclosures were performed to a lower threshold, performance materiality, so as to reduce to an acceptable level the risk that individually immaterial misstatements in individual account balances add up to a material amount across the financial statements as a whole.

Performance materiality was set at 65% (2024: 65%) of materiality for the financial statements as a whole, which equates to $9,750,000 (2024: $9,750,000) for the Group and $3,900,000 (2024: $3,900,000) for the parent Company. We applied this percentage in our determination of performance materiality based on the level of identified control deficiencies during the prior period.

We agreed to report to the Audit Committee any corrected or uncorrected identified misstatements exceeding $675,000 (2024: $675,000), in addition to other identified misstatements that warranted reporting on qualitative grounds.

Overview of the scope of our audit

We performed risk assessment procedures to determine which of the Group’s components are likely to include risks of material misstatement to the Group financial statements and which procedures to perform at these components to address those risks.

In total, we identified 58 (2024: 63) components, having considered our evaluation of the Group’s operational structure, geographic locations, existence of common information systems and existence of common risk profiles across business activity, and our ability to perform audit procedures centrally.

Of those, we identified three quantitatively significant components (2024: 3) which contained the largest percentages of either total revenue or total assets of the Group, for which we performed audit procedures.

Additionally, having considered qualitative and quantitative factors, we selected five components (2024:5) with accounts contributing to the specific RMMs of the Group financial statements, for which we performed audit procedures.

The below summarises where we performed audit procedures:

Component Type

Number of components
where audit procedures
were performed

Range of materiality
applied

Quantitatively significant components

$8m - $8.5m

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Component Type

Number of components
where audit procedures
were performed

Range of materiality
applied

Other components where we performed audit procedures

$5m - $7.2m

Total

Accordingly, we performed audit procedures on 8 components (2024: 8), of which we involved component auditors in performing the audit work on 8 components (2024: 8). We also performed the audit of the parent Company.

We set the component materialities, which ranged from $5m to $8.5m, having regard to the mix of size and risk profile of the Group across the components.

Our audit procedures covered 92% (2024: 90%) of Group total revenue. We performed audit procedures in relation to components and consolidation adjustments that overall accounted for 66% (2024: 63%) of the total profits and losses that made up group loss before tax and 70% (2024: 65%) of Group total assets. We also performed audit procedures at a Group level in respect of certain of Group’s borrowings, recoverability of property, plant and equipment, and goodwill.

For the remaining components over which we performed no audit procedures, no component represented more than 9% (2024: 8%) of Group total revenue, total profits and losses that made up group profit before tax or Group total assets. We performed analysis at an aggregated Group level to re-examine our assessment that there is not a reasonable possibility of a material misstatement in these components.

The scope of the audit work performed was fully substantive as we did not rely upon the Group’s internal control over financial reporting.

Group auditor oversight

As part of establishing the overall Group audit strategy and plan, we conducted the risk assessment and planning discussion meetings with component auditors to discuss Group audit risks relevant to the components.

We instructed component auditors, as to the significant areas to be covered, including the relevant risks detailed above and the information to be reported back.

We conducted video and telephone conference meetings with the component auditors, during which the results of the planning procedures and further audit procedures were discussed in greater detail. Following these discussions, any further work required by us was performed by the component auditors.

We inspected the work performed by the component auditors for the purpose of the Group audit and evaluated the appropriateness of the conclusions drawn from the audit evidence obtained and consistencies between communicated findings and work performed, with a particular focus on revenue and management override of controls.

4 Going concern

The directors have prepared the financial statements on the going concern basis as they do not intend to liquidate the Group or the Company or to cease their operations, and as they have concluded that the Group’s and the Company’s financial position means that this is realistic. They have also concluded that there are no material uncertainties that could have cast significant doubt over their ability to continue as a going concern for at least a year from the date of approval of the financial statements (“the going concern period”).

We used our knowledge of the Group, its industry, and the general economic environment to identify the inherent risks to its business model and analysed how those risks might affect the Group’s and parent Company’s financial resources or ability to continue operations over the going concern period.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The risk that we considered most likely to affect the Group’s and Company’s available financial resources in a negative way over this period is an adverse impact on the Group’s trading, profitability and liquidity, as a consequence of a reduction in demand and price of the finished goods or increase in cost of production.

We considered whether these risks could plausibly affect the liquidity in the going concern period by assessing the directors’ sensitivities over the level of available financial resources indicated by the Group’s financial forecasts taking account of severe, but plausible adverse effects that could arise from these risks individually and collectively.

Our procedures also included:

•

Critically assessing assumptions in the going concern forecasts and the impact on forecast liquidity, particularly in relation to revenue projections, by comparing to third-party forecasted future market prices. We also assessed the assumptions used against our knowledge of the Group and the sector in which it operates, overlaying our knowledge of the Group’s plans based on approved budgets.

•

Obtaining confirmation letters for the cash balances as at 31 December 2025, and inspecting the credit facilities agreement for committed financing facilities.

We considered whether the going concern disclosure in the note 3.1 to the financial statements gives a full and accurate description of the directors’ assessment of going concern, including the identified risks and dependencies.

Our conclusions based on this work:

•

we consider that the directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting in the preparation of the financial statements is appropriate;

•

we have not identified, and concur with the directors’ assessment that there is not, a material uncertainty related to events or conditions that, individually or collectively, may cast significant doubt on the Group’s or Company’s ability to continue as a going concern for the going concern period; and

•

we found the going concern disclosure in note 3.1 to be acceptable.

However, as we cannot predict all future events or conditions and as subsequent events may result in outcomes that are inconsistent with judgements that were reasonable at the time they were made, the above conclusions are not a guarantee that the Group or the Company will continue in operation.

5 Fraud and breaches of laws and regulations – ability to detect

Identifying and responding to risks of material misstatement due to fraud

To identify risks of material misstatement due to fraud (“fraud risks”) we assessed events or conditions that could indicate an incentive or pressure to commit fraud or provide an opportunity to commit fraud. Our risk assessment procedures included:

•

Enquiring of directors, the audit committee, internal audit and inspection of policy documentation as to the Group’s high-level policies and procedures to prevent and detect fraud, including the internal audit function, and the Group’s channel for “whistleblowing”, as well as whether the directors have knowledge of any actual, suspected or alleged fraud.

•

Reading Board / Audit Committee minutes.

•

Considering remuneration incentive schemes and performance targets for management / directors, including the Short-Term Incentive Awards and Long-Term Incentive Plan (LTIP).

TABLE OF CONTENTS

•

Using analytical procedures to identify any unusual or unexpected accounting relationships.

We communicated identified fraud risks throughout the audit team and remained alert to any indications of fraud throughout the audit. This included communication from us, as the Group auditor, to component auditors of relevant fraud risks identified at the Group level and requesting component auditors performing procedures at then component level to report to the Group auditor any identified fraud risk factors or identified or suspected instances of fraud.

As required by auditing standards, and taking into account possible pressures to meet profit targets and our knowledge of the control environment, we perform procedures to address the risk of management override of controls and the risk of fraudulent revenue recognition, in particular the risk that Group and component management may be in a position to make inappropriate accounting entries, the risk of bias in accounting estimates such as impairment assessments related to property, plant and equipment, and the risk that revenue is overstated through recording revenues in the wrong period.

We did not identify any additional fraud risks.

We also performed procedures including:

•

Identifying journal entries and other adjustments to test at the Group level and for all scoped in components based on risk criteria and comparing the identified entries to supporting documentation. These included those posted to seldom used accounts, entries created by seldom posters, entries posted to revenue accounts with an unusual account combination, and entries posted by senior management; and

•

Assessing whether the judgements made in making accounting estimates are indicative of potential bias.

Identifying and responding to risks of material misstatement due to non-compliance with laws and regulations

We identified areas of laws and regulations that could reasonably be expected to have a material effect on the financial statements from our general commercial and sector experience, through discussion with the directors and other management (as required by auditing standards), and from inspection of the Group’s regulatory and legal correspondence and discussed with the directors and other management the policies and procedures regarding compliance with laws and regulations.

We communicated identified laws and regulations throughout our team and remained alert to any indications of non-compliance throughout the audit. This included communication from us, as the Group auditor, to component auditors of relevant laws and regulations identified at the Group level, and a request for component auditors to report to the Group team any instances of non-compliance with laws and regulations that could give rise to a material misstatement at the Group level.

The potential effect of these laws and regulations on the financial statements varies considerably.

Firstly, the Group is subject to laws and regulations that directly affect the financial statements including financial reporting legislation (including related UK companies legislation), distributable profits legislation and taxation legislation and we assessed the extent of compliance with these laws and regulations as part of our procedures on the related financial statement items.

Secondly, the Group is subject to many other laws and regulations where the consequences of non-compliance could have a material effect on amounts or disclosures in the financial statements, for instance through the imposition of fines or litigation. We identified the following areas as those most likely to have such an effect: health and safety laws, data protection laws, anti-bribery laws, employment law, anti-money laundering laws, environmental law, other taxation legislation, competition legislation and licences relating to mining and energy generation recognising the nature of the Group’s activities and its legal form. Auditing standards limit the required audit procedures to identify non-compliance with these laws and regulations to enquiry of the

TABLE OF CONTENTS

directors and other management and inspection of regulatory and legal correspondence, if any. Therefore, if a breach of operational regulations is not disclosed to us or evident from relevant correspondence, an audit will not detect that breach.

Context of the ability of the audit to detect fraud or breaches of law or regulation

Owing to the inherent limitations of an audit, there is an unavoidable risk that we may not have detected some material misstatements in the financial statements, even though we have properly planned and performed our audit in accordance with auditing standards. For example, the further removed non-compliance with laws and regulations is from the events and transactions reflected in the financial statements, the less likely the inherently limited procedures required by auditing standards would identify it.

In addition, as with any audit, there remained a higher risk of non-detection of fraud, as fraud may involve collusion, forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of internal controls. Our audit procedures are designed to detect material misstatement. We are not responsible for preventing non-compliance or fraud and cannot be expected to detect non-compliance with all laws and regulations.

6 We have nothing to report on the other information in the Annual Report

The directors are responsible for the other information presented in the Annual Report together with the financial statements. Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover the other information and, accordingly, we do not express an audit opinion or, except as explicitly stated below, any form of assurance conclusion thereon.

Our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, consider whether, based on our financial statements audit work, the information therein is materially misstated or inconsistent with the financial statements or our audit knowledge. Based solely on that work we have not identified material misstatements in the other information.

Strategic report and directors’ report

Based solely on our work on the other information:

•

we have not identified material misstatements in the strategic report and the directors’ report;

•

in our opinion the information given in those reports for the financial year is consistent with the financial statements; and

•

in our opinion those reports have been prepared in accordance with the Companies Act 2006.

Directors’ remuneration report

In our opinion the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited has been properly prepared in accordance with the Companies Act 2006.

7 We have nothing to report on the other matters on which we are required to report by exception

Under the Companies Act 2006, we are required to report to you if, in our opinion:

•

adequate accounting records have not been kept by the parent Company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been received from branches not visited by us; or

•

the parent Company financial statements are not in agreement with the accounting records and returns; or

•

certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or

TABLE OF CONTENTS

•

we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit.

We have nothing to report in these respects.

8 Respective responsibilities

Directors’ responsibilities

As explained more fully in their statement set out on page 39, the directors are responsible for: the preparation of the financial statements including being satisfied that they give a true and fair view; such internal control as they determine is necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error; assessing the Group and parent Company’s ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern; and using the going concern basis of accounting unless they either intend to liquidate the Group or the parent Company or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.

Auditor’s responsibilities

Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue our opinion in an auditor’s report. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but does not guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of the financial statements.

A fuller description of our responsibilities is provided on the FRC’s website at www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities.

9 The purpose of our audit work and to whom we owe our responsibilities

This report is made solely to the Company’s members, as a body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006. Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the Company’s members those matters we are required to state to them in an auditor’s report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone other than the Company and the Company’s members, as a body, for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we have formed.

Lynton Richmond (Senior Statutory Auditor)
for and on behalf of KPMG LLP, Statutory Auditor
Chartered Accountants
15 Canada Square
London E14 5GL

19 May 2026

TABLE OF CONTENTS

FERROGLOBE PLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2025 AND 2024

(In USD thousands)

	Notes	2025		2024
ASSETS
Non-current assets
Goodwill	Note 6		12,472		14,219
Intangible assets	Note 7		132,682		103,095
Property, plant and equipment	Note 8		486,678		487,196
Other financial assets	Note 9		26,717		19,744
Deferred tax assets	Note 24		—		6,580
Receivables from related parties	Note 25		1,763		1,558
Other non-current assets	Note 11		21,436		22,451
Total non-current assets			681,748		654,843
Current assets
Inventories	Note 10		306,160		347,139
Trade receivables	Note 9		191,536		188,816
Other receivables	Note 9		74,665		83,103
Current income tax assets	Note 24		5,564		7,692
Other financial assets	Note 9		11,104		5,569
Other current assets	Note 11		21,716		52,014
Restricted cash and cash equivalents	Note 9		175		298
Cash and cash equivalents	Note 9		122,812		132,973
Total current assets			733,732		817,604
Total assets			1,415,480		1,472,447
EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
Equity
Share capital			1,962		1,962
Share premium			86,220		86,220
Treasury shares			(19,050)		(14,360)
Reserves			905,243		890,346
Translation differences			(212,735)		(275,829)
Valuation adjustments			4,677		8,630
Result attributable to the Parent			(170,700)		23,538
Equity attributable to the Parent			595,617		720,507
Non-controlling interests			96,640		113,738
Total equity	Note 12		692,257		834,245
Non-current liabilities
Deferred income	Note 14		26,394		8,014
Provisions	Note 15		30,487		24,384
Provisions for pensions	Note 16		28,903		27,618
Bank borrowings	Note 17		60,136		13,911
Lease liabilities	Note 18		57,429		56,585
Other financial liabilities	Note 20		22,035		24,602
Derivative financial liabilities	Note 21		45,198		1,086
Deferred tax liabilities	Note 24		11,005		19,629
Other non-current liabilities	Note 23		345		13,759
Total non-current liabilities			281,932		189,588
Current liabilities
Provisions	Note 15		87,308		83,132
Provisions for pensions	Note 16		186		168
Bank borrowings	Note 17		79,876		43,251
Lease liabilities	Note 18		12,254		12,867
Debt instruments	Note 19		26,014		10,135
Other financial liabilities	Note 20		11,408		48,117
Payables to related parties	Note 25		2,577		2,664
Trade payables	Note 22		144,853		158,251
Income tax liabilities			970		10,623
Other current liabilities	Note 23		75,845		79,406
Total current liabilities			441,291		448,614
Total equity and liabilities			1,415,480		1,472,447

Notes 1 to 32 are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements

The financial statements were approved by the Board of Directors and authorized for issue on May 19, 2026.

Signed on its behalf by:

Dr Marco Levi, Director

TABLE OF CONTENTS

FERROGLOBE PLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENTS FOR THE YEARS 2025, 2024 AND 2023

(In USD thousands, except share and per share data)

	Notes	2025		2024		2023
Sales	Note 27.1		1,335,121		1,643,939		1,650,034
Raw materials and energy consumption for production1	Note 27.2		(933,531)		(1,027,130)		(879,286)
Other operating income	Note 27.3		82,835		84,378		100,992
Staff costs	Note 27.4		(270,649)		(279,864)		(305,859)
Other operating expense	Note 27.5		(245,899)		(265,182)		(270,090)
Depreciation and amortization	Note 27.6		(84,951)		(75,463)		(73,532)
Impairment loss	Note 27.8		(17,488)		(43,052)		(25,290)
Other gain (loss)			1,105		555		(29)
Operating (loss) profit			(133,457)		38,181		196,940
Finance income	Note 27.7		3,474		7,248		5,422
Finance costs	Note 27.7		(20,775)		(21,942)		(38,793)
Exchange differences			(23,886)		13,565		(7,551)
(Loss) Profit before tax			(174,644)		37,052		156,018
Income tax expense	Note 24		(2,468)		(16,252)		(57,540)
Total (Loss) Profit for the year			(177,112)		20,800		98,478
(Loss) Profit attributable to the Parent			(170,700)		23,538		82,662
(Loss) Profit attributable to non-controlling interests	Note 12		(6,412)		(2,738)		15,816
Earnings per share

		2025		2024		2023
Numerator:
Total (Loss) Profit attributable to the Parent			(170,700)		23,538		82,662
Denominator:
Weighted average number of basic shares outstanding			188,360,675		188,144,651		187,872,191
Weighted average number of dilutive shares outstanding			188,360,675		188,808,918		190,289,808
Basic earnings/(loss) per ordinary share (U.S.$)	Note 13		(0.91)		0.13		0.44
Diluted earnings/(loss) per ordinary share (U.S.$)	Note 13		(0.91)		0.12		0.43

Notes 1 to 32 are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements

For the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, includes a net energy expense of $122.3 million, expense of $171.3 million and credit of $28.7 million, respectively, as described further in Note 27.2.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

FERROGLOBE PLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS) FOR 2025, 2024 AND 2023

(In USD thousands)

	Notes	2025		2024		2023
Total (Loss) Profit for the year			(177,112)		20,800		98,478
Items that will not be reclassified subsequently to income or loss:
Remeasurement gains (losses) on defined-benefit obligations	Note 16		2,406		3,139		(5,620)
Tax effect	Note 24		(668)		(757)		1,500
Total income (expense) that will not be reclassified subsequently to profit (loss)			1,738		2,382		(4,120)
Items that may be reclassified subsequently to income or loss:
Cash flow hedge accounting	Note 21		(5,785)		(3,471)		2,245
Translation differences			64,901		(46,969)		11,730
Tax effect	Note 24		1,446		865		(767)
Total (expense) income that may be reclassified subsequently to profit (loss)			60,562		(49,575)		13,208
Items that have been reclassified to profit (loss) in the period:
Cash flow hedge accounting	Note 21		(1,105)		1,007		83
Tax effect			—		—		—
Total items that have been reclassified to profit (loss)			(1,105)		1,007		83
Other comprehensive (loss) profit for the year, net of income tax			61,195		(46,186)		9,171
Total comprehensive (loss) profit for the year			(115,917)		(25,386)		107,649
Total comprehensive (loss) profit attributable to the Parent			(111,559)		(20,216)		91,105
Total comprehensive (loss) profit attributable to non-controlling interests			(4,358)		(5,170)		16,544

Notes 1 to 32 are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements

TABLE OF CONTENTS

FERROGLOBE PLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY FOR 2025, 2024 AND 2023

(In USD thousands, except issued shares in thousands)

		Total Amounts Attributable to Owners
	Notes	Issued Shares		Share Capital		Share Premium		Treasury Shares		Reserves		Translation Differences		Valuation Adjustments		Result for the Year		Non- controlling Interests		Total
		(Thousands)		US$’000		US$’000		US$’000		US$’000		US$’000		US$’000		US$’000		US$’000		US$’000
Balance at January 1, 2023			188,883		1,962		86,220		(11,932)		365,386		(242,623)		10,735		440,314		106,751		756,813
Comprehensive profit for the year 2023			—		—		—		—		—		10,824		(2,381)		82,662		16,544		107,649
Share-based compensation	Note 27.4		—		—		—		—		7,244		—		—		—		—		7,244
Recording of 2022 Profit in reserves			—		—		—		—		440,314		—		—		(440,314)		—		—
Dividends paid non-controlling interests			—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		(1,470)		(1,470)
Other changes			—		—		—		—		(350)		—		—		—		—		(350)
Balance at December 31, 2023			188,883		1,962		86,220		(11,932)		812,594		(231,799)		8,354		82,662		121,825		869,886
Comprehensive profit for the year 2024			—		—		—		—		—		(44,030)		276		23,538		(5,170)		(25,386)
Share-based compensation	Note 27.4		—		—		—		—		4,848		—		—		—		—		4,848
Recording of 2023 profit in reserves			—		—		—		—		82,662		—		—		(82,662)		—		—
Own shares acquired			—		—		—		(2,428)		—		—		—		—		—		(2,428)
Dividends paid			—		—		—		—		(9,758)		—		—		—		—		(9,758)
Dividends paid non-controlling interests			—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		(2,917)		(2,917)
Other changes			—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
Balance at December 31, 2024			188,883		1,962		86,220		(14,360)		890,346		(275,829)		8,630		23,538		113,738		834,245
Comprehensive loss for the year 2025			—		—		—		—		—		63,094		(3,953)		(170,700)		(4,358)		(115,917)
Share-based compensation	Note 27.4		—		—		—		—		1,775		—		—		—		—		1,775
Recording of 2024 profit in reserves			—		—		—		—		23,538		—		—		(23,538)		—		—
Own shares acquired			—		—		—		(4,690)				—		—		—		—		(4,690)
Dividends paid			—		—		—				(10,451)		—		—		—		—		(10,451)
Dividends paid non-controlling interests			—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		(12,740)		(12,740)
Other changes			—		—		—		—		35		—		—		—		—		35
Balance at December 31, 2025			188,883		1,962		86,220		(19,050)		905,243		(212,735)		4,677		(170,700)		96,640		692,257

Notes 1 to 32 are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements

TABLE OF CONTENTS

FERROGLOBE PLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS FOR 2025, 2024 AND 2023

(In USD thousands)

	Notes	2025 US$’000		2024 US$’000		2023 US$’000
Cash flows from operating activities:
(Loss) Profit for the year			(177,112)		20,800		98,478
Adjustments to reconcile net profit to net cash provided by operating activities:
Income tax expense	Note 24		2,468		16,252		57,540
Depreciation and amortization			84,951		75,463		73,532
Finance income			(3,474)		(7,248)		(5,422)
Finance costs			20,775		21,942		38,793
Exchange differences			23,886		(13,565)		7,551
Impairment loss			17,488		43,052		25,290
Share-based compensation	Note 27.4		1,814		4,924		7,402
Other (gain) loss			(1,105)		(555)		29
Write downs of inventories to net realizable value			22,937		16,963		13,687
Change in fair value of derivatives not designated as hedging instruments			42,263		5,389		—
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Decrease (increase) in inventories			43,759		47		102,179
Decrease (increase) in trade receivables			13,414		22,765		80,766
Decrease (increase) in other receivables			19,029		770		45,692
Decrease (increase) in energy receivable	Note 11		31,041		131,959		(159,807)
(Decrease) increase in trade payables			(28,682)		(17,255)		(70,573)
Other changes in operating assets and liabilities			(51,659)		(62,646)		(23,457)
Income taxes paid			(10,329)		(15,799)		(113,308)
Net cash provided by operating activities			51,464		243,258		178,372
Cash flows from investing activities:
Interest and finance income received			3,556		2,799		3,725
Payments due to investments:
Intangible assets	Note 7		(1,556)		(3,024)		(2,787)
Property, plant and equipment	Note 8		(61,703)		(76,165)		(83,679)
Other financial assets			(15,119)		(3,000)		—
Disposals:
Other non-current assets			1,690		—		935
Receipt of asset-related government grant			—		12,453		—
Net cash used in investing activities			(73,132)		(66,937)		(81,806)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Dividends paid	Note 12		(10,451)		(9,758)		—
Payment for debt and equity issuance costs			(205)		(6)		—
Repayment of debt instruments	Note 19		(35,760)		(147,624)		(179,075)
Proceeds from debt issuance	Note 19		50,244		10,255		—
Increase (decrease) in bank borrowings:
Borrowings	Note 17		522,270		509,186		432,274
Payments	Note 17		(446,041)		(495,726)		(456,506)
Payments for lease liabilities	Note 18		(16,185)		(16,201)		(14,967)
(Repayments of)/ payments from other financing liabilities	Note 20		(44,748)		6,054		—
Other proceeds (payments) from financing activities	Note 20		1,581		(3,068)		(21,666)
Payments to acquire own shares	Note 12		(4,691)		(2,428)		—
Interest paid			(12,550)		(26,192)		(42,207)
Net cash provided by/ (used in) financing activities			3,464		(175,508)		(282,147)
Total net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents			(18,204)		813		(185,581)
Beginning balance of cash and cash equivalents			133,271		137,649		322,943
Foreign exchange gains (losses) on cash and cash equivalents			7,920		(5,191)		287
Ending balance of cash and cash equivalents			122,987		133,271		137,649
Restricted cash and cash equivalents			175		298		1,179
Cash and cash equivalents			122,812		132,973		136,470
Ending balance of cash and cash equivalents			122,987		133,271		137,649

Notes 1 to 32 are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Ferroglobe PLC and Subsidiaries

Notes to the consolidated financial statements for the years ended
December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023
(USD in thousands, except share and per share data)

1. General information

Ferroglobe PLC and its subsidiaries (collectively the “Company”, “Ferroglobe”, “we”, “our”, “us”) is among the world’s largest producers of silicon metal and silicon-based alloys, important ingredients in a variety of industrial and consumer products. The Company’s customers include major silicone chemical producers, aluminum and steel manufacturers, auto companies and their suppliers, ductile iron foundries, manufacturers of photovoltaic solar cells and computer chips, and concrete producers.

Ferroglobe PLC (the “Parent Company” or “the Parent”) is a public limited company that was incorporated in the United Kingdom on February 5, 2015 (formerly named ‘Velonewco Limited’). The Parent’s registered office is The Scalpel, 18th Floor, 52 Lime Street, London United Kingdom EC3M 7AF.

Audit exemption for subsidiary companies

For the year ended December 31, 2025 the following subsidiaries of Ferroglobe PLC were entitled to exemption from audit under s479A of the Companies Act 2006 relating to subsidiary companies:

		Subsidiary Name			Companies House Registration Number
		Ferroglobe Finance Company PLC Ferroglobe Holding Company Ltd			13353128 13347942

Ferroglobe PLC has provided parental guarantee for the debts and liabilities of the UK subsidiaries described above at the balance sheet date in accordance with section 479C of the Companies Act 2006.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

2. Organization and Subsidiaries

Ferroglobe has a diversified production base consisting of production facilities across North America, Europe, South America, South Africa and Asia.

The subsidiaries of Ferroglobe PLC as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, classified by reporting segments, were as follows:

Percentage of Ownership

2025 Subsidiaries

Direct

Total

Reporting Segment

Registered

ARL Services, LLC

—

100.0

North America – Silicon Metal and Alloys

Delaware – U.S.A

Core Metals Group Holdings, LLC

—

100.0

North America – Silicon Alloys

Delaware – U.S.A

Cuarzos Industriales de Venezuela, S.A.

—

100.0

Other segments

Venezuela

Ferroatlántica de México, S.A. de C.V.

—

99.9

Other segments

Nueva León – Mexico

Ferroatlántica de Venezuela (FerroVen), S.A.

—

99.9

Other segments

Venezuela

Ferroatlántica do Brasil Mineraçao Ltda.

—

70.0

Other segments

Brazil

Ferroglobe Advanced Materials, S.L.

—

100.0

Other segments

Spain

Ferroglobe Argentina, S.R.L

—

100.0

Other segments

Argentina

Ferroglobe Canada ULC

—

100.0

North America – Silicon Metal

Canada

Ferroglobe Corporate Services, S.L.U.

—

100.0

Other segments

Madrid – Spain

Ferroglobe Cuarzos Industriales Mining, S.A.U.

—

100.0

Europe – Silicon Metal and Alloys

A Coruña – Spain

Ferroglobe de Participaciones, S.L.U.

—

100.0

Other segments

Madrid – Spain

Ferroglobe Finance Company, PLC

—

100.0

Other segments

United Kingdom

Ferroglobe France SAS

—

100.0

Europe – Silicon Metal and Alloys

France

Ferroglobe Germany GmbH

—

100.0

Other segments

Germany

Ferroglobe Holding Company, LTD

100

100.0

Other segments

United Kingdom

Ferroglobe Innovation, S.L.

—

100.0

Other segments

Spain

Ferroglobe Mangan Norge A.S.

—

100.0

Europe – Manganese

Norway

Ferroglobe Manganese France S.A.S.

—

100.0

Europe – Manganese

France

Ferroglobe Monzón, S.L.

—

99.9

Europe – Manganese

Madrid – Spain

Ferroglobe Netherlands, B.V.

—

100.0

Other segments

Netherlands

Ferroglobe RAMSA Mining, S.A.

—

100.0

Europe – Silicon Metal and Alloys

A Coruña – Spain

Ferroglobe South Africa (Pty) Ltd

—

100.0(*)

South Africa – Silicon Metal and Alloys

Polokwane – South Africa

Ferroglobe Spain Metals, S.A.U.

—

100.0

Europe – Manganese and Silicon Metal

Madrid – Spain

Ferroglobe U.S.A Alloys I, Inc

—

100.0

North America – Silicon Metal

Delaware – U.S.A

Ferroglobe U.S.A Alloys II, Inc

—

100.0

North America – Silicon Metal

Delaware – U.S.A

Ferroglobe U.S.A ARLR, LLC

—

100.0

North America – Silicon Metal and Alloys

Delaware – U.S.A

Ferroglobe U.S.A BG, LLC

—

100.0

North America – Silicon Metal and Alloys

Delaware – U.S.A

Ferroglobe U.S.A Bridgeport, LLC

—

100.0

North America – Silicon Alloys

Delaware – U.S.A

Ferroglobe U.S.A ECPI, Inc.

—

100.0

North America – Silicon Alloys

Delaware – U.S.A

Ferroglobe U.S.A Financial, Inc.

—

100.0

Other segments

Delaware – U.S.A

Ferroglobe U.S.A GBG Financial, LLC

—

100.0

North America – Silicon Metal and Alloys

Delaware – U.S.A

Ferroglobe U.S.A LF Resources, Inc

—

100.0

North America – Silicon Metal and Alloys

Delaware – U.S.A

Ferroglobe U.S.A LFR, Inc

—

100.0

North America – Silicon Metal and Alloys

Delaware – U.S.A

Ferroglobe U.S.A Metallurgical, Inc

—

100.0

North America – Silicon Metal and Alloys

Delaware – U.S.A

Ferroglobe U.S.A Metals, LLC

—

100.0

North America – Silicon Alloys

Delaware – U.S.A

Ferroglobe U.S.A Mining Sales, LLC

—

100.0

North America – Silicon Metal and Alloys

Delaware – U.S.A

Ferroglobe U.S.A Mining Services, LLC

—

100.0

North America – Silicon Metal and Alloys

Delaware – U.S.A

Ferroglobe U.S.A Mining, LLC

—

100.0

North America – Silicon Metal and Alloys

Delaware – U.S.A

Ferroglobe U.S.A MPM, LLC

—

100.0

North America – Silicon Alloys

Delaware – U.S.A

Ferroglobe U.S.A Quartz, Inc.

—

100.0

North America – Silicon Metal and Alloys

Delaware – U.S.A

Ferroglobe U.S.A Sales, Inc.

—

100.0

North America – Silicon Metal

Delaware – U.S.A

Ferroglobe U.S.A, Inc

—

100.0

Other segments

Delaware – U.S.A

Ferroglobe USA Silica Fume Sales, Inc.

—

100.0

North America – Silicon Metal and Alloys

Florida – U.S.A

FerroManganese Mauritania S.A.R.L.

—

90.0

Other segments

Mauritania

Ferroquartz Holdings, Ltd. (Hong Kong)

—

100.0

Other segments

Hong Kong

FerroQuartz Mauritania S.A.R.L.

—

90.0

Other segments

Mauritania

Ferrosolar R&D S.L.

—

50.0

Other segments

Spain

FerroTambao, S.A.R.L.

—

90.0

Other segments

Burkina Faso

GBG Holdings, LLC

—

100.0

North America – Silicon Metal and Alloys

Delaware – U.S.A

Globe Metals Enterprises, Inc.

—

100.0

North America – Silicon Alloys

Delaware – U.S.A

GSM Enterprises Holdings, Inc.

—

100.0

North America – Silicon Metal and Alloys

Delaware – U.S.A

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Percentage of Ownership

2025 Subsidiaries

Direct

Total

Reporting Segment

Registered

GSM Enterprises, LLC

—

100.0

North America – Silicon Metal and Alloys

Delaware – U.S.A

Huntie (Ningxia) New Material Tech Co. Ltd.

—

98.0

Other segments

China

Kintuck (France) S.A.S.

—

100.0

Europe – Manganese

France

Kintuck A.S.

—

100.0

Europe – Manganese

Norway

Mangshi FerroAtlántica Mining Industry Service Company Limited

—

100.0

Other segments

Mangshi, Dehong -Yunnan -China

Quebec Silicon General Partner

—

51.0

North America – Silicon Metal

Canada

Quebec Silicon Limited Partnership

—

51.0

North America – Silicon Metal

Canada

Rebone Mining (Pty.), Ltd.

—

74.0

South Africa – Silicon Metal and Alloys

Polokwane – South Africa

Silicon Technology (Pty.), Ltd.

—

100.0

South Africa – Silicon Metal and Alloys

South Africa

Solsil, Inc.

—

92.4

Other segments

Delaware – U.S.A

Thaba Chueu Mining (Pty.), Ltd.

—

74.0

South Africa – Silicon Metal and Alloys

Polokwane – South Africa

Ultracore Energy S.A.

—

100.0

Other segments

Argentina

West Virginia Alloys, Inc.

—

100.0

North America – Silicon Metal and Alloys

Delaware – U.S.A

WVA Manufacturing, LLC

—

51.0

North America – Silicon Metal

Delaware – U.S.A

(*)

26% of the ownership of the ordinary shares of Ferroglobe South Africa (Pty) Ltd. is held by a limited partnership fund (The Palamo Mining Investment Fund No.1 LLP), while 100% of preferred shares are fully retained by Group entity Ferroglobe Spain, S.The table below shows the aggregateA.U.

Percentage of Ownership

2024 Subsidiaries

Direct

Total

Reporting Segment

Registered

ARL Services, LLC

—

100.0

North America – Silicon Metal and Alloys

Delaware – U.S.A

Core Metals Group Holdings, LLC

—

100.0

North America – Silicon Alloys

Delaware – U.S.A

Cuarzos Industriales de Venezuela, S.A.

—

100.0

Other segments

Venezuela

Ferroatlántica de México, S.A. de C.V.

—

99.9

Other segments

Nueva León – Mexico

Ferroatlántica de Venezuela (FerroVen), S.A.

—

99.9

Other segments

Venezuela

Ferroatlántica do Brasil Mineraçao Ltda.

—

70.0

Other segments

Brazil

Ferroglobe Advanced Materials II, S.L.

—

100.0

Other segments

Spain

Ferroglobe Advanced Materials, S.L.

—

100.0

Other segments

Spain

Ferroglobe Argentina, S.R.L

—

100.0

Other segments

Argentina

Ferroglobe Canada ULC

—

100.0

North America – Silicon Metal

Canada

Ferroglobe Corporate Services, S.L.U.

—

100.0

Other segments

Madrid – Spain

Ferroglobe Cuarzos Industriales Mining, S.A.U.

—

100.0

Europe – Silicon Metal and Alloys

A Coruña – Spain

Ferroglobe de Participaciones, S.L.U.

—

100.0

Other segments

Madrid – Spain

Ferroglobe Finance Company, PLC

—

100.0

Other segments

United Kingdom

Ferroglobe France SAS

—

100.0

Europe – Silicon Metal and Alloys

France

Ferroglobe Germany GmbH

—

100.0

Other segments

Germany

Ferroglobe Holding Company, LTD

100

100.0

Other segments

United Kingdom

Ferroglobe Innovation, S.L.

—

100.0

Other segments

Spain

Ferroglobe Mangan Norge A.S.

—

100.0

Europe – Manganese

Norway

Ferroglobe Manganese France S.A.S.

—

100.0

Europe – Manganese

France

Ferroglobe Monzón, S.L.

—

99.9

Europe – Manganese

Madrid – Spain

Ferroglobe Netherlands, B.V.

—

100.0

Other segments

Netherlands

Ferroglobe RAMSA Mining, S.A.

—

100.0

Europe – Silicon Metal and Alloys

A Coruña – Spain

Ferroglobe South Africa (Pty) Ltd

—

100.0(*)

South Africa – Silicon Metal and Alloys

Polokwane – South Africa

Ferroglobe Spain Metals, S.A.U.

—

100.0

Europe – Manganese and Silicon Metal

Madrid – Spain

Ferroglobe U.S.A Alloys I, Inc

—

100.0

North America – Silicon Metal

Delaware – U.S.A

Ferroglobe U.S.A Alloys II, Inc

—

100.0

North America – Silicon Metal

Delaware – U.S.A

Ferroglobe U.S.A ARLR, LLC

—

100.0

North America – Silicon Metal and Alloys

Delaware – U.S.A

Ferroglobe U.S.A BG, LLC

—

100.0

North America – Silicon Metal and Alloys

Delaware – U.S.A

Ferroglobe U.S.A Bridgeport, LLC

—

100.0

North America – Silicon Alloys

Delaware – U.S.A

Ferroglobe U.S.A ECPI, Inc.

—

100.0

North America – Silicon Alloys

Delaware – U.S.A

Ferroglobe U.S.A Financial, Inc.

—

100.0

Other segments

Delaware – U.S.A

Ferroglobe U.S.A GBG Financial, LLC

—

100.0

North America – Silicon Metal and Alloys

Delaware – U.S.A

Ferroglobe U.S.A LF Resources, Inc

—

100.0

North America – Silicon Metal and Alloys

Delaware – U.S.A

Ferroglobe U.S.A LFR, Inc

—

100.0

North America – Silicon Metal and Alloys

Delaware – U.S.A

Ferroglobe U.S.A Metallurgical, Inc

—

100.0

North America – Silicon Metal and Alloys

Delaware – U.S.A

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Percentage of Ownership

2024 Subsidiaries

Direct

Total

Reporting Segment

Registered

Ferroglobe U.S.A Metals, LLC

—

100.0

North America – Silicon Alloys

Delaware – U.S.A

Ferroglobe U.S.A Mining Sales, LLC

—

100.0

North America – Silicon Metal and Alloys

Delaware – U.S.A

Ferroglobe U.S.A Mining Services, LLC

—

100.0

North America – Silicon Metal and Alloys

Delaware – U.S.A

Ferroglobe U.S.A Mining, LLC

—

100.0

North America – Silicon Metal and Alloys

Delaware – U.S.A

Ferroglobe U.S.A MPM, LLC

—

100.0

North America – Silicon Alloys

Delaware – U.S.A

Ferroglobe U.S.A Quartz, Inc.

—

100.0

North America – Silicon Metal and Alloys

Delaware – U.S.A

Ferroglobe U.S.A Sales, Inc.

—

100.0

North America – Silicon Metal

Delaware – U.S.A

Ferroglobe U.S.A, Inc

—

100.0

Other segments

Delaware – U.S.A

Ferroglobe USA Silica Fume Sales, Inc.

—

100.0

North America – Silicon Metal and Alloys

Florida – U.S.A

FerroManganese Mauritania S.A.R.L.

—

90.0

Other segments

Mauritania

Ferroquartz Holdings, Ltd. (Hong Kong)

—

100.0

Other segments

Hong Kong

FerroQuartz Mauritania S.A.R.L.

—

90.0

Other segments

Mauritania

Ferrosolar R&D S.L.

—

50.0

Other segments

Spain

FerroTambao, S.A.R.L.

—

90.0

Other segments

Burkina Faso

GBG Holdings, LLC

—

100.0

North America – Silicon Metal and Alloys

Delaware – U.S.A

Globe Metals Enterprises, Inc.

—

100.0

North America – Silicon Alloys

Delaware – U.S.A

GSM Enterprises Holdings, Inc.

—

100.0

North America – Silicon Metal and Alloys

Delaware – U.S.A

GSM Enterprises, LLC

—

100.0

North America – Silicon Metal and Alloys

Delaware – U.S.A

Huntie (Ningxia) New Material Tech Co. Ltd.

—

98.0

Other segments

China

Kintuck (France) S.A.S.

—

100.0

Europe – Manganese

France

Kintuck A.S.

—

100.0

Europe – Manganese

Norway

Mangshi FerroAtlántica Mining Industry Service Company Limited

—

100.0

Other segments

Mangshi, Dehong -Yunnan -China

Quebec Silicon General Partner

—

51.0

North America – Silicon Metal

Canada

Quebec Silicon Limited Partnership

—

51.0

North America – Silicon Metal

Canada

Rebone Mining (Pty.), Ltd.

—

74.0

South Africa – Silicon Metal and Alloys

Polokwane – South Africa

Silicon Technology (Pty.), Ltd.

—

100.0

South Africa – Silicon Metal and Alloys

South Africa

Solsil, Inc.

—

92.4

Other segments

Delaware – U.S.A

Thaba Chueu Mining (Pty.), Ltd.

—

74.0

South Africa – Silicon Metal and Alloys

Polokwane – South Africa

Ultracore Energy S.A.

—

100.0

Other segments

Argentina

West Virginia Alloys, Inc.

—

100.0

North America – Silicon Metal and Alloys

Delaware – U.S.A

WVA Manufacturing, LLC

—

51.0

North America – Silicon Metal

Delaware – U.S.A

(*)

26% of the ownership of the ordinary shares of Ferroglobe South Africa (Pty) Ltd. is held by a limited partnership fund (The Palamo Mining Investment Fund No.1 LLP ), while 100% of preferred shares are fully retained by Group entity Ferroglobe Spain, S.A.U.

Subsidiaries are all companies over which Ferroglobe has control.

Control is achieved when the Company:

•

has power over the investee;

•

is exposed, or has rights, to variable returns from its involvement with the investee; and

•

has the ability to use its power over the investee to affect the amount of the investor’s returns.

The Company has power over the investee when the voting rights are sufficient to give it the practical ability to direct the relevant activities of the investee unilaterally. The Company considers all relevant facts and circumstances in assessing whether or not the Company’s voting rights in an investee are sufficient to give it power, including:

•

the total voting rights held by the Company relative to the size and dispersion of holdings of the other vote holders;

•

potential voting rights held by the Company, other vote holders or other parties;

•

rights arising from other contractual arrangements; and

TABLE OF CONTENTS

•

any additional facts and circumstances that indicate that the Company has, or does not have, the current ability to direct the relevant activities at the time these decisions need to be made, including voting patterns at previous shareholders’ meetings.

Consolidation of a subsidiary begins when the Company obtains control over the subsidiary and ceases when the Company loses control of the subsidiary.

The Company uses the acquisition method to account for the acquisition of subsidiaries. According to this method, the consideration transferred for the acquisition of a subsidiary corresponds to the fair value of the assets transferred, the liabilities incurred and the equity interests issued by the Company. The consideration transferred also includes the fair value of any asset or liability resulting from a contingent consideration arrangement. Any contingent consideration transferred by the Company is recognized at fair value at the date of acquisition. Subsequent changes in the fair value of the contingent consideration classified as an asset or a liability are recognized in accordance with IFRS 9 Financial Instruments in the consolidated income statements. The costs related to the acquisition are recognized as expenses in the years incurred. The identifiable assets acquired and the liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed in a business combination are initially recognized at their fair value at the date of acquisition.

Non-controlling interests in the subsidiaries’ equity and results are shown separately in the consolidated statements of financial position, consolidated income statements, consolidated statements of comprehensive income and consolidated statements of changes in equity. Additionally, the Company attributes total comprehensive income (loss) to the Parent of the Company and to the non-controlling interests even if the profit or loss of the non-controlling interests gives rise to a balance receivable.

Accounting policies of subsidiaries are consistent with the policies adopted by the Company. Should differences arise, an adjustment is performed in the consolidation process. All assets and liabilities, equity, income, expenses and cash flows relating to transactions between subsidiaries are eliminated in full in consolidation.

3. Basis of presentation

3.1 Basis of presentation

Statement of compliance

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.K.-adopted International accounting (IFRS). These consolidated financial statements were approved for issue by the Board of Directors on May 19, 2026.

All accounting policies and measurement bases with effect on the consolidated financial statements were applied in their preparation.

To support its assessment of the going concern basis of accounting, management has prepared a cash-flow model which considers all relevant cash flows such as revenues and expenditures for a period of at least one year from the date of approval of these financial statements. The financial projections to determine these future cash flows are modelled considering the principal variables that impact the cash flows at a Group level including prices, volumes, costs, capital expenditures, net working capital and debt repayment. These projections are based on the 2026 annual budget. Key assumptions include estimates on the Company’s EBITDA. Sensitivities have been run, including severe but plausible downside scenario with reductions on the base case EBITDA for the going concern assessment period to reflect the key risks and uncertainties pertaining to the marker forecasts of pricing and volumes impacting the cash flow projections.

Ferroglobe’s primary short-term liquidity needs are to fund its capital expenditure commitments, fund specific initiatives underlying the strategic plan, service its existing debt, fund working capital and comply with other contractual obligations. Ferroglobe’s long-term liquidity needs primarily relate to debt servicing and repayment. Ferroglobe’s core objective with respect to capital management is to maintain a balanced and

TABLE OF CONTENTS

sustainable capital structure through the economic cycles, while keeping the cost of capital at competitive levels. We believe our working capital along with the undrawn ABL facility amount of $100 million (see note 17) is sufficient for our present requirements, and we anticipate generating sufficient cash from operations to satisfy our liquidity needs in the going concern assessment period.

Consequently, the directors are confident that the Group and Company will have sufficient funds to continue to meet its liabilities as they fall due for at least 12 months from the date of approval of the financial statements and therefore have prepared the financial statements on a going concern basis.

Basis of measurement

The consolidated financial statements were prepared on a historical cost basis, with the exceptions disclosed in the notes to the consolidated financial statements, where applicable, and in those situations where IFRS requires that financial assets and financial liabilities are valued at fair value.

3.2 Accounting policies, new standards, interpretations and amendments adopted by the Company and issued but not yet adopted by the Company

There are no new IFRS standards, amendments or interpretations that are mandatory as of January 1, 2025 that are materially relevant to the Company. Additionally, the Company has not adopted any standard, interpretation or amendment that has been issued but is not yet effective.

In 2024, the IASB issued IFRS 18 Presentation and Disclosure in Financial Statements which replaces IAS 1 Presentation of Financial Statements. IFRS 18 introduces new requirements on the presentation within the statement of profit or loss, including the specified totals and subtotals. It also requires disclosure of management defined performance measures and includes new requirements for aggregation and disaggregation of financial information based on the identified “roles” of the primary financial statements and the notes. These new requirements are expected to impact all reporting entities. IFRS 18, and the amendments to the other standards, is effective for reporting periods beginning on or after January 2027, but earlier application is permitted. Comparative periods will need to be restated and a reconciliation of the statement of profit or loss previously published will be required for the comparative periods. The Company is currently assessing the new requirements of IFRS 18, with focus on the specific developments in its industry, to identify and collect relevant information to measure the impacts and resources needed, including internal changes, derived from implementing IFRS 18. The Company anticipates changes to our Consolidated Financial Statements upon adoption.

3.3 Functional and reporting currency

Items included in the financial statements of each of the Company’s entities are measured using the currency of the primary economic environment in which each entity operates (“the functional currency”). The Company’s consolidated financial statements are presented in US Dollars, which is the Parent Company’s functional currency and the Company’s reporting currency.

Foreign currency transactions are initially recorded by each of the Company’s entities at their respective functional currency spot rates at the date the transaction is recognized. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from the translation of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies at the functional currency spot rates at the end of each reporting period are recognized in the consolidated income statements. Non-monetary items that are measured at historical cost in a foreign currency are translated using the exchange rates at the dates of the initial transaction. Translation differences on assets and liabilities carried at fair value are reported as part of the fair value gain or loss.

The results of operations and financial position of the Company’s entities that have a functional currency different from the Company’s reporting currency are translated into the reporting currency as follows:

•

Assets and liabilities for each consolidated statement of financial position presented are translated at the closing rate at the date of the consolidated statement of financial position;

TABLE OF CONTENTS

•

Income and expenses for each consolidated income statement are translated at average exchange rates; and

•

All differences arising from the aforementioned translations are recognized in equity under “Translation differences.”

Upon the disposal of a foreign operation, the translation differences relating to that operation deferred as a separate component of consolidated equity are recognized in the consolidated income statements when the gain or loss on disposal is recognized.

3.4 Critical accounting estimates, assumptions and judgments

The preparation of the Company’s consolidated financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires management to make estimates, assumptions and judgments that affect the application of accounting policies and the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, income, expenses, and the accompanying disclosures at the date of the consolidated financial statements. Critical estimates, assumptions and judgments, by definition, will seldom equal the actual results and are continually evaluated to reflect changing expectations about future events. Management also needs to exercise judgment in applying the Company’s accounting policies.

This note provides an overview of the areas that involve a higher degree of judgment or complexity, and of items which are more likely to be materially adjusted due to estimates and assumptions turning out to be wrong due to their uncertainty. Detailed information about each of these estimates, assumptions and judgments is included in other notes together with information about the basis of calculation for each affected item in the financial statements.

Certain estimates, assumptions and judgments that were made by management in the preparation of these consolidated financial statements, include:

•

the impairment analysis on property, plant and equipment, including the assumptions used to determine estimated recoverable amount, determined by value in use or by fair value less cost of disposal methods, see Note 6 and Note 8;

•

the carrying value of our EDF CPI contract, including the assumptions used to determine its fair value, see Note 21.

The Company based its estimates, assumptions and judgments on historical experience, known or expected trends and other factors that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ materially from these estimates as we are subject to risks and uncertainties that may cause actual results to differ from estimated amounts, such as changes in prices. Estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognized in the period in which the estimates are revised and in any future periods affected.

There may be circumstances when judgment is required, such as to determine when control of the goods or services passes to the customer for revenue recognition, see Note 4.17. We have also applied judgment in our determination that we have control of our QSLP and WVA partnerships. See Note 12.

As of the date of these consolidated financial statements, no material events have occurred which impact the Company’s estimates, assumptions or judgements used in determining our accounting considerations.

3.5 Basis of consolidation

The annual closing date of the financial statements for each consolidated subsidiary is December 31. The Company fully consolidates subsidiaries’ financial statements that it is deemed to control into these consolidated financial statements. All intercompany transactions have been eliminated.

Non-controlling interests are presented in “Equity – Non-controlling interests” in the consolidated statements of financial position, separately from the consolidated equity attributable to the Parent. The share of

TABLE OF CONTENTS

non-controlling interests in the profit or loss for the year is presented under “Profit attributable to non-controlling interests” in the consolidated income statements.

When necessary, adjustments are made to the financial statements of subsidiaries to align the accounting policies used to the accounting policies of the Company.

4. Accounting policies

The material IFRS accounting policies described below were applied in preparing these consolidated financial statements.

4.1 Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of acquisition over the Company’s interest in the fair value of the identifiable assets and liabilities of a subsidiary at the date of acquisition. Goodwill is not amortized.

When an operation to which goodwill relates is disposed of, the part of the carrying amount of goodwill that has been allocated to the respective cash-generating unit is included in calculating the gain or loss on disposal.

4.2 Intangible assets

Acquired and internally generated intangible assets are recognized if a future economic benefit will flow to the entity from the use of the asset and the cost of the asset can be reliably determined.

Intangible assets with finite useful lives are carried at cost less accumulated amortization and accumulated impairment losses, if any. Amortization is recognized on a straight-line basis over an asset’s estimated useful life. The estimated useful life and amortization method are reviewed at each balance sheet date, with the effect of any changes in estimate being accounted for on a prospective basis. Intangible assets that are subject to amortization are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. Intangible assets that are not subject to amortization are reviewed for impairment at least annually and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable.

The Company’s intangible assets with definite useful lives are as follows:

Development expenditures

Development expenditures are capitalized if they meet the requirements of identifiability, reliability in cost measurement and probability of the assets generating economic benefits. Developmental expenditures are amortized on a straight-line basis over the useful lives of the assets, which are between four and 10 years.

Expenditures on research activities are recognized as expenses in the years in which they are incurred.

Rights of use

Rights of use granted related to mining concessions are amortized on a straight-line basis over the term in which the right of use was granted from the date it is considered that use commenced. Rights of use are generally amortized over a period ranging from 10 to 20 years.

Computer software

Computer software includes the costs incurred in acquiring or developing computer software, including the related installation. Computer software is amortized on a straight-line basis from two to five years.

Computer system maintenance costs are recognized as expenses in the years in which they are incurred.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The Company’s other intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are as follows:

Carbon dioxide emissions allowances

The Company’s carbon dioxide emissions allowances (“rights held to emit greenhouse gasses”) are intangible assets that are expensed as the allowance is used. Emissions allowances received from governmental agencies are initially measured at fair value, which is determined based on the market price of allowances traded on the exchange at that date. Emissions allowances purchased on the trading platform are initially measured at cost (see Note 4.21).

4.3 Property, plant and equipment

Cost

Property, plant and equipment are initially recognized at acquisition or production cost and are subsequently measured at acquisition or production cost less accumulated depreciation and any accumulated impairment losses.

The costs of expansion, modernization or improvements leading to increased productivity, capacity or efficiency or to a lengthening of the useful lives of the assets are capitalized. Repair, upkeep and maintenance expenses are recognized in the consolidated income statements for the years in which they are incurred.

Mineral reserves are recorded at fair value at the date of acquisition. Depletion of mineral reserves is computed using the units-of-production method utilizing only proven and probable reserves (as adjusted for recoverability factors) in the depletion base.

Property, plant and equipment in the course of construction are transferred to property, plant and equipment in use at the end of the related development period.

Depreciation

The Company depreciates property, plant and equipment using the straight-line method at annual rates based on the following years of estimated useful life:

	Years of Estimated Useful Life
Buildings		25-50
Plant and machinery		8-20
Tools		12.5-15
Other fixtures and furniture		10-15
Computer hardware		4-8
Transport equipment		10-15

Depreciation begins when the asset is ready for its intended use.

Land included within property, plant and equipment is an asset with an indefinite useful life and, as such, is not depreciated. Instead, it is tested for impairment annually. The Company reviews residual value, useful lives, and the depreciation method for property, plant and equipment annually.

Environment

The costs arising from the activities aimed at protecting and improving the environment are accounted for as an expense for the year in which they are incurred. When they represent additions to property, plant and

TABLE OF CONTENTS

equipment aimed at minimizing the environmental impact and protecting and enhancing the environment, they are capitalized to non-current assets.

4.4 Impairment of goodwill and long-lived assets (property, plant and equipment, intangible assets, right-of-use assets)

The Company completes its impairment testing for goodwill at least annually or as impairment indicators arise throughout the year. The Company completes its impairment testing for long-lived assets as impairment indicators arise. When necessary, we record impairments of goodwill and long-lived assets for the amount by which the recoverable amount is less than the carrying value of these assets.

Where the asset itself does not generate cash flows that are independent from other assets, the Company estimates the recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit (CGU) to which the asset belongs. Goodwill arising from a business combination is allocated to CGUs or groups of CGUs that are expected to benefit from the synergies of the combination.

Recoverable amount is the higher of:

•

Fair value less costs of disposal: the price that would be agreed upon by two independent parties, less estimated costs to sell; and

•

Value in use: the present value of the future cash flows that are expected to be derived from continuing use of the asset and from its ultimate disposal at the end of its useful life, discounted at a rate which reflects the time value of money and the risks specific to the business to which the asset belongs.

If the recoverable amount of an asset (or cash-generating unit) is less than its carrying amount, the carrying amount of the asset is reduced to its recoverable amount, and an impairment loss is recognized as an expense under “Impairment loss” in the consolidated income statements.

Where an impairment loss subsequently reverses (not permitted in the case of goodwill), the carrying amount of the asset is increased to the revised estimate of its recoverable amount, but so that the increased carrying amount does not exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined had no impairment loss been recognized for the asset in prior years. A reversal of an impairment loss is recognized within “Impairment loss” in the consolidated income statements.

The basis for depreciation is the carrying amount of the assets, deemed to be the acquisition cost less accumulated depreciation and any accumulated impairment losses.

4.5 Financial instruments

Financial assets and financial liabilities are recognized in the Company’s consolidated statements of financial position when the Company becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the instrument.

Financial assets and financial liabilities are initially measured at fair value. Transaction costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition or issue of financial assets and financial liabilities (other than financial assets and financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss) are added to or deducted from, the fair value of the financial assets or financial liabilities, on initial recognition. Transaction costs directly attributable to the acquisition of financial assets or financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss are recognized immediately in the consolidated income statements.

Financial assets

The Company classifies its financial assets into the following categories: (i) those measured subsequently at fair value through profit or loss or (ii) those to be measured at amortized cost. The classification depends on the entity’s business model for managing the financial assets and the contractual terms of the cash flows.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Financial assets measured at fair value through profit or loss.

Financial assets are classified as measured at fair value through profit or loss when the asset does not meet the criteria to be measured at amortized cost or at fair value through other comprehensive income. Such assets are carried on the consolidated statements of financial position at fair value with gains or losses recognized in the consolidated income statements.

Financial assets measured at amortized cost

Financial assets are classified as measured at amortized cost when they are held in a business model whose objective is to collect contractual cash flows and the contractual terms of the financial asset give rise on specific dates to cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest on the principal amount outstanding. Such assets are carried at amortized cost using the effective interest method. Gains and losses are recognized in the consolidated income statements when the assets are derecognized or impaired and when interest is recognized using the effective interest method. This category of financial assets includes trade receivables, receivables from related parties and cash and cash equivalents.

Derecognition of financial assets

The Company derecognizes a financial asset when:

•

the rights to receive cash flows from the asset have expired; or

•

the Company has transferred its rights to receive cash flows from the asset or has assumed an obligation to pay the received cash flows in full without material delay to a third party under a ‘pass-through’ arrangement; and either (a) the Company has transferred substantially all the risks and rewards of the asset, or (b) the Company has neither transferred nor retained substantially all the risks and rewards of the asset, but has transferred control of the asset.

On derecognition of a financial asset in its entirety, the difference between the asset’s carrying amount and the sum of the consideration received and receivable is recognized in the consolidated income statements.

If the Company retains substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of a transferred financial asset, the Company continues to recognize the financial asset and also recognizes a collateralized borrowing for the proceeds received.

Impairment of financial assets

The expected credit loss model is applied for recognition and measurement of impairments in financial assets measured at amortized cost and debt instruments held at fair value through other comprehensive income. The loss allowance for the financial asset is measured at an amount equal to the 12-month expected credit losses. If the credit risk on the financial asset has increased significantly since initial recognition, the loss allowance for the financial asset is measured at an amount equal to the lifetime expected credit losses. Changes in loss allowances are recognized in the consolidated income statements. For trade and other receivables, a simplified impairment approach is applied, recognizing expected lifetime losses from initial recognition. For this purpose, the Company has established a provision matrix that is based on its historical credit loss experience, adjusted for forward-looking factors specific to the debtors and the economic environment.

The Company writes off a financial asset when there is information indicating that the debtor is in severe financial difficulty and there is no realistic prospect of recovery, such as when the debtor has been placed under liquidation or has entered into bankruptcy proceedings, or in the case of trade receivables, when the amounts are more than two years past due, whichever occurs sooner. Financial assets written off may still be subject to enforcement activities under the Company’s recovery procedures, considering legal advice where appropriate. Any recoveries made are recognized in the consolidated income statements.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Accounts receivable factoring

As part of its regular operations, and in case of immediate cash needs, the Company can sell its trade receivables to a third party (factor) at a discount. The Company analyzes whether these transactions are with recourse or without recourse and applies the derecognition criteria in IFRS 9 Financial Instruments to assess whether the arrangement transfers substantially all risks and rewards to the factor. For arrangements with recourse, where substantially all risks and rewards have not been transferred, the cash received from the factor is accounted for as a secured borrowing. In the case of arrangements with recourse, the transferred assets are not derecognized.

For those recorded as with recourse, the borrowings from the receivable factoring facility are short-term in nature and therefore their carrying amount is considered to approximate their fair value. For those considered without recourse, the Company derecognizes the trade receivable and does not record a related borrowing.

Cash flows from factoring with recourse of accounts receivable are classified as financing cash flows within the consolidated statements of cash flows.

Cash flows from factoring without recourse of accounts receivable are classified as operating cash flows within the consolidated statements of cash flows.

Financial liabilities

The subsequent measurement of financial liabilities depends on their classification, as described below:

Financial liabilities measured at fair value through profit or loss

Financial liabilities measured at fair value through profit or loss are carried on the consolidated statements of financial position at fair value with gains or losses recognized in the consolidated income statements. This category includes contingent consideration and derivatives, other than those designated as hedging instruments in an effective hedge.

Financial liabilities measured at amortized cost

This category comprises all other financial liabilities, including bank borrowings, debt instruments, financial loans from government agencies, payables to related parties and trade and other payables.

After initial recognition, other financial liabilities are subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method. Amortized cost is calculated by considering any issue costs and any discount or premium on settlement.

Derecognition of financial liabilities

The Company derecognizes financial liabilities when, and only when, the Company’s obligations are discharged, cancelled or have expired. The difference between the carrying amount of the financial liability derecognized and the consideration paid and payable is recognized in the consolidated income statements. When the Company exchanges with the existing lender one debt instrument with another one with substantially different terms, such an exchange is accounted for as an extinguishment of the original financial liability and the recognition of a new financial liability. Similarly, the Company accounts for substantial modification of terms of an existing liability or part of it as an extinguishment of the original financial liability and the recognition of a new liability. It is assumed that the terms are substantially different if the discounted present value of the cash flows under the new terms, including any fees paid net of any fees received and discounted using the original effective rate is at least 10 percent different from the discounted present value of the remaining cash flows of the original financial liability. If the modification is not substantial, the difference between the carrying amount of the liability before the modification and the present value of the cash flows after modification are recognized in the consolidated income statements as a modification gain or loss.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

4.6 Derivative financial instruments and hedging activities

In order to mitigate the economic effects of the variability in the price of power, the Company uses derivative financial instruments, such as power purchase agreements (“PPAs”).

The Company’s derivative financial instruments are detailed in Note 21 to these consolidated financial statements and the Company’s financial risk management policies are detailed in Note 29.

Derivatives are initially recognized at fair value on the date a derivative contract is entered into and are subsequently remeasured to their fair value at each balance sheet date. The resulting gain or loss is recognized in the consolidated income statements immediately unless the derivative is designated and effective as a hedging instrument, in which event the timing of the recognition of profit or loss depends on the nature of the hedge relationship.

Derivatives are recorded as either “Other financial assets” or “Other financial liabilities” depending on their respective fair value positions at each balance sheet date. A derivative is presented as a non-current asset or non-current liability if the remaining maturity of the instrument is more than 12 months from the date of the statements of financial position and it is not expected to be realized or settled within 12 months.

Hedge accounting

The Company designates certain derivatives as cash flow hedges. For further details, see Note 21.

At the inception of the hedging relationship, the Company documents the relationship between the hedging instrument and the hedged item, along with its risk management objectives and its strategy for undertaking the hedge transaction. Effectiveness of the hedging relationship needs to be assessed on an ongoing basis. Effectiveness tests are performed prospectively at inception and at each reporting date. The Company reviews to ensure that:

•

there is an economic relationship between the hedged item and the hedging instrument;

•

the effect of credit risk does not dominate the value changes that result from that economic relationship; and

•

the hedge ratio of the hedging relationship is the same as that resulting from the quantity of the hedged item that the Company actually hedges and the quantity of the hedging instrument that the Company uses to hedge that quantity of hedged item.

The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges is recognized in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss). The gain or loss relating to any ineffective portion is recognized immediately in the consolidated income statements and is included in “Raw materials and energy consumption for production”.

Amounts previously recognized in other comprehensive income and accumulated in equity in the valuation adjustments reserve are reclassified to the consolidated income statements in the periods when the hedged item is recognized in the consolidated income statements. These are recorded within the same line of the consolidated income statement as the recognized hedged item.

Hedge accounting is discontinued when the hedging instrument expires or is sold, terminated, or exercised, or no longer qualifies for hedge accounting. Any gain or loss recognized in other comprehensive income at that time is accumulated in equity and is recognized when the forecast transaction is ultimately recognized in the consolidated income statements. When a forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, the gain or loss accumulated in equity is recognized immediately in the consolidated income statements.

4.7 Fair value measurement

Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The fair value measurement is based on the

TABLE OF CONTENTS

presumption that the transaction to sell the asset or transfer the liability takes place either: (i) in the principal market for the asset or liability or (ii) in the absence of a principal market, in the most advantageous market for the asset or liability.

The fair value of an asset or a liability is measured using the assumptions that market participants would use when pricing the asset or liability, assuming that market participants act in their economic best interest.

The Company uses valuation techniques that are appropriate in the circumstances and for which sufficient data are available to measure fair value, maximizing the use of relevant observable inputs and minimizing the use of unobservable inputs.

All assets and liabilities for which fair value is measured or disclosed in the financial statements are categorized within the fair value hierarchy, described as follows, based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement as a whole:

•

Level 1—Quoted (unadjusted) market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

•

Level 2—Valuation techniques for which the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement is directly or indirectly observable.

•

Level 3—Valuation techniques for which the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement is unobservable.

For those assets and liabilities measured at fair value at the balance sheet date, further information on fair value measurement is provided in Note 30.

4.8 Inventories

Inventories comprise assets (goods) which:

•

Are held for sale in the ordinary course of business (finished goods); or

•

Are in the process of production for such sale (work in progress); or

•

Will be consumed in the production process or in the rendering of services (raw materials and spare parts).

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value. The cost of each inventory item is generally calculated as follows:

•

Raw materials, spare parts and other consumables and replacement parts: the lower of weighted average acquisition cost or net realizable value.

•

Work in progress, finished goods and semi-finished goods: the lower of production cost (which includes the cost of materials, labor costs, direct and indirect manufacturing expenses) or net realizable value in the market.

Obsolete, defective or slow-moving inventories have been reduced to net realizable value.

Net realizable value is the estimated selling price less all the estimated costs of selling and distribution.

The amount of any write-down of inventories (as a result of damage, obsolescence or decrease in the selling price) to their net realizable value and all losses of inventories are recognized as expenses in the period in which the write-down or loss occurs. Any subsequent reversals are recognized as income in the year in which they arise.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The consumption of inventories is recognized in “Raw Materials and energy consumption for production” in the consolidated income statements in the period in which the revenue from its sale is recognized.

4.9 Raw materials and energy consumption for production

Raw materials and energy consumption for production comprise the cost of raw materials, energy, changes in the fair value of energy derivative instruments not designated as hedging instruments, other direct costs, inventory write-downs and changes in inventory.

4.10 Cash and cash equivalents

The Company classifies in “Cash and cash equivalents” any liquid financial assets, such as cash on hand, deposits and liquid investments, that can be converted into known amounts of cash within three months and are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value.

4.11 Restricted cash and cash equivalents

The Company classifies under “Restricted cash and cash equivalents” any liquid financial assets, which meet the definition of cash and cash equivalents but the use or withdrawal is restricted by financial agreements.

Restrictions may include legally restricted deposits held as compensating balances against short-term borrowing arrangements and/or other contracts entered into; however, time deposits and short-term certificates of deposit are not included in legally restricted deposits. In cases where compensating balance arrangements exist but are not agreements which legally restrict the use of cash amounts shown on the consolidated statements of financial position, those arrangements and the amount involved are disclosed in the notes. Compensating balances that are maintained under an agreement to assure future credit availability are also disclosed in the notes.

As discussed in Note 31, certain of the Company´s credit agreements restrict the transfer of assets in the form of loans or dividends to affiliates. The amount of cash and cash equivalents in subsidiaries subject to such restrictions amounted to $37,129 thousand as of December 31, 2025 ($97,370 thousand as of December 31, 2024) and is not presented as Restricted cash and cash equivalents in the consolidated balance sheet because it can be withdrawn or used except for transfers to affiliates.

4.12 Provisions and contingencies

When preparing the consolidated financial statements, the Company distinguishes between:

•

Provisions: present obligations, either legal, contractual, constructive or assumed by the Company, arising from past events, the settlement of which is expected to give rise to an outflow of economic benefits the amount or timing of which are uncertain; and

•

Contingent liabilities: possible obligations that arise from past events and whose existence will be confirmed only by the occurrence or non-occurrence of one or more future events not wholly within the control of the Company, or present obligations arising from past events the amount of which cannot be estimated reliably or whose settlement is not likely to give rise to an outflow of economic benefits.

Contingent assets are possible assets that arise from past events and whose existence will be confirmed only by the occurrence or non-occurrence of one or more uncertain future events not wholly within the control of the entity.

The consolidated financial statements include all the material provisions for those obligations that are considered probable to be settled. Contingent liabilities are not recognized in the consolidated financial statements, but rather are disclosed in accordance with IAS 37 (see Note 26).

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Provisions are classified as current when there is not an unconditional right to defer settlement for at least 12 months after the reporting date. They are recognized when the liability or obligation giving rise to the indemnity or payment arises, to the extent that its amount can be estimated reliably.

Provisions include (i) the provisions for pension and similar obligations assumed; (ii) provisions for contingencies and charges, such as for example those of an environmental nature and those arising from litigation in progress or from outstanding indemnity payments or obligations, and collateral and other similar guarantees provided by the Company; (iii) provisions for medium- and long-term employee incentives; and (iv) provisions for taxes.

Contingent assets are not recognized, but are disclosed where an inflow of economic benefits is probable. If it has become virtually certain that an inflow of economic benefits will arise, the asset and the related income are recognized in the consolidated financial statements in the period in which the change occurs.

Defined contribution plans

Certain employees have defined contribution plans which are applicable to local regulations. The main features of these plans are as follows:

•

They are mixed plans covering the benefits for retirement, disability and death of the participants.

•

The sponsor undertakes to make monthly contributions of certain percentages of current employees’ salaries to external pension funds.

The annual cost of these plans is recognized within “Staff costs” in the consolidated income statements.

Defined benefit plans

IAS 19 Employee Benefits requires defined benefit plans to be accounted for:

•

Using actuarial techniques to make a reliable estimate of the amount of benefits that employees have earned in return for their service in the current and prior periods;

•

Discounting those benefits in order to determine the present value of the obligation;

•

Determining the fair value of any plan assets; and

•

Determining the total amount of actuarial gains and losses and the amount of those actuarial gains and losses that must be recognized.

The amount recognized as a benefit liability arising from a defined benefit plan is the total net result of:

•

The present value of the obligations;

•

Less the fair value of plan assets (if any) out of which the obligations are to be settled directly.

The Company recognizes provisions for these benefits as the related rights vest and on the basis of actuarial studies. These amounts are recognized under “Provisions for pensions” in the consolidated statements of financial position on the basis of their expected payment due dates.

Environmental provisions

Provisions for environmental obligations are estimated by analyzing each case separately and observing the relevant legal provisions. The estimate is made on the basis of the information available and a provision is recognized provided that the aforementioned information suggests that it is probable that the loss will arise and can be estimated in a sufficiently reliable manner.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The balance of provisions and disclosures disclosed in Note 15 reflects management’s best estimation of the potential exposure as of the date of preparation of these consolidated financial statements.

4.13 Leases

The Company assesses if a contract is or contains a lease at inception of the contract. A contract is or contains a lease if the contract conveys the right to control the use of an identified asset for a period of time in exchange for consideration.

The Company recognizes a right-of-use asset and a lease liability at the commencement date.

The estimated lease term by right-of-use asset categories are as follows:

	Years of Estimated Useful Life
Leased Land and Buildings		5-50
Leased Plant and Machinery		1-37

The lease liability is initially measured at the present value of the minimum future lease payments, discounted using the interest rate implicit in the lease, or, if not readily determinable, the incremental borrowing rate. Lease payments include fixed payments, variable payments that depend on an index or rate, as well as any extension or purchase options, if the Company is reasonably certain to exercise these options. The lease liability is subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method and remeasured with a corresponding adjustment to the related right-of-use asset when there is a change in future lease payments.

The right-of-use asset comprises, at inception, the initial lease liability, any initial direct costs and, when applicable, the obligations to refurbish the asset, less any incentives granted by the lessors. The right-of-use asset is subsequently depreciated, on a straight-line basis, over the lease term or, if the lease transfers the ownership of the underlying asset to the Company at the end of the lease term or, if the cost of the right-of-use asset reflects that the lessee will exercise a purchase option, over the estimated useful life of the underlying asset. Right-of-use assets are allocated to the respective CGUs also subject to testing for impairment if there is an indicator for impairment.

Variable lease payments not included in the measurement of the lease liabilities are recognized to the consolidated income statements in the period in which the events or conditions which trigger those payments occur.

In the consolidated statements of financial position, right-of-use assets and lease liabilities are classified, respectively, as part of property, plant and equipment and current and current and non-current lease liabilities.

4.14 Current assets and liabilities

In general, assets and liabilities that are expected to be settled or fall due within 12 months from the end of the reporting period are classified as current items and those which fall due or will be settled after more than 12 months are classified as non-current items.

4.15 Income taxes

Income tax expense represents the sum of current tax and deferred tax. Income tax is recognized in the consolidated income statements except to the extent that it relates to items recognized in other comprehensive income or directly in equity, in which case the related tax is recognized in other comprehensive income or directly in equity.

The current income tax expense is based on domestic and international statutory income tax rates in the tax jurisdictions where the Company operates related to taxable profit for the period. The taxable profit differs

TABLE OF CONTENTS

from net profit as reported in the consolidated income statements because it is determined in accordance with the rules established by the applicable tax authorities which includes temporary differences, permanent differences, and available credits and incentives.

The Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities are provided on temporary differences at the balance sheet date between financial reporting and the tax basis of assets and liabilities, and, then applying the enacted tax rates expected to be in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. Deferred tax assets are recognized for deductible temporary differences, including the carry-forward of unused tax credits and losses, to the extent that it is probable, that taxable profit will be available against which the deductible temporary difference and carryforwards of unused tax credits and losses can be utilized.

The deferred tax assets and liabilities that have been recognized are reassessed at the end of each closing period to ascertain whether they still exist, and adjustments are made on the basis of the findings of the analyses performed.

Income tax payable is the result of applying the relevant tax rate in force to each tax-paying entity, in accordance with the tax laws in force in the country in which the entity is registered. Additionally, tax deductions and credits are available to certain entities, primarily relating to inter-company trades and tax treaties between various countries to prevent double taxation.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset only when there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets against current tax liabilities and when the deferred tax assets and liabilities relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority or either the same taxable entity or different taxable entities where there is an intention to settle the current tax assets and liabilities on a net basis or to realize the assets and settle the liabilities simultaneously.

4.16 Foreign currency transactions

Foreign currency transactions are initially recognized in the functional currency of the subsidiary by applying the exchange rates prevailing at the date of the transaction.

Subsequently, at each reporting date, assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated to US dollars at the rates prevailing on that date.

Any exchange differences arising on settlement or translation at the closing rates of monetary items are recognized in the consolidated income statements for the related years.

Note 4.6 details the Company’s accounting policies for derivative financial instruments. Note 29 to these consolidated financial statements details the Company’s financial risk policies.

4.17 Revenue recognition

The Company recognizes sales revenue related to the transfer of promised goods or services when control of the goods or services passes to the customer. The amount of revenue recognized reflects the consideration to which the Company is or expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services.

In the Company’s electrometallurgy business, revenue is principally generated from the sale of goods, including silicon metal and silicon- and manganese-based specialty alloys. The Company mainly satisfies its performance obligations at a point in time; the amounts of revenue recognized relating to performance obligations satisfied over time are not significant. The point in time at which control is transferred to the buyer is determined based on the agreed delivery terms, which follow Incoterms 2020 issued by International Chamber of Commerce.

In most instances, control passes and sales revenue is recognized when the product is delivered to the vessel or vehicle on which it will be transported, the destination port or the customer’s premises. There may be circumstances when judgment is required based on the five indicators of control below.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

•

The customer has the significant risks and rewards of ownership and has the ability to direct the use of, and obtain substantially all of the remaining benefits from, the goods or service.

•

The customer has a present obligation to pay in accordance with the terms of the sales contract.

•

The customer has accepted the asset. Sales revenue may be subject to adjustment if the product specification does not conform to the terms specified in the sales contract, but this does not impact the passing of control. Specification adjustments have been immaterial historically.

•

The customer has legal title to the asset. The Company may retain legal title until payment is received but this is for credit risk purposes only.

•

The customer has physical possession of the asset. This indicator may be less important as the customer may obtain control of an asset prior to obtaining physical possession, which may be the case for goods in transit.

Where the Company sells on ‘C’ terms (e.g., Cost, Insurance and Freight “CIF,” Carriage and Insurance Paid to “CIP,” Cost and Freight “CFR” and Carriage Paid to “CPT)”, the Company is responsible (acts as principal) for providing shipping services and, in some instances, insurance after the date at which control of goods passes to the customer at the loading point. The Company, therefore, has separate performance obligations for freight and insurance services that are provided solely to facilitate the sale of the commodities it produces. Revenue attributable to freight and insurance services is not material.

Where the Company sells on ‘D’ terms (e.g., Delivered Duty Paid “DDP”, Delivered at Place “DAP” and Delivered at Terminal “DAT”), the Company arranges and pays for the carriage and retains the risk of the goods until delivery at an agreed destination, where ownership and control is transferred.

Where the Company sells on ‘F’ terms (e.g., Free Carrier “FCA” or Free on Board “FOB”), the customer arranges and pays for the main transportation. Risk and control are transferred to the customer when the goods are handed to the carrier engaged by the customer.

The Company’s products are sold to customers under contracts which vary in tenure and pricing mechanisms. The majority of pricing terms are either fixed or index-based for monthly, quarterly or annual periods, with a smaller proportion of volumes being sold on the spot market.

Within each sales contract, each unit of product shipped is a separate performance obligation. Revenue is generally recognized at the contracted price as this reflects the stand-alone selling price. Sales revenue excludes any applicable sales taxes.

Payment terms for each customer are dependent on the agreed upon contractual payment terms. Payment terms are typically between 0 and 60 days and do not include significant financing components.

4.18 Expense recognition

Expenses are recognized on an accrual basis. An expense is recognized in the consolidated income statements when there is a decrease in the future economic benefits related to a reduction of an asset, or an increase in a liability, which can be measured reliably. This means that an expense is recognized simultaneously with the recognition of the increase in a liability or the reduction of an asset. Additionally, an expense is recognized immediately in the consolidated income statements when a disbursement does not give rise to future economic benefits or when the requirements for recognition as an asset are not met. Also, an expense is recognized when a liability is incurred and no asset is recognized, as in the case of a liability relating to a guarantee.

4.19 Grants

The Company periodically receives government grants to support operations. Grants are recorded at their fair value in the consolidated income statements within “Other operating income” when there is reasonable

TABLE OF CONTENTS

assurance that the Company will satisfy the underlying grant conditions and the grants will be received. Otherwise, they are recorded as other liabilities. To the extent required, grants are deferred and recognized on a systematic basis over the periods in which the Company expects to recognize the related expenses for which the grants are intended to compensate. When the grant relates to an asset, it is recognized as income in equal amounts over the expected useful life of the related asset. The deferred portion of grants are presented in “deferred income” in the consolidated statements of financial position.

When the grant relates to compensations for the indirect carbon dioxide emissions costs included in the energy bills, the income is recorded in “Raw Materials and energy consumption for production” in the consolidated income statements and the uncollected portion of the grant is presented in “other receivables” in the consolidated statements of financial position.

4.20 Termination benefits

Under current labor legislation, the Company is required to pay termination benefits to employees whose employment relationship is terminated under certain conditions. The cost of providing employee benefits is recognized in the period in which the benefit is earned by the employee, rather than when it is paid or payable.

4.21 Carbon dioxide emission allowances

The Company recognizes carbon dioxide emission allowances received, whether allocated by government or purchased, as intangible assets. The intangible asset is initially measured and recognized on the date of acquisition at fair value, being the consideration paid (if purchased on the open market) or the current market value (if granted for less than fair value).

When allowances are granted for less than fair value, the difference between the fair value and the nominal amount paid is recognized as a government grant. The grant is initially recognized as deferred income in the consolidated statements of financial position and subsequently recognized as “Other operating income” on a systematic basis on the proportion of the carbon dioxide emitted over total carbon dioxide expected to be emitted for the compliance period on the consolidated income statements. In the case that a better estimate of the expected carbon dioxide emissions for the compliance period is available, the deferred income to be recognized in the consolidated statements of financial position is adjusted prospectively.

As the Company emits carbon dioxide, it recognizes a provision for its obligation to deliver the carbon dioxide allowances at the end of the compliance period. The provision is remeasured and recorded as an expense at the end of each reporting period at historical cost for the emission rights (allowances) received and at acquisition cost for the carbon dioxide purchased and at fair value for the carbon dioxide pending to be purchased.

Intangible assets recognized for emissions allowances are not amortized and remain valued at historical cost until either sold or surrendered in satisfaction of the Company’s obligation to deliver the allowances to the relevant authority.

Sale of emission rights

When the Company has determined to sell its emission rights, the emission rights sold would be derecognized from the consolidated statements of financial position against the cash received. In those cases, where the price per emission right is different to the fair value per emission right at the time they were granted, a gain or a loss on the disposal of assets will be recognized. The deferred income originally recognized for the free emission rights granted at the beginning of the compliance period that still remain in the consolidated statements of financial position at the time of sale will be derecognized.

4.22 Share-based compensation

The Company operates a share-based compensation plan with certain equity and cash-settlement options. The Company recognizes share-based compensation expense based on the estimated grant date fair value of share-based awards using Stochastic and Black-Scholes option pricing model. Prior to vesting, cumulative

TABLE OF CONTENTS

compensation cost equals the proportionate amount of the award earned to date. The Company has elected to treat each award as a single award and recognize compensation cost on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the entire award. If the terms of an award are modified in a manner that affects both the fair value and vesting of the award, the total amount of remaining unrecognized compensation cost (based on the grant-date fair value) and the incremental fair value of the modified award are recognized over the amended vesting period. The Company´s liability for cash-settled awards is immaterial.

4.23 Other income

Interest income is recognized as the interest accrues using the effective interest rate, which is the rate that exactly discounts estimated future cash receipts through the expected life of the financial instrument to the net carrying amount of the financial asset.

Dividend income from investments is recognized when the shareholders’ right to receive the payment is established.

4.24 Consolidated statements of cash flows

The following terms are used in the consolidated statements of cash flows, prepared using the indirect method, with the meanings specified as follows:

Cash flows: inflows and outflows of cash and cash equivalents, which are short-term, highly liquid investments that are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value.

Operating activities: activities constituting the object of the subsidiaries forming part of the consolidated Company and other activities that are not investing or financing activities.

Investing activities: the acquisition and disposal of long-term assets and other investments not included in cash and cash equivalents.

Financing activities: activities that result in changes in the size and composition of the equity and borrowings of the Company that are not operating or investing activities. Interest payments and principal payments are presented separately.

5. Segment reporting

The Company’s Chief Executive Officer has been identified as the chief operating decision maker (“CODM”) since the role encompasses authority over resource allocation decisions and performance assessment, mainly analyzing performance from the production obtained in the operations. The Company has identified 10 operating segments:

•

Canada – Silicon Metals

•

Canada – Silicon Alloys

•

U.S. – Silicon Metals

•

U.S. – Silicon Alloys

•

Europe – Manganese Alloys

•

Europe – Silicon Metals

•

Europe – Silicon Alloys

•

South Africa – Silicon Metals

•

South Africa – Silicon Alloys; and

•

Other segments

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The operating segments described above are those components whose operating results are regularly reviewed by the entity’s CODM to make decisions about resources to be allocated to the segment and assess its performance, and for which discrete financial information is available. This is due to the integrated operations within each region and product family and the ability to reallocate production based on the individual capacity of each plant. Additionally, economic factors that may impact our results of operations, such as currency fluctuations and energy costs, are also assessed at a regional and product level.

The Company’s North America – Silicon Metal and North America – Silicon Alloys reportable segments are the result of the aggregation of the operating segments of the United States and Canada Silicon Metals and the operating segments of the United States and Canada Silicon Alloys. These operating segments have been aggregated as they have similar long-term economic characteristics and there is similarity of competitive and operating risks and the political environment in the United States and Canada. The Europe-Silicon Metals, the Europe-Silicon Alloys, the Europe – Manganese, the South Africa – Silicon Metals and South Africa – Silicon Alloys reportable segments are equal to each related Operating segment.

All other segments that do not meet the quantitative threshold for separate reporting and are deemed to have similar economic characteristics have been grouped as “Other segments”, which mainly includes holding entities in the United Kingdom and Ferroglobe Advanced Material, a Spanish subsidiary.

The consolidated income statements as of December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively, by reportable segment, are as follows:

	2025
	North America Silicon Metal US$’000		North America Silicon Alloys US$’000		Europe Manganese US$’000		Europe Silicon Metal US$’000		Europe Silicon Alloys US$’000		South Africa Silicon Metal US$’000		South Africa Silicon Alloys US$’000		Other segments US$’000		Adjustments/ Eliminations(*) US$’000		Total US$’000
Sales		284,395		265,833		363,929		220,946		149,516		7,844		79,524		30,148		(67,014)		1,335,121
Sales to third parties		284,272		265,248		350,547		210,037		144,965		5,417		62,576		12,059				1,335,121
Intercompany sales		123		585		13,382		10,909		4,551		2,427		16,948		18,089		(67,014)		—
Raw materials		(147,940)		(111,876)		(242,845)		(133,868)		(127,870)		(11,919)		(45,512)		(14,601)		67,074		(769,357)
Energy consumption for production		(60,067)		(33,948)		(37,372)		1,793		(7,674)		(1,441)		(22,759)		(2,706)		—		(164,174)
Other operating income		9,148		701		29,934		37,671		8,048		13		98		41,711		(44,489)		82,835
Staff costs		(58,049)		(43,747)		(33,649)		(61,850)		(27,931)		(1,938)		(11,213)		(32,272)		—		(270,649)
Other operating expense		(33,706)		(32,438)		(91,745)		(61,055)		(24,139)		(1,821)		(3,470)		(41,954)		44,429		(245,899)
Depreciation and amortization charges		(33,200)		(16,730)		(4,637)		(13,297)		(5,672)		(54)		(4,995)		(6,366)		—		(84,951)
Impairment (loss) gain		(11,259)		—		(7,691)		—		1,834		(372)		—		—		—		(17,488)
Other (loss) gain		(281)		(296)		—		8		12		162		1,401		99		—		1,105
Operating (loss) profit		(50,959)		27,499		(24,076)		(9,652)		(33,876)		(9,526)		(6,926)		(25,941)		—		(133,457)

(*)

The amounts correspond to transactions between segments that are eliminated in the consolidation process.

	2024
	North America Silicon Metal US$’000		North America Silicon Alloys US$’000		Europe Manganese US$’000		Europe Silicon Metal US$’000		Europe Silicon Alloys US$’000		South Africa Silicon Metal US$’000		South Africa Silicon Alloys US$’000		Other segments US$’000		Adjustments/ Eliminations(*) US$’000		Total US$’000
Sales		386,429		279,806		367,498		393,278		181,702		67,944		91,021		43,001		(166,740)		1,643,939
Sales to third parties		365,429		240,352		350,646		374,373		172,148		51,856		71,581		17,554				1,643,939
Intercompany sales		21,000		39,454		16,852		18,905		9,554		16,088		19,440		25,447		(166,740)
Raw materials		(196,522)		(134,153)		(230,727)		(210,391)		(147,642)		(37,452)		(41,599)		(25,133)		167,797		(855,822)
Energy consumption for production		(71,025)		(29,051)		(21,924)		4,373		7,699		(22,786)		(34,820)		(3,774)		—		(171,308)
Other operating income		10,987		134		24,902		46,241		5,967		65		83		44,978		(48,979)		84,378
Staff costs		(57,992)		(43,342)		(31,355)		(71,647)		(23,613)		(6,270)		(9,978)		(35,667)		—		(279,864)
Other operating expense		(34,497)		(29,340)		(77,607)		(84,209)		(24,284)		(7,502)		(5,394)		(50,271)		47,922		(265,182)
Depreciation and amortization charges		(25,632)		(17,209)		(6,550)		(11,458)		(3,692)		(2,863)		(4,622)		(3,437)		—		(75,463)
Impairment (loss) gain		(17,962)		—		(2,629)		—		(3,646)		(12,953)		—		(5,862)		—		(43,052)
Other (loss) gain		(892)		(43)		—		155		68		—		(6)		1,273		—		555
Operating (loss) profit		(7,106)		26,802		21,608		66,342		(7,441)		(21,817)		(5,315)		(34,892)		—		38,181

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(*)

The amounts correspond to transactions between segments that are eliminated in the consolidation process.

	2023
	North America Silicon Metal US$’000		North America Silicon Alloys US$’000		Europe Manganese US$’000		Europe Silicon Metal US$’000		Europe Silicon Alloys US$’000		South Africa Silicon Metal US$’000		South Africa Silicon Alloys US$’000		Other segments US$’000		Adjustments/ Eliminations(*) US$’000		Total US$’000
Sales		505,472		283,180		277,508		307,230		216,465		50,071		109,684		54,921		(154,497)		1,650,034
Sales to third parties		465,647		251,936		274,223		297,206		209,627		45,320		68,813		37,262				1,650,034
Intercompany sales		39,825		31,244		3,285		10,024		6,838		4,751		40,871		17,659		(154,497)
Raw materials		(240,482)		(137,307)		(226,463)		(206,727)		(160,780)		(16,401)		(45,491)		(30,391)		156,105		(907,937)
Energy consumption for production		(72,680)		(27,886)		42,624		103,423		52,371		(27,602)		(36,710)		(4,889)		—		28,651
Other operating income		6,605		3,896		36,628		40,321		21,149		594		(142)		50,655		(58,714)		100,992
Staff costs		(67,160)		(37,744)		(28,326)		(79,114)		(42,069)		(5,007)		(10,412)		(36,027)		—		(305,859)
Other operating expense		(44,304)		(26,840)		(69,897)		(71,632)		(44,132)		(11,223)		(10,718)		(48,309)		56,965		(270,090)
Depreciation and amortization charges		(32,313)		(15,183)		(7,835)		(6,325)		(3,005)		(1,840)		(4,056)		(2,975)		—		(73,532)
Impairment (loss) gain		(21,008)		—		(1,571)		—		(3,619)		478		—		430		—		(25,290)
Other (loss) gain		(71)		(115)		1		79		47		—		—		30		—		(29)
Operating (loss) profit		34,059		42,001		22,669		87,255		36,427		(10,930)		2,155		(16,555)		(141)		196,940

(*)

The amounts correspond to transactions between segments that are eliminated in the consolidation process.

Other disclosures

Sales by product line

Sales by major product line are as follows:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2025 US$’000		2024 US$’000		2023 US$’000
Silicon metal		430,155		726,650		722,226
Manganese-based alloys		357,724		332,845		259,197
Ferrosilicon		282,560		272,386		330,946
Other silicon-based alloys		115,823		131,744		159,441
Silica fume		27,705		31,323		33,804
Other		121,154		148,991		144,420
Total		1,335,121		1,643,939		1,650,034

Information about major customers

Total sales of $599,501 thousand, $921,029 thousand, and $1,322,724 thousand were attributable to the Company’s top 10 customers in 2025, 2024, and 2023, respectively. During 2025, 2024, and 2023, sales corresponding to its largest customer, Dow Silicones Corporation, represented 12.3%, 16.8% and 17.0%, respectively of the Company’s sales. Sales to Dow Silicones Corporation are included partially in the North America—Silicon Metal segment and partially in the Europe—Silicon Metal segment. Trade receivables from Dow Silicones Corporation as of December 31, 2025 and 2024 are $21,663 thousand and $28,109 thousand, respectively.

Non-current assets by geographical area

Non-current assets, other than financial instruments, deferred tax assets, post-employment benefit assets and rights arising under insurance contracts, by geographical area are as follows:

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	Year ended December 31,
	2025 US$’000		2024 US$’000
United Kingdom		206		338
United States of America		212,143		241,325
Europe
Spain		130,195		132,385
France		174,536		131,479
Other European Countries		14,719		7,968
Total non-current assets in Europe		319,450		271,832
Rest of the World		123,232		115,024
Total		655,031		628,519

6. Goodwill

Changes in the carrying amount of goodwill during the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, are as follows:

	U.S. Silicon Metal CGU US$’000		U.S. Silicon Based Alloys CGU US$’000		Total US$’000
Acquisition cost:
Balance at January 1, 2024		17,230		12,472		29,702
Additions		—		—		—
Balance at December 31, 2024		17,230		12,472		29,702
Additions		—		—		—
Balance at December 31, 2025		17,230		12,472		29,702
Impairment (Note 27.8):
Balance at January 1, 2024		—		—		—
Additions		(15,483)		—		(15,483)
Balance at December 31, 2024		(15,483)		—		(15,483)
Additions		(1,747)		—		(1,747)
Balance at December 31, 2025		(17,230)		—		(17,230)
Carrying amount at December 31, 2025		—		12,472		12,472

For the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, in connection with our annual goodwill impairment test, the Company recorded an impairment charge of $1,747 thousand and $15,483 thousand, respectively, in our U.S Silicon Metal CGU group.

Goodwill is allocated to its respective groups of CGUs and tested annually for impairment. The Company has determined that the lowest level within the Company that goodwill is monitored for internal management purposes comprises two groups of CGUs, which include four individual CGUs. In accordance with the requirements of IAS 36, an impairment loss is recorded when the recoverable amount is below the carrying amount of the net assets of a CGU or group of CGUs (including the goodwill allocated to it). A CGU’s or group of CGU’s recoverable amount is the higher of its fair value less costs of disposal and its value in use. As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, the recoverable amount for all groups of cash-generating units to which goodwill has been allocated has been determined based on value in use.

Of the individual CGUs which comprise the U.S. Silicon Metal CGU group, the Company’s Beverly facility has limited operations allocated to it, which were not sufficient on their own to support the recoverability of

100

TABLE OF CONTENTS

the remaining goodwill after prior impairments for goodwill associated with our Alloy facility in 2024 and our Selma facility in 2023. See more details in Note 8.

Key assumptions used in the determination of recoverable value

Ferroglobe operates in a cyclical market, and silicon and silicon-based alloy index pricing and foreign import pressure into the U.S. markets impact the future projected cash flows used in our impairment analysis. Our approach in determining the recoverable amount uses a discounted cash flow methodology, which necessarily involves making numerous estimates and assumptions of which the key assumptions used for estimating cash flow projections are the discount rate, the long-term growth rate and forecasted EBITDA margins for the subsequent five-year period (2026-2030) and perpetuity beyond the final year.

Management makes estimates, assumptions and judgements on uncertain matters. For each group of cash-generating units to which goodwill has been allocated, the value in use is determined based on economic assumptions and forecasted operating conditions as follows:

	2025		2024
U.S. Silicon Metals	U.S.		U.S.
Pre-tax discount rate		17.9%		13.9%
Long-term growth rate		2.2%		2.3%
Forecasted EBITDA margins	(3%)-35%		(2%)-26%

	2025		2024
U.S. Silicon Based Alloys	U.S.		U.S.
Pre-tax discount rate		13.4%		13.9%
Long-term growth rate		2.2%		2.3%
Forecasted EBITDA margins	6%-34%		5%-32%

Discount rate

The discount rate, applied to discount the related cash flows, is the weighted average cost of capital (WACC), determined by the weighted average cost of equity and cost of debt according to the finance structure determined for each group of CGUs.

This rate is calculated using the capital asset pricing model (CAPM), which considers the asset’s systemic risk, and the impact of those risks not already considered on cash flows, such as country risk, business-specific credit risk, currency risk and price risk specific to the financial asset, constantly monitoring the fluctuations of the financial markets.

The main underlying data used in these calculations are obtained from independent and renowned external information sources.

Long-term growth rate

Cash flow projections from the terminal year are calculated using an expected constant growth rate (g), considering projected CPI data collected from a variety of third party, external sources.

Forecasted EBITDA margins

Forecasted EBITDA margins are the projection of EBITDA divided by sales over the forecast period. EBITDA is defined as net profit (loss) attributable to the parent, adjusted by (i) profit (loss) attributable to non-controlling interest; (ii) income tax (benefit) expense; (iii) net finance expense; and (iv) depreciation and amortization charges.

101

TABLE OF CONTENTS

For forecasted EBITDA margins, the Company determines its projected sales and cost of sales through a combination of analysis of prior year actuals and budgeted pricing and volumes. Where applicable, the Company relies on third party sources to derive key inputs. Internally, the Company reviews contracted amounts as well as forecasts. Finally, corporate overheads are allocated using an internal key based on projected volumes.

These assumptions have been used in the impairment test for each of the two groups of cash-generating units to which goodwill has been allocated.

These estimates will likely differ from future actual results of operations and cash flows, and it is possible that these differences could be material. In addition, judgements are applied in determining the level of CGU groups identified for impairment testing and the criteria used to determine which assets should be aggregated. Changes in our business activities or structure may also result in additional changes to the level of testing in future periods. Further, future events could cause the Group to conclude that impairment indicators exist and that the asset values associated with a given operation have become impaired.

Sensitivity to changes in assumptions

Changing management’s assumptions could affect the evaluation of the value in use of our groups of cash-generating units and, therefore, the impairment result. For the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, the Company recorded impairment losses of $1,747 thousand, $15,483 thousand and nil, respectively, in our U.S. Silicon Metal CGU group and as of December 31, 2025 the Company retained $7,144 thousand of headroom between the carrying value of our U.S. Silicon based Alloys CGU group including goodwill and its recoverable value.

The sensitivity analysis revealed that no reasonably possible changes in any of the key assumptions would result in a material adjustment in the carrying amount of our U.S. Silicon Metal CGU group or our U.S. Silicon Based Alloys CGU group as of December 31, 2025.

7. Intangible assets

Changes in the carrying amount of intangible assets during the years ended December 31 are as follows:

	For the year ended 31 December 2025
	Development Expenditure US$’000		Power Supply Agreements US$’000		Rights of Use US$’000		Computer Software US$’000		Greenhouse gasses (Co2) US$’000		Other Intangible Assets US$’000		Total US$’000
Acquisition cost:
Balance at January 1, 2025		51,221		37,836		13,105		12,757		90,563		6,910		212,392
Additions		972		—		—		1,209		89,022		—		91,203
Disposals		(40,317)		—		—		(196)		(73,050)		(3,493)		(117,056)
Transfers from/(to) other accounts		542		—		—		—		—		—		542
Exchange differences		6,573		—		315		1,147		11,248		634		19,917
Balance at December 31, 2025		18,991		37,836		13,420		14,917		117,783		4,051		206,998
Accumulated depreciation (Note 27.6):
Balance at January 1, 2025		(34,424)		(37,836)		(11,996)		(5,014)		—		(4,800)		(94,070)
Depreciation and amortization for the period		(706)		—		—		(1,210)		—		—		(1,916)
Disposals		32,148		—		—		73		—		2,249		34,470
Transfers from/(to) other accounts		15		—		—		—		—		6		21
Exchange differences		(4,366)		—		(315)		(159)		—		(361)		(5,201)

102

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	For the year ended 31 December 2025
	Development Expenditure US$’000		Power Supply Agreements US$’000		Rights of Use US$’000		Computer Software US$’000		Greenhouse gasses (Co2) US$’000		Other Intangible Assets US$’000		Total US$’000
Balance at December 31, 2025		(7,333)		(37,836)		(12,311)		(6,310)		—		(2,906)		(66,696)
Impairment (Note 27.8):
Balance at January 1, 2025		(13,008)		—		(1,109)		—		—		(1,110)		(15,227)
Impairment losses for the period		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
Disposals		8,169		—		—						1,244		9,413
Transfers from/(to) other accounts		—		—		—						—		—
Exchange differences		(1,672)		—		—		—		—		(134)		(1,806)
Balance at December 31, 2025		(6,511)		—		(1,109)		—		—		—		(7,620)
Carrying amount at December 31, 2025		5,147		—		—		8,607		117,783		1,145		132,682

	For the year ended 31 December 2024
	Development Expenditure US$’000		Power Supply Agreements US$’000		Rights of Use US$’000		Computer Software US$’000		Greenhouse gasses (CO2) US$’000		Other Intangible Assets US$’000		Total US$’000
Acquisition cost:
Balance at January 1, 2024		53,590		37,836		13,329		10,396		128,176		7,380		250,707
Additions		664		—		—		2,750		60,326		—		63,740
Disposals		—		—		—		—		(90,112)		—		(90,112)
Transfers from/(to) other accounts		328		—		(31)		—		—		(297)		—
Exchange differences		(3,361)		—		(193)		(389)		(7,827)		(173)		(11,943)
Balance at December 31, 2024		51,221		37,836		13,105		12,757		90,563		6,910		212,392
Accumulated depreciation (Note 27.6):
Balance at January 1, 2024		(36,353)		(37,836)		(12,142)		(5,076)		—		(4,679)		(96,086)
Depreciation and amortization for the period		(229)		—		—		(27)		—		(218)		(474)
Exchange differences		2,158		—		146		89		—		97		2,490
Balance at December 31, 2024		(34,424)		(37,836)		(11,996)		(5,014)		—		(4,800)		(94,070)
Impairment (Note 27.8):
Balance at January 1, 2024		(13,991)		—		(1,187)		—		—		(1,098)		(16,276)
Impairment losses for the period		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
Exchange differences		983		—		78		—		—		(12)		1,049
Balance at December 31, 2024		(13,008)		—		(1,109)		—		—		(1,110)		(15,227)
Carrying amount at December 31, 2024		3,789		—		—		7,743		90,563		1,000		103,095

Development expenditures: For the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company invested $972 thousand and $664 thousand, respectively, in Research and Development (R&D) projects. For the year ended December 31, 2025, the Company recorded disposals of certain capitalized development assets related to R&D projects, which were fully impaired in prior periods.

Computer software: For the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company invested $1,209 thousand and $2,750 thousand, respectively, in the development of new IT systems and cybersecurity.

Greenhouse gas rights: As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, greenhouse gas rights primarily relate to the acquisition, use and expiration of rights held to emit greenhouse gasses by certain European and Canadian

103

TABLE OF CONTENTS

subsidiaries (see Note 4.21). For the year ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company did not purchase or sell rights to emit greenhouse gasses, respectively. The additions relate to allowances granted.

As of December 31, 2024, the Company had certain intangible assets related to rights held to emit greenhouse gasses pledged as collateral for other financial liabilities. As of December 31, 2025 these intangible assets were no longer pledged, as the related, underlying financial liability was fully repaid during the year (see Note 20).

8. Property, plant and equipment

Property, plant and equipment, net of the related accumulated depreciation and impairment, as of December 31, 2025 and 2024 is as follows:

	For the year ended December 31, 2025
	Land and Buildings US$’000		Plant and Machinery US$’000		Other Fixtures, Tools and Furniture US$’000		Property, Plant and Equipment in the Course of Construction US$’000		Mineral Reserves US$’000		Other Items of Property, Plant and Equipment US$’000		Other Items of Leased Land and Buildings US$’000		Other Items of Leased Plant and machinery US$’000		Total US$’000
Acquisition cost:
Balance at January 1, 2025		226,048		1,214,411		17,477		66,032		69,714		29,712		28,436		51,524		1,703,354
Additions		38		545		521		66,987		—		516		7,173		7,635		83,415
Disposals and other		(2,116)		(47,295)		(775)		(57)		—		(37)		(3,562)		(4,727)		(58,569)
Transfers from/(to) other accounts		2,032		75,586		289		(78,529)		(3,377)		3,357		—		—		(642)
Exchange differences		22,841		93,792		2,177		5,333		365		1,247		2,812		4,065		132,632
Balance at December 31, 2025		248,843		1,337,039		19,689		59,766		66,702		34,795		34,859		58,497		1,860,190
Accumulated depreciation (Note 27.6):
Balance at January 1, 2025		(133,167)		(801,564)		(5,993)		—		(3,051)		(10,146)		(14,082)		(32,204)		(1,000,207)
Depreciation and amortization for the period		(2,934)		(68,832)		(273)		—		(525)		(166)		(2,633)		(7,672)		(83,035)
Disposals and other		2,116		33,455		255		—		—		37		3,562		4,097		43,522
Transfers from/(to) other accounts		64		195		(68)		—		—		—		—		(111)		80
Exchange differences		(11,768)		(70,610)		(724)		—		—		(1,068)		(1,304)		(2,608)		(88,082)
Balance at December 31, 2025		(145,689)		(907,356)		(6,803)		—		(3,576)		(11,343)		(14,457)		(38,498)		(1,127,722)
Impairment (Note 27.8):
Balance at January 1, 2025		(34,319)		(136,491)		(2,928)		(22,070)		—		(18,536)		(827)		(781)		(215,951)
Impairment gain (losses) for the period		(6,460)		(13,547)		(830)		(6,680)		—		—		—		(385)		(27,902)
Disposals and other		—		14,078		384		—		—		—		—		630		15,092
Transfers from/(to) other accounts		—		(19,011)		—		19,011		—		—		—		—		—
Exchange differences		(2,104)		(12,054)		(402)		(2,400)		—		(6)		—		(63)		(17,029)
Balance at December 31, 2025		(42,883)		(167,025)		(3,776)		(12,139)		—		(18,542)		(827)		(599)		(245,790)
Carrying amount at December 31, 2025		60,271		262,658		9,110		47,627		63,126		4,910		19,575		19,401		486,678

104

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	For the year ended 31 December 2024
	Land and Buildings US$’000		Plant and Machinery US$’000		Other Fixtures, Tools and Furniture US$’000		Property, Plant and Equipment in the Course of Construction US$’000		Mineral Reserves US$’000		Other Items of Property, Plant and Equipment US$’000		Other Items of Leased Land and Buildings US$’000		Other Items of Leased Plant and machinery US$’000		Total US$’000
Acquisition cost:
Balance at January 1, 2024		181,037		1,197,462		7,205		145,206		67,091		33,706		26,071		41,314		1,699,092
Additions		65		3,415		5,693		76,097		—		150		3,850		13,201		102,471
Disposals and other		(97)		(28,173)		(993)		—		—		—		(267)		(4,579)		(34,109)
Transfers from/(to) other accounts		51,924		87,623		6,369		(148,021)		2,700		(3,813)		—		3,218		—
Exchange differences		(6,881)		(45,916)		(797)		(7,250)		(77)		(331)		(1,218)		(1,630)		(64,100)
Balance at December 31, 2025		226,048		1,214,411		17,477		66,032		69,714		29,712		28,436		51,524		1,703,354
Accumulated depreciation (Note 27.6):
Balance at January 1, 2024		(119,009)		(821,272)		(1,149)		—		(2,840)		(10,317)		(12,296)		(30,244)		(997,127)
Depreciation and amortization for the period		(3,003)		(60,411)		(389)		—		(211)		(182)		(2,582)		(8,211)		(74,989)
Disposals and other		101		25,847		165		—		—		—		267		4,579		30,959
Transfers from/(to) other accounts		(15,742)		20,285		(4,981)		—		—		—		—		438		—
Exchange differences		4,486		33,987		361		—		—		353		529		1,234		40,950
Balance at December 31, 2024		(133,167)		(801,564)		(5,993)		—		(3,051)		(10,146)		(14,082)		(32,204)		(1,000,207)
Impairment (Note 27.8):
Balance at January 1, 2024		(22,680)		(77,617)		(2,752)		(78,150)		—		(18,542)		(827)		—		(200,568)
Impairment gain (losses) for the period		(888)		(18,105)		(1,352)		(3,784)		—		—		—		(811)		(24,940)
Disposals and other		—		1,342		—		—		—		—		—		—		1,342
Transfers from/(to) other accounts		(11,166)		(45,529)		877		55,817		—		—		—		—		—
Exchange differences		415		3,418		299		4,047		—		6		—		30		8,215
Balance at December 31, 2024		(34,319)		(136,491)		(2,928)		(22,070)		—		(18,536)		(827)		(781)		(215,951)
Carrying amount at December 31, 2024		58,562		276,356		8,556		43,962		66,663		1,030		13,527		18,539		487,196

For the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company invested $83,415 thousand and $102,471 thousand in its property, plant equipment, respectively. This was predominantly led by investments in assets in the course of construction. For the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company invested $66,987 thousand and $76,097 thousand in capital expenditure, respectively, focused on productivity and efficiency improvements.

Impairment considerations:

The Company defines its CGUs for impairment testing of its property, plant and equipment to be at the individual plant or mine level. The Company deems this level to be the smallest identifiable group of assets that generates cash inflows that are largely independent of the cash inflow from other assets or groups of assets. As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, all cash-generating units were assessed for indicators of potential impairment.

As of December 31, 2025, the Company identified impairment indicators for our Puertollano, Alloy, Pierrefitte and Boo CGUs, which had a reasonably possible risk of impairment to be recorded or reversed.

We engaged valuation specialists to determine the recoverable amount of our Puertollano CGU, with a carrying value of $22,538 thousand inclusive of the real estate and industrial products using the fair value less costs to dispose methodology. The Company determined based on the operational plan for Puertollano as of December 31, 2025, that the fair value less costs of disposal method yielded a higher recoverable value than a value in use calculation due to the limited forecasted production in the upcoming 5-year forecasted period. The Company determines the valuation of these assets to fall within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy due to the other-than-quoted observable inputs used in the valuation.

In determining the fair value of the real estate, the valuation was undertaken based on a collation and analysis of appropriate comparable transactions, together with evidence of demand within the vicinity of the property.

105

TABLE OF CONTENTS

These transactions served as the basis for the analysis of the real estate, considering size, location, aspect and other material factors. The Company applied an immaterial estimate for the costs to dispose.

In determining the recoverable value of the industrial equipment, the valuation was undertaken in various stages. The Company began by estimating the replacement cost if new using an indirect costing method. The Company then accounted for any loss in value due to general deterioration in condition, inherent inefficiencies and other external influences. Any reduction in value results from a combination of factors that may include physical deterioration, functional obsolescence and economic obsolescence. The Company also considered comparable transactions for similar equipment and ultimately applied an estimate for costs to dispose ranging from 15%-100% based on the asset category.

The recoverable value of the real estate and industrial products was determined to be $26,858 thousand, which is greater than their carrying value considering their current state and projected use. The Company did not record any impairment reversal given the IAS 36 requirements do not permit reversal for individual assets within the CGU which does not have accumulated impairment losses recorded against them.

For our Alloy CGU, the Company engaged valuation specialists to determine the recoverable amount with a pre-impairment carrying value of $53,704 thousand inclusive of property, plant and equipment using the fair value less costs to dispose methodology. The Company determined based on the operational plan for Alloy as of December 31, 2025, that the fair value less costs of disposal method yielded a higher recoverable value than a value in use calculation due to the structure of the partnership in which Dow receives approximately 49% of the output at cost plus pricing, which is lower than what a market participant could achieve by selling the product in the market place in the forecast years. The Company determines the valuation of these assets to fall within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy due to the other-than-quoted observable inputs used in the valuation.

In determining the recoverable amount of the Alloy CGU, the Company performed an income-based valuation approach. As part of this analysis, management evaluated the assumptions that a market participant would apply in assessing the future economic benefits of the assets, including expected production levels, operating margins, and required returns. Key inputs such as long-term growth rates and terminal value assumptions were benchmarked against observable market data and industry forecasts to validate their reasonableness. This process incorporated cross-checks against external market indicators and independent valuation specialist input to ensure that the resulting recoverable amount reflected market participant expectations and appropriately captured the long-term cash-generating potential of the assets.

The recoverable amount of the CGU was determined to be $44,192 thousand (under the FVLCD methodology), which is less than its carrying amount. The Company therefore recorded an impairment loss associated with this CGU of $9,512 thousand as of December 31, 2025, which was primarily due to the permanent idling of two furnaces.

Significant assumptions used to estimate the fair value less cost of disposal of the Alloy CGU were as follows:

Post-Tax
Discount Rate

Long-Term
Growth Rate

EBITDA
Margin(1)

CGU

Alloy

10.27%

2.21%

(10.8%)-31.9%

(1)

EBITDA Margin is determined as EBITDA divided by sales

106

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Sensitivity to changes in assumptions

Changing management’s assumptions could affect the evaluation of the fair value less cost of disposal of our Alloy CGU, respectively and, therefore, the impairment result. The following reasonably possible changes to the assumptions used in the impairment test would result in the following changes in recoverable value:

Carrying
Value

Shortfall of
recoverable
value versus
carrying value

Sensitivity on
discount rate

Sensitivity on
long-term growth rate

Sensitivity on
EBITDA

Decrease
by 10%

Increase
by 10%

Decrease
by 10%

Increase
by 10%

Decrease
by 15%

Increase
by 15%

CGU

Alloy

53,704

(9,512)

11,072

(8,850)

1,947

(1,712)

(31,459)

31,333

The recoverable amounts for our Pierrefitte and Boo CGUs were determined based on their respective values in use. As of December 31, 2025, the Company’s Pierrefitte and Boo recoverable value were not sensitive to changes in the underlying assumptions.

The Company’s approach to the determination of its discount rate, long-term growth rate and EBITDA margins are discussed in Note 6 for its value in use valuations.

Where applicable, the Company relies on third party sources to derive key inputs. Internally, the Company reviews contracted amounts as well as forecasts. Finally, corporate overheads are allocated using an internal key based on projected volumes.

Subsequent Developments in Market Pricing

In completing its analysis of impairment of the Alloy CGU, the Company incorporated forward pricing curves for silicon metal pricing published by the Commodities Research Unit (“CRU”). The impairment model used CRU’s most recent forward pricing curves available as of the valuation date for the forecast period, together with other assumptions as noted above. On January 29, 2026, CRU published updated forward pricing for silicon metal for years in the forecast period. These updated price curves reflected a downward revision compared to the forward pricing curves available as of the valuation date.

Management performed a sensitivity analysis to assess the potential impact of these revised pricing curves on our forecasted EBITDA and the resultant impact on the estimated recoverable amount of the CGU. Had the updated CRU forward pricing curves been available and used in the December 31, 2025 impairment model, while maintaining all other assumptions consistent, the recoverable amount of the CGU would have been reduced by approximately $27,974 thousand.

Assessment of Subsequent Events

In accordance with IAS 10, the Company evaluated whether the January 29, 2026 pricing revisions constituted an adjusting event. Management concluded that these revisions primarily reflected changes in market conditions that arose after the reporting date and would not have been considered by a market participant at December 31, 2025. As such, the impairment test results as of year-end have not been adjusted.

Impairment considerations for the year ended December 31, 2024:

As of December 31, 2024, the Company identified impairment indicators for our Puertollano, Dunkirk, Pierrefitte, Emalahleni, Polokwane and Alloy CGUs, which had a reasonably possible risk of impairment to be recorded or reversed.

We engaged valuation specialists to determine the recoverable amount of our Puertollano CGU, with a pre-impairment carrying value of $26,870 thousand inclusive of the real estate and industrial products using the fair value less costs to dispose methodology. The Company determined the fair value based on the methodology similarly applied for the year ended December 31, 2025 as discussed above.

107

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The recoverable value of the real estate and industrial products was determined to be $21,058 thousand, which was less than their carrying value considering their current state and projected use. The Company recorded an impairment loss of $5,812 thousand as a result.

The recoverable amounts for our Dunkirk, Pierrefitte, Emalahleni, Polokwane and Alloy CGUs were determined based on their respective values in use. As of December 31, 2024, the Company’s Pierrefitte, Polokwane and Emalahleni recoverable values were not sensitive to changes in the underlying assumptions. For Pierrefitte and Emalahleni, if their respective recoverable values were to fall by 10%, there would still remain sufficient headroom in each CGU. For the Dunkirk and Alloy CGUs, the significant assumptions used to estimate their value in use were as follows: (i) pre-tax discount rates of 15.6% and 13.6%, respectively; (ii) EBITDA margin (EBITDA divided by sales) throughout the forecast of between 0.7% and 19.2% for Dunkirk, and between -3.2% and 23% for Alloy; and (iii) long-term growth rate of 2.3% for both.

Full impairment was recorded for our Polokwane CGU as the Company was projecting to temporarily idle this facility for the next year and potentially beyond due to local production costs.

Sensitivity to changes in assumptions

Changing management’s assumptions could have affected the evaluation of the value in use of our Dunkirk and Alloy cash-generating units and, therefore, the impairment result. The following reasonably possible changes to the assumptions used in the impairment test would result in the following changes in recoverable value:

Carrying
Value

Excess of
recoverable
value over
carrying value

Sensitivity on
discount rate

Sensitivity on
long-term growth rate

Sensitivity on
EBITDA

Decrease
by 10%

Increase
by 10%

Decrease
by 10%

Increase
by 10%

Decrease
by 10%

Increase
by 10%

CGU

Dunkirk

18,141

1,896

11,676

(8,911)

1,574

(1,661)

(23,174)

23,174

Carrying
Value

Excess of
recoverable
value over
carrying value

Sensitivity on
discount rate

Sensitivity on
long-term growth rate

Sensitivity on
EBITDA

Decrease
by 10%

Increase
by 10%

Decrease
by 10%

Increase
by 10%

Decrease
by 10%

Increase
by 10%

CGU

Alloy

70,574

(2,479)

16,334

(12,761)

760

(806)

(28,191)

28,191

The below table details the Company’s impairment recorded within Impairment loss in our consolidated income statements for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively:

CGU	Segment	2025 US$’000		2024 US$’000		2023 US$’000
Selma	Noth America Silicon Metal		—		—		21,008
Alloy	Noth America Silicon Metal		9,512		2,479		—
Boo	Europe Manganese		5,541		—		1,570
Cee-Dumbria	Europe Silicon Alloys		1,808		3,646		3,619
Polokwane	South Africa Silicon Metal		372		12,953		—
Puertollano	Other Segments		—		5,862		—
Monzon	Europe Manganese		2,130		—		—
Pierrefitte	Europe Silicon Alloys		8,539		—		—
Others	Other Segments		—		—		(429)
Total			27,902		24,940		25,768

108

TABLE OF CONTENTS

As of December 31, 2025 and 2024 the accumulated impairment balance primarily relates to full impairments recorded in our Venezuela, Cee-Dumbria, Selma, Mo i Rana, Monzon, Polokwane, Boo and Pierrefitte cash-generating units, respectively, as well as additional amounts for the partial impairment of Alloy and Puertollano, amongst others.

As of December 31, 2024, the Company had property, plant and equipment amounting to $42,277 thousand pledged as security for other financial liabilities in Spain. As of December 31, 2025 the Company no longer had property, plant and equipment pledged as security, as the underlying financial liability was fully repaid during the year (see Note 20).

Commitments

As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company has capital expenditure commitments totaling $17,585 thousand and $9,391 thousand, respectively, primarily related to improvement works at plants.

9. Financial assets and other receivables

The Company’s financial assets and their classification under IFRS 9 Financial Instruments are as follows:

			2025 classification
	Note		Amortized cost US$’000		Fair value through profit or loss - mandatorily measured US$’000		Fair value through other comprehensive income - designated US$’000		Total US$’000
Other financial assets		9.1		12,921		24,900		—		37,821
Receivables from related parties		25		1,763		—		—		1,763
Trade receivables		9.2		191,536		—		—		191,536
Other receivables		9.2		74,665		—		—		74,665
Restricted cash and cash equivalents				175		—		—		175
Cash and cash equivalents				122,812		—		—		122,812
Total financial assets				403,872		24,900		—		428,772

			2024 classification
	Note		Amortized cost US$’000		Fair value through profit or loss - mandatorily measured US$’000		Fair value through other comprehensive income - designated US$’000		Total US$’000
Other financial assets		9.1		12,929		12,091		293		25,313
Receivables from related parties		25		1,558		—		—		1,558
Trade receivables		9.2		188,816		—		—		188,816
Other receivables		9.2		83,103		—		—		83,103
Restricted cash and cash equivalents				298		—		—		298
Cash and cash equivalents				132,973		—		—		132,973
Total financial assets				419,677		12,091		293		432,061

109

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Restrictions on the use of group assets

As of the year ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash and cash equivalents comprise the following:

	2025 US$’000		2024 US$’000
Cash and cash equivalents		122,812		132,973
Restricted cash and cash equivalents presented as Cash		175		298
Total		122,987		133,271

The Company also has certain restrictions in the partnerships with Dow as of December 31, 2025 and 2024.

9.1 Other financial assets

As of December 31, 2025, other financial assets comprise the following:

	2025
	Non- Current US$’000		Current US$’000		Total US$’000
Other financial assets held with third parties:
Other financial assets at amortized cost		12,921		—		12,921
Equity securities		1,643		4		1,647
Financial investments		9,074		11,100		20,174
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments (Note 21)		3,079		—		3,079
Total		26,717		11,104		37,821

As of December 31, 2024, other financial assets comprise the following:

	2024
	Non- Current US$’000		Current US$’000		Total US$’000
Other financial assets held with third parties:
Other financial assets at amortized cost		12,929		—		12,929
Equity securities		1,815		—		1,815
Financial investments		—		5,500		5,500
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments (Note 21)		4,707		69		4,776
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments (Note 21)		293		—		293
Total		19,744		5,569		25,313

Other financial assets at amortized cost

Other financial assets at amortized cost comprise the investment fund of $9,909 thousand in Selma Globe Investment Fund, LLC as a result of the NMTC Program. The reactivation of the plant in Selma, Alabama, in 2022 resulted in the Company being granted a $13,230 thousand allocation by the end of fiscal year 2022 under the NMTC Program (See Note 17). This allocation was subscribed by Ferroglobe U.S.A Metallurgical, Inc. as owner of the plant and United Bank as investor and beneficiary of the tax credit resulting from this grant.

Other financial assets at amortized cost also comprise deposits given to the French government by Ferroglobe France ($2,872 thousand in 2025 and $3,054 thousand in 2024), a Ferroglobe subsidiary, in respect of effort de

110

TABLE OF CONTENTS

construction. The law in France requires employers and companies of a certain size to invest a portion of their budgets in the construction or renovation of housing (including through direct investment, providing mortgages, and other) every year. In this case, the mandatory contributions are made in the form of a loan, to be returned by the French government in 20 years.

The carrying amount of other financial assets at amortized cost is considered to approximate their fair value.

Financial investments

In January 2025, the Company purchased 1,200 shares of Mo Industripark AS, a Norwegian Company, with a total purchase price of NOK 91,360 thousand ($8,119 thousand). The fair value of this investment as of December 31, 2025, is $9,074 thousand.

In April 2024, the Company invested $3,000 thousand in Coreshell, a U.S.-based startup developing nanocoating solutions for silicon-dominant anodes. In 2025, the Company invested an additional $7,000 thousand. The fair value of this financial investment as of December 31, 2025 is $11,100 thousand ($5,500 thousand in 2024). The Company continues to categorize this financial asset as current as we expect it to be converted to equity in the next 12 months.

9.2 Trade and other receivables

Trade and other receivables comprise the following at December 31:

	2025 US$’000		2024 US$’000
Trade receivables		194,273		191,560
Less – allowance for doubtful debts		(2,737)		(2,744)
Total trade receivables		191,536		188,816
Tax receivables		16,266		18,331
Government grant receivables		51,066		62,586
Other receivables		7,333		2,186
Total other receivables		74,665		83,103

The trade and other receivables disclosed above are short-term in nature and therefore their carrying amount is considered to approximate their fair value.

The changes in the allowance for doubtful debts during 2025 and 2024 were as follows:

	Allowance US$’000
Balance at January 1, 2024		2,906
Impairment losses recognized		475
Collection of previously written off balances		(519)
Exchange differences		(118)
Balance at December 31, 2024		2,744
Impairment losses recognized		1,429
Collection of previously written off balances		(1,798)
Exchange differences		362
Balance at December 31, 2025		2,737

Factoring of trade receivables

In October 2020, the Company signed a factoring agreement with a financial institution to anticipate the collection of receivables issued by the Company’s European subsidiaries with the following main terms:

111

TABLE OF CONTENTS

•

maximum cash consideration advanced is up to €60,000 thousand;

•

overcollateralization of 10% of accounts receivable as guarantee provided to the Agent until payment has been satisfied;

•

a 0.18% to 0.25% fee charge on total invoices and credit notes sold to the Agent; and

•

a financing commission set at EURIBOR 3 months plus 1% charged on the drawdowns;

Other conditions are set in relation to credit insurance policy which has been structured in an excess of loss policy where the first €5,000 thousand of bad debt losses are not covered by the insurance provider. The Company has assumed the cash collateralization for the entire excess of loss, as agreed in contractual terms.

For the year ended December 31, 2025, the factoring agreement provided upfront cash consideration of $325,746 thousand ($427,772 thousand in 2024). The Company has repaid $328,022 thousand ($420,873 thousand in 2024), recognizing bank borrowing debt of $36,856 thousand as of December 31, 2025 (2024: $35,059 thousand). See Note 17.

As of December 31, 2025, the Company held $42,220 thousand of trade and other receivables recognized in the consolidated statements of financial position in respect of factoring agreements ($41,272 thousand as of December 31, 2024). Finance costs incurred during the year ended December 31, 2025, amounted to $2,582 thousand ($3,344 thousand in 2024) recognized as “Finance costs” in the consolidated income statements.

The Company evaluated whether selling the receivables transferred substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership. Because the Company remains exposed to credit risk under the factoring arrangement, the criteria for derecognition are not met. As a result, the receivables remain on the balance sheet, and the cash received from the Leasing and Factoring Agent is recorded as a bank borrowing. The amount due under the factoring agreements is presented as on-balance-sheet factoring, and the related liability is shown as bank borrowings.

Other agreements

In February 2022, the Company signed a without recourse factoring agreement with Bankinter offering the possibility to sell the receivables corresponding to eleven pre-approved customers by the bank and its credit insurer. Receivables are pre-financed at 100% of their face value.

The main characteristics of this program are the following:

•

maximum cash consideration advanced is up to €20,000 thousand;

•

a 0.25% fee of the receivables face values;

•

a cost of financing at 12-month Euribor plus 1%;

•

a closing fee of 0.25% of the financing; and

•

an annual renewal fee of 0.25% of the financing.

The Company has concluded that we have not retained nor transferred substantially all of the risks and rewards but have transferred control of the receivables, and therefore the derecognition criteria is met and the trade receivables sold have been derecognized from the balance sheet.

Government grants receivables

The Company has been awarded compensation for the indirect carbon dioxide emissions costs included in its energy bills in certain European entities.

112

TABLE OF CONTENTS

For the year ended December 31, 2025, the Company recognized $75,637 thousand of income (2024: $82,553 thousand) related to these compensations. The amount was deducted against the related expense in “Raw Materials and energy consumption for production” in the consolidated income statements. The Company has no unfulfilled conditions in relation to government grants, but certain grants would be repayable if the Company were to substantially curtail production or employment at certain plants.

10. Inventories

Inventories comprise the following at December 31:

	2025 US$’000		2024 US$’000
Finished goods		141,842		167,225
Raw materials in progress and industrial supplies		126,587		141,998
Other inventories		37,731		37,916
Total		306,160		347,139

For the year ended December 31, 2025, the Company recognized an expense for the write-down of inventory to net realizable value of $22,937 thousand ($16,963 thousand in 2024), of which $21,356 thousand related to finished goods ($13,586 thousand in 2024) and $1,581 thousand to raw materials ($3,377 thousand in 2024). The Company records expense for the write-down of inventories to “Raw Materials and energy consumption for production” in the consolidated income statements. See Note 4.8.

As of December 31, 2024, inventories in the Company’s subsidiaries in Spain ($77,987 thousand) were pledged as collateral for other financial liabilities. As of December 31, 2025, inventories are no longer pledged as collateral, as the underlying financial liability was fully repaid during the year (see Note 20).

11. Other assets

Other assets comprise the following at December 31:

	2025						2024
	Non- Current US$’000		Current US$’000		Total US$’000		Non- Current US$’000		Current US$’000		Total US$’000
Guarantees and deposits		19,695		452		20,147		20,434		344		20,778
Prepayments and accrued income		—		7,652		7,652		18		6,887		6,905
Advances to suppliers		18		10,679		10,697		—		8,927		8,927
Other assets		1,723		2,933		4,656		1,999		35,856		37,855
Total		21,436		21,716		43,152		22,451		52,014		74,465

As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, the amount within “Guarantees and deposits” is mainly due to (i) a deposit made during 2021 with the Tennessee Valley Authority which supplies power to Ferroglobe USA Metals, LLC., (ii) certain letters of credit and (iii) deposits linked to factoring agreements.

As of December 31, 2025, the decrease in “Other assets” mainly relates to the Company’s benefit from a program administered by the French Energy Regulatory Commission which allowed alternative suppliers to purchase electricity generated by nuclear power plants under favorable conditions set by the public authorities, known as ARENH, and the additional agreement with EDF in which we agreed different electricity prices throughout the year based on demand amounting to $1,259 thousand ($32,301 thousand in 2024). The Company deducted this amount from its related expense in “Raw Materials and energy consumption for production” in the consolidated income statements (See Note 27.2). The Company received $1,259 thousand related to the 2025 benefit in the first quarter of 2026.

113

TABLE OF CONTENTS

12. Equity

Share capital

Ordinary shares are classified in equity in the consolidated statements of financial position. Each time a share premium is paid to the Company for an issued share, the respective share premium is allocated to the share premium account.

During the year ended December 31, 2025, the Company declared four interim dividend payments of $0.014 per share, paid on March 26, June 26, September 29, and December 29, and each totaling $2,612 thousand, respectively, distributed as cash payments through reserves. As of December 31, 2025, all dividends declared were paid. During the year ended December 31, 2024, the Company declared four interim dividend payments of $0.013 per share, totaling $9,758 thousand, distributed as cash payments through reserves.

As of December 31, 2025, one of the companies in partnership with a non-controlling interest, WVA Manufacturing, LLC (WVA), distributed earnings to the non-controlling interest totaling $12,740 thousand. As of December 31, 2024, Quebec Silicon Limited Partnership distributed earnings to the non-controlling interest totaling $2,917 thousand. These were classified as cash flow from operating activities, for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.

As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, there were 188,882,316 ordinary shares in issue with a par value of $0.01, for a total issued share capital of $1,962 thousand. The Company held 2,021,799 ordinary shares in treasury (2024: 1,536,435). In addition to the issued ordinary shares, the Company has authorized but unissued shares of 17,425,291 as of December 31, 2025.

As of December 31, 2025, the Company’s largest shareholders are as follows:

Name	Number of Shares Beneficially Owned		Percentage of Outstanding Shares(*)
Grupo Villar Mir, S.A.U.		67,515,434		36.1%
Cooper Creek Partners Management LLC		14,921,946		8.0%
Hosking Partners LLP		10,633,729		6.0%
Others		95,811,207
Shares in Treasury		(2,021,799)		—
Total ordinary shares outstanding		186,860,517

(*)

186,860,517 ordinary shares were outstanding at 31 December 2025, comprising 188,882,316 shares in issue less 2,021,799 shares held in treasury

Share Repurchase Program

For the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company repurchased a total of 1,320,442 shares and 598,207 shares, for total consideration of $4,690 thousand and $2,428 thousand, respectively. The average price

114

TABLE OF CONTENTS

paid per share in 2025 was $3.55 and $4.06 in 2024. The shares repurchased remained held in treasury at December 31, 2025 and 2024.

Reserves

The change in reserves is as follows:

	Reserves
	Historical Retained Earnings		Share-based comp Reserves		Other Reserves		Total
	US$’000		US$’000		US$’000		US$’000
Balance at January 1, 2024		(261,140)		28,795		1,044,939		812,594
Share-based compensation		—		4,848		—		4,848
Recording of 2023 profit in reserves		82,662		—		—		82,662
Dividends paid		(9,758)		—		—		(9,758)
Balance at December 31, 2024		(188,236)		33,643		1,044,939		890,346
Share-based compensation		—		1,775		—		1,775
Recording of 2024 profit in reserves		23,538		—		—		23,538
Dividends paid		(10,451)		—		—		(10,451)
Other changes		—		—		35		35
Balance at December 31, 2025		(175,149)		35,418		1,044,974		905,243

The share-based payments reserve is used to recognize the value of equity-settled share-based payments provided to employees, including key management personnel, as part of their remuneration. Refer to Note 27 for further details of these plans.

Other reserves primarily include impacts from our business combination in 2015 and a capital reduction in 2016.

Valuation adjustments

Valuation adjustments comprise the following at December 31:

	2025 US$’000		2024 US$’000
Actuarial gains		10,083		7,924
Hedging instruments		(7,025)		(135)
Deferred tax income (See Note 24)		1,619		841
Total		4,677		8,630

Changes in actuarial gains are due to remeasurements of the net defined benefit liability, see Note 15.

Capital management

The Company’s primary objective is to maintain a balanced and sustainable capital structure through the industry’s economic cycles, while keeping the cost of capital at competitive levels to fund the Company’s growth. The main sources of financing are as follows:

cash flows from operations;

bank borrowings, including asset-based lending facilities;

115

TABLE OF CONTENTS

debt instruments, including the Commercial Paper program; and

factoring of receivables.

Non-controlling interests

The changes in non-controlling interests in the consolidated statements of financial position as of December 31, 2025 and 2024 were as follows:

	Balance US$’000
Balance at January 1, 2024		121,825
Loss for the year		(2,738)
Dividends paid		(2,917)
Translation differences		(2,939)
Other		507
Balance at December 31, 2024		113,738
Loss for the year		(6,412)
Dividends paid		(12,740)
Translation differences		1,807
Other		247
Balance at December 31, 2025		96,640

WVA was formed on October 28, 2009 as a wholly-owned subsidiary of Ferroglobe USA (formerly Globe), Inc. On November 5, 2009, Ferroglobe USA sold a 49% membership interest in WVA to Dow Corning Corporation (Dow), an unrelated third party. As part of the sale, the companies established an operating and output and supply agreement. The output and supply agreement states that of the silicon metal produced by WVA, 49% will be sold to Dow and 51% to Ferroglobe USA, which represents each member’s ownership interest, at a price equal to WVA’s actual production cost plus $100 per metric ton, which can vary based on mutual agreement. The agreement will automatically terminate upon the dissolution or liquidation of WVA in accordance with the partnership agreement between Ferroglobe USA and Dow. As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, the balance of non-controlling interest related to WVA was $51,936 thousand and $65,576 thousand, respectively.

Quebec Silicon Limited Partnership (QSLP), formed under the laws of the Province of Québec on August 20, 2010, is managed by its general partner, Quebec Silicon General Partner Inc., which is 51% property of Ferroglobe. QSLP owns and operates the silicon metal operations in Bécancour, Québec. QSLP’s production output is subject to a supply agreement, which sells 51% of the production output to Ferroglobe Canada ULC and 49% to Dow. These sales align with each member’s ownership interest, at a price equal to QSLP’s actual production cost plus CAD 50 per metric ton. As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, the balance of non-controlling interest related to QSLP was $49,184 thousand and $45,938 thousand, respectively.

Despite the fact that we have the majority holding in each entity, we have exercised judgement in assessing whether we control the entities. The judgement is based on a detailed review of the shareholder and partnership agreements between us and Dow and the output and supply agreements, the composition of the Boards and Operating Committees of the entities together with voting rights and protocols, how decisions over the relevant activities are made in the context of the contractual arrangements and whether certain rights granted to Dow are substantive or protective in nature. We have concluded that we have control of these entities. Consequently, we continue to consolidate the results and net assets of these entities and show Dow’s interests as a non-controlling interest in the consolidated financial statements.

116

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following table summarizes the information relating to each of these subsidiaries, before any intra-group eliminations:

	2025				2024				2023
	WVA US$’000		QSLP US$’000		WVA US$’000		QSLP US$’000		WVA US$’000		QSLP US$’000
Statements of Financial Position
Non-current assets		78,106		44,643		79,123		34,440		87,698		39,543
Current assets		53,987		50,441		74,289		53,667		71,329		68,073
Non-current liabilities		3,757		21,756		5,079		17,317		6,660		11,908
Current liabilities		19,655		7,805		26,632		11,529		26,770		26,378
Income Statements
Sales		185,660		95,936		194,643		108,582		211,118		148,313
Operating (loss) profit		(2,742)		1,227		(4,513)		2,640		13,513		22,151
(Loss) profit before taxes		(1,812)		1,081		(4,516)		2,500		13,513		21,561
Net income (loss)		631		434		(1,434)		1,035		5,466		10,679
Cash Flow Statements
Cash flows (used in) provided by operating activities		(11,737)		93		17,497		(4,097)		18,712		31,000
Cash flows used in investing activities		(4,495)		(6,597)		(8,054)		(7,484)		(13,107)		(6,725)
Cash flows (used in) provided by financing activities		—		(657)		—		(786)		—		—
Exchange differences on cash and cash equivalents in foreign currencies		—		(435)		—		(424)		—		—
Beginning balance of cash and cash equivalents		36,169		17,433		26,726		30,224		21,122		5,949
Ending balance of cash and cash equivalents		19,937		9,837		36,169		17,433		26,727		30,224

117

TABLE OF CONTENTS

13. Earnings per ordinary share

Basic earnings per ordinary share are calculated by dividing the consolidated (loss) profit for the year attributable to the Parent by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the year, excluding the average number of treasury shares held in the year. Dilutive earnings per share assumes the exercise of stock options, provided that the effect is dilutive.

	2025		2024		2023
Basic earnings per share (EPS)
Numerator:
(Loss) profit for the year attributable to the Parent		(170,700)		23,538		82,662
Denominator:
Weighted-average number of shares outstanding to equity holders		188,360,675		188,144,651		187,872,191
Basic (loss) profit per share for the period attributable to equity holders		(0.91)		0.13		0.44
Diluted earnings per share (EPS)
Numerator:
(Loss) profit for the year attributable to the Parent		(170,700)		23,538		82,662
Denominator:
Weighted-average number of shares outstanding to equity holders		188,360,675		188,144,651		187,872,191
Effect of dilutive securities from equity incentive plans		—		664,267		2,417,617
Weighted-average number of shares outstanding – diluted to equity holders		188,360,675		188,808,918		190,289,808
Diluted (loss) profit per share for the period attributable to equity holders		(0.91)		0.12		0.43

In periods for which we have a loss, basic net loss per share is the same as diluted net loss per share. We exclude from our calculation of diluted loss per share all potentially dilutive in-the-money equity awards, which would have been anti-dilutive.

Potential ordinary shares of 3,826,945 were excluded from the calculation of diluted earnings (loss) per ordinary share for the year ended December 31, 2025 because their effect would be anti-dilutive. No potential ordinary shares were excluded from the calculation for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023.

14. Deferred income

Deferred income comprises the following as of December 31:

	2025 US$’000		2024 US$’000
Carbon dioxide emissions allowances		17,581		4,271
Government grants		8,813		3,743
Total		26,394		8,014

The deferred income related to CO2 emission allowances is recognized as “Other operating income” on a systematic basis on the proportion of the carbon dioxide emitted over total carbon dioxide expected to be emitted for the compliance period on the consolidated income statements (see Note 27.3).

118

TABLE OF CONTENTS

15. Provisions

Provisions comprise the following as of December 31:

	2025						2024
	Non-Current US$’000		Current US$’000		Total US$’000		Non-Current US$’000		Current US$’000		Total US$’000
Environmental provisions		185		711		896		163		1,448		1,611
Provisions for litigation in progress		178		3,162		3,340		19		2,184		2,203
Provisions for third-party liabilities		7,963		—		7,963		8,263		—		8,263
Provisions for Carbon dioxide emissions allowances		12,436		72,329		84,765		6,276		66,045		72,321
Provision for restructuring costs		—		1,535		1,535		—		5,735		5,735
Other provisions		9,725		9,571		19,296		9,663		7,720		17,383
Total		30,487		87,308		117,795		24,384		83,132		107,516

The changes in each respective subcategory of provisions in 2025 and 2024 were as follows:

	Environmental Provisions US$’000		Provisions for Litigation in Progress US$’000		Provisions for Third Party Liabilities US$’000		Provisions for Carbon Dioxide Emissions Allowances US$’000		Provisions for Restructuring Costs US$’000		Other Provisions US$’000		Total US$’000
Balance at January 1, 2024		2,083		7,913		10,596		90,471		15,243		16,421		142,727
Charges for the year		—		1,705		476		72,427		—		3,221		77,829
Provisions reversed with a credit to income		—		(2,803)		—		—		(4,422)		(1,359)		(8,584)
Amounts used		(328)		(6,644)		(247)		(84,621)		(4,248)		(314)		(96,402)
Remeasurement through other comprehensive income (loss)		—		—		(1,942)		—		—		—		(1,942)
Exchange differences and others		(144)		2,032		(620)		(5,956)		(838)		(586)		(6,112)
Balance at December 31, 2024		1,611		2,203		8,263		72,321		5,735		17,383		107,516
Charges for the year		—		2,887		365		77,518		—		3,702		84,472
Provisions reversed with a credit to income		(533)		(318)		—		—		(1,307)		(2,881)		(5,039)
Amounts used		(339)		(1,874)		(396)		(74,052)		(3,627)		(222)		(80,510)
Remeasurement through other comprehensive income (loss)		—		—		(1,346)		—		—		—		(1,346)
Exchange differences and others		157		442		1,077		8,978		734		1,314		12,702
Balance at December 31, 2025		896		3,340		7,963		84,765		1,535		19,296		117,795

Environmental provisions

Environmental provisions related to $185 thousand of non-current environmental rehabilitation obligations as of December 31, 2025 (2024: $163 thousand) and $711 thousand of current environmental rehabilitation obligations as of December 31, 2025 (2024: $1,448 thousand). A majority of these provisions relate to residues disposal, such as the remediation costs required to comply with government regulations.

Provisions for litigation in progress

The timing and amounts of potential liabilities arising from such exposures is uncertain. The provision reflects the Company’s best estimate of the expenditure required to meet resulting obligations.

Certain employees of Ferroglobe France (formerly FerroPem, SAS and then known as Pechiney Electrometallurgie, S.A), may have been exposed to asbestos at its plants in France in the decades prior to our

119

TABLE OF CONTENTS

acquisition. The Company has recognized a provision of $568 thousand as of December 31, 2025 as part of the current portion of Provisions for litigation (2024: $587 thousand). See Note 26 for further information.

In 2022, Ferroglobe France sent dismissal letters to several employees of Château-Feuillet. Since then, numerous claims were received from the affected individuals challenging the terminations and seeking substantial financial compensation. The Company paid $2,675 thousand to settle all claims as of December 31, 2024 and an amount of $2,566 thousand was reversed due to the excess provision initially recorded.

Provisions for third-party liabilities

Provisions for third-party liability presented as non-current obligations of $7,963 thousand relate to healthcare costs for retired employees (2024: $8,263 thousand) in the Company’s subsidiary, Ferroglobe France.

Provisions for carbon dioxide emissions allowances

As of December 31, 2025, the provision for carbon dioxide emission allowances amounting to $84,765 thousand (2024: $72,321 thousand) corresponds to the obligation to deliver the carbon dioxide allowances at the end of the compliance period.

Provisions for restructuring costs

As of December 31, 2025, the restructuring provision relates to the restructuring process initiated in 2022 in Château-Feuillet facility in France amounting to $1,535 thousand (2024: $5,735 thousand). During 2025, the Company paid $3,640 thousand and reversed $1,312 thousand of excess provision initially recorded in 2024.

Other provisions

Included in other provisions are current obligations arising from past actions that involve a probable outflow of resources that can be reliably estimated. Other provisions include taxes of $7,508 thousand (2024: $5,848 thousand) and $9,280 thousand related to the accrued estimated costs of reclaiming the land after it has been mined for gravel or coal (2024: $9,099 thousand).

16. Provisions for pensions

Provisions for pensions comprise the following as of December 31:

	2025						2024
	Non-Current US$’000		Current US$’000		Total US$’000		Non-Current US$’000		Current US$’000		Total US$’000
France		18,881		—		18,881		17,742		—		17,742
Canada		5,036		186		5,222		5,181		168		5,349
Others		4,986		—		4,986		4,695		—		4,695
Total provisions for pensions		28,903		186		29,089		27,618		168		27,786

shou

Estimates are used in determining the assumptions incorporated in the calculation of the pension obligations, which is supported by input from independent actuaries. The defined benefit obligation is calculated annually with the assistance of an independent actuary using the projected unit credit method, which reflects services rendered by employees to the date of valuation, incorporates assumptions concerning employees’ projected salaries and pension increases as well as discount rates of high-quality corporate bonds that have terms to maturity approximating the terms of the related liability.

Re-measurements of the net defined benefit liability, which comprise actuarial gains and losses and the return on plan assets (excluding interest) are recognized immediately in the consolidated statements of comprehensive

120

TABLE OF CONTENTS

income (loss). Past service costs, including curtailment gains or losses, are recognized immediately in our consolidated income statements within operating profit (loss). Settlement gains or losses are recognized within operating (loss) profit in our consolidated income statements.

France

The Company maintains a pension plan covering employees of Ferroglobe France, which is accounted for as a defined benefit plan.

These relate to various obligations assumed by our French subsidiaries with various groups of employees related to long-service benefits, medical insurance supplements and retirement obligations, all of which are defined unfunded benefit obligations, whose changes in 2025 and 2024 were as follows:

	2025 US$’000		2024 US$’000
Obligations at the beginning of year		17,742		19,122
Service cost		1,287		1,154
Borrowing costs		644		539
Actuarial differences		(1,656)		(1,035)
Benefits paid		(1,461)		(894)
Exchange differences		2,325		(1,144)
Obligations at the end of year		18,881		17,742

The assumptions used to determine benefit obligations as of December 31, 2025 and 2024 for the French plan are as follows:

	2025	2024
Salary increase	1.60% - 6.10%	1.60% - 6.10%
Discount rate	3.88%	3.40%
Expected inflation rate	2.00%	2.20%
Mortality	TGH 05 and TGF 05	TGH 05 and TGF 05
Retirement age	64-65	64-65

As of December 31, 2025 and 2024 the effect of a 1% change in discount rate would have resulted in a change to the provision of $2,119 thousand and $1,543 thousand, respectively.

The Company expects to make discretionary contributions of $625 thousand to the defined benefit pension plans for the year ending December 31, 2025.

The weighted average duration of defined benefit obligation as of December 31, 2025 is 14.6 years (14.1 years in 2024).

Canada

Defined Benefit Retirement and Post-retirement Plans

Quebec Silicon Limited partnership (“QSLP”) sponsors two defined benefit pension plans and postretirement benefit plans for certain employees, based on length of service and remuneration. Post-retirement benefits consist of a group insurance plan covering plan members for life insurance, hospital, medical, and dental benefits. The defined benefit pension plans were closed to new participants effective October 1, 2010. Contributions from participants to the pension plan for union employees ceased on December 31, 2023, and pension benefit accruals under that plan are calculated based on a reduced rate for service after that date. On

121

TABLE OF CONTENTS

December 27, 2013, the Communications, Energy and Paper Workers Union of Canada (“CEP”) ratified a new collective bargaining agreement, which resulted in a curtailment pertaining to the closure of the postretirement benefit plan for union employees retiring after January 31, 2016. The Company’s funding policy has been to fund the pension plans in accordance with the minimum funding requirements of the applicable pension legislation and professional actuarial standards.

The net provision for the defined benefit plan is the present value of the defined benefit obligation at the balance sheet date minus the fair value of plan assets. To the extent that the fair value of the plan assets is greater than the present value of the defined benefit obligation as calculated by our independent actuary, the Company accounts for the effect of the asset ceiling test under IAS 19.

The following provides a reconciliation of the benefit obligations, and plan assets of the Canadian plans as of December 31, 2025 and 2024:

	2025						2024
	Pension Plans US$’000		Post- retirement Plans US$’000		Total US$’000		Pension Plans US$’000		Post- retirement Plans US$’000		Total US$’000
Benefit obligation		19,228		5,248		24,476		18,479		5,326		23,805
Fair value of plan assets		(19,254)		—		(19,254)		(18,456)		—		(18,456)
Provision for pensions		(26)		5,248		5,222		23		5,326		5,349

All Canadian pension and post-retirement plans are underfunded. As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, the accumulated benefit obligation was $19,228 thousand and $18,479 thousand for the defined pension plan and $5,248 thousand and $5,326 thousand for the post-retirement plans, respectively.

The changes to these obligations in the year ended December 31, 2025 and 2024 were as follows:

	2025						2024
	Pension Plans US$’000		Post-retirement Plans US$’000		Total US$’000		Pension Plans US$’000		Post-retirement Plans US$’000		Total US$’000
Obligations at the beginning of year		18,479		5,326		23,805		20,196		5,742		25,938
Service cost		54		207		261		93		296		389
Borrowing cost		882		261		1,143		914		263		1,177
Actuarial differences		(18)		(622)		(640)		(14)		(314)		(328)
Benefits paid		(1,109)		(194)		(1,303)		(1,123)		(201)		(1,324)
Exchange differences		940		270		1,210		(1,587)		(460)		(2,047)
Obligations at the end of year		19,228		5,248		24,476		18,479		5,326		23,805

The assumptions used to determine benefit obligations as of December 31, 2025 and 2024 for the Canadian plans are as follows:

	2025		2024
	Pension Plan	Postretirement Plan	Pension Plan	Postretirement Plan
Salary increase	2.75% - 3.00%	N/A	2.75% - 3.00%	N/A
Discount rate	4.90%	5.05%	4.68%	4.75%
Mortality	CPM2014-Private Scale CPM-B	CPM2014-Private Scale CPM-B	CPM2014-Private Scale CPM-B	CPM2014-Private Scale CPM-B
Retirement age	58-60	58-60	58-60	58-60

122

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The discount rate used in calculating the present value of our pension plan obligations is developed based on the BPS&M Pension Discount Curve for 2025 and 2024 and the Mercer Proprietary Yield Curve for 2025 and 2024 for QSLP Pension and post-retirement benefit plans and the expected cash flows of the benefit payments.

The Company expects to make discretionary contributions of $467 thousand to the defined benefit pension and post-retirement plans for the year ending December 31, 2025.

The pension plans exposes the Company to the following risks:

(i)

Investment risk: The defined benefit obligation is calculated using a discount rate. If the return on plan assets is below this rate, a plan deficit occurs.

(ii)

Interest rate risk: Variation in bond rates will affect the value of the defined benefit obligation.

(iii)

Inflation risk: The defined benefit obligation is calculated assuming a certain level of inflation. An actual inflation higher than expected will have the effect of increasing the value of the defined benefit obligation.

The accumulated non-pension post-retirement benefit obligation has been determined by application of the provisions of the Company’s health care and life insurance plans including established maximums, relevant actuarial assumptions and health care cost trend rates projected at 4.7% for 2025 and decreasing to an ultimate rate of 4.0% in fiscal 2040. As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, the effect of a 1% increase on the health care cost trend rate on the non-pension post-retirement benefit obligation is $783 thousand and $852 thousand, respectively. As of December 31, 2025 and 2024 the effect of a 1% decrease in health care cost trend rate on the non-pension post-retirement benefit obligation is ($634) thousand and ($685) thousand.

The weighted average duration of defined benefit obligation as of December 31, 2025 is 11.85 years (12.37 years in 2024).

For the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, the changes in plan assets were as follows:

	2025		2024
	US$’000		US$’000
Fair value of plan assets at the beginning of the year		18,456		19,231
Interest income on assets		887		806
Actuarial return on plan assets		(158)		728
Benefits paid		(1,118)		(1,045)
Participant contribution		9		11
Contributions paid by the employer		356		385
Other		(116)		(138)
Exchange differences		938		(1,522)
Fair value of plan assets at the end of the year		19,254		18,456

The plan assets of the defined benefit and retirement and post-retirement plans in Canada are comprised of assets that have quoted market prices in an active market. The breakdown as of December 31, 2025 and 2024 of the assets by class are:

	2025		2024
Cash		—%		—%
Equity Mutual Funds		12%		26%
Fixed Income Securities		41%		25%

123

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	2025		2024
Assets held by insurance company		47%		49%
Total		100%		100%

South Africa and Venezuela

The Company also maintains defined benefit plans in South Africa and Venezuela which were not material to the Company for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.

17. Bank borrowings

Bank borrowings comprise the following at December 31:

	2025
	Limit US$’000		Non-Current Amount US$’000		Current Amount US$’000		Total US$’000
Borrowings carried at amortized cost:
Credit facilities		121,151		19,000		14,019		33,019
Borrowings from receivable factoring facility (Note 9)		70,500		—		36,856		36,856
Other loans		—		41,136		29,001		70,137
Total				60,136		79,876		140,012

	2024
	Limit US$’000		Non-Current Amount US$’000		Current Amount US$’000		Total US$’000
Borrowings carried at amortized cost:
Credit facilities		100,000		—		—		—
Borrowings from receivable factoring facility (Note 9)		62,334		—		35,059		35,059
Other loans		—		13,911		8,192		22,103
Total				13,911		43,251		57,162

Credit facilities

In June 2022, a Company subsidiary entered into a five-year, $100 million asset-based revolving credit facility (the “ABL Revolver”), with the Bank of Montreal as lender and agent. The maximum amount available under the ABL Revolver is subject to a borrowing base test comprising North American inventory and accounts receivable. The revolver bears interest at SOFR plus a spread of between 150/175 basis points depending on levels of utilization.

For the year ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company drew down $45,100 thousand and $32,000 thousand, respectively, and $26,100 thousand were repaid in 2025 (fully repaid in 2024), yielding an outstanding balance of $19,000 thousand as of the end of 2025 (no balance due as of the end of 2024).

Under the ABL credit agreement, the borrowers commit to respect usual affirmative covenants, among others: communicating any default or event of default, a change of control, the creation of acquisition of subsidiaries, a casualty or damage to any material used as collateral, maintenance of insurance, compliance with ERISA and the Canadian Pension Laws, and compliance with environmental laws. The borrowers also commit not to create or incur any indebtedness, capital leases in excess of $7.5 million, create liens, merge, dissolve, divide any borrowers, change the nature of the business, pay dividends, repay indebtedness for the account of holder of Equity Interests of any Loan Party or its affiliates, maintain a financial covenant consolidated fixed charge coverage ratio to be less than 1.00 to 1.00.

124

TABLE OF CONTENTS

In December 2024, Ferroglobe South Africa as borrower, Ferroglobe PLC as a guarantor and ABSA bank entered into the ABSA financing facility for a total amount of up to ZAR 350 million ($21.2 million). The amount available for drawdown is calculated based on collateral composed of eligible receivables and inventory. Drawdowns accrue interest at the Prime Rate (ZAR) less 1.18%. For the year ended December 31, 2025, ABSA provided upfront cash consideration of $50,550 thousand and the Company has repaid $37,926 thousand, recognizing bank borrowing debt of $14,019 thousand as of December 31, 2025. As of December 31, 2024, there was no drawdown under this facility.

Additionally, a Spanish Company subsidiary benefits from a financing facility of €10 million ($11.75 million), only available for the issuance of import letters of credit payable either on sight or with a payment deferral of up to 60 days after presentation for collection by the exporter. During 2025 and 2024, the Group made total drawdowns on this facility of $44,353 thousand and $42,142 thousand, respectively (gross of related repayments) throughout the year which has been fully repaid, yielding no balance due as of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024.

Borrowings from receivable factoring facility

In 2020, the Company signed a factoring agreement with a financial institution, to anticipate the collection of receivables issued by the Company’s European entities. See Note 9 for further details.

Other Loans

Vagalume loan: In December 2025, a Company subsidiary entered into a loan agreement with Bankinter to borrow an aggregate principal amount of €18,000 thousand ($21,150 thousand) to finance its capital expenditure activities related to the construction of a biocarbon plant at our Sabón plant. The loan is to be repaid over a six-year period, with payments deferred for the first year. The loan bears a fixed 3.2% interest rate during the first year and Euribor 12-month plus 1% for the remaining years.

Bankinter loan: In December 2025, one of the Company’s Spanish subsidiaries entered in a loan agreement with Bankinter to borrow an aggregate principal of €20,000 thousand ($23,500 thousand). This loan is guaranteed by an external credit insurer. The outstanding debt balance is due for repayment in one instalment on November 18, 2026. This facility bears interest at Euribor 1-month plus 0.50%.

New Market Tax Credit Structure: In June 2022, the Company, through one of its subsidiaries, and United Bank (“Investor”) invested through the New Markets Tax Credit (“NMTC”) program in the US to reactivate the Company’s plant in Selma, Alabama. The reactivation of the plant in Selma, Alabama, in 2022 resulted in us being granted with a $13,230 thousand allocation by the end of fiscal year 2022 under the NMTC Program. The loan is to be repaid by 2029 and carries a fixed interest rate of 3.57% per annum.

CO2 indirect Loan: In December 2024, one of the Company’s French subsidiaries entered into a loan agreement with Banque Palatine to borrow an aggregate principal of €7,000 thousand ($7,272 thousand) bearing interest at Euribor 3-month plus 1%. This loan was guaranteed by a pledge on a future receivable consisting of the Anglefort plant CO2 compensation credits to be received from the French Government in the first half of 2025. This loan was repaid in July 2025.

Foreign currency exposure of bank borrowings

The breakdown by currency of bank borrowings consists of the following at December 31:

	2025
	Non-Current Principal Amount US$’000		Current Principal Amount US$’000		Total US$’000
Borrowings in USD		32,230		—		32,230
Borrowings in EUR		27,906		62,266		90,172
Borrowings in other currencies		—		17,610		17,610
Total		60,136		79,876		140,012

125

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	2024
	Non-Current Principal Amount US$’000		Current Principal Amount US$’000		Total US$’000
Borrowings in USD		13,230		18		13,248
Borrowings in EUR		681		43,233		43,914
Total		13,911		43,251		57,162

Contractual maturity of bank borrowings

The contractual maturity of bank borrowings at December 31, 2025, was as follows:

	2025
	2026 US$’000		2027 US$’000		2029 US$’000		2030 US$’000		2031 US$’000		2032 US$’000		Total US$’000
Credit facilities		14,019		19,000		—		—		—		—		33,019
Borrowings from supplier factoring facility		36,856		—		—		—		—		—		36,856
Other loans		29,001		—		13,230		3,231		21,150		3,525		70,137
Total		79,876		19,000		13,230		3,231		21,150		3,525		140,012

18. Leases

Lease liabilities

Lease liabilities as of December 31 are as follows:

	2025						2024
	Non- Current US$’000		Current US$’000		Total US$’000		Non- Current US$’000		Current US$’000		Total US$’000
Tolling agreement lease liability		25,233		2,741		27,974		32,009		3,463		35,472
Other leases		32,196		9,513		41,709		24,576		9,404		33,980
Total		57,429		12,254		69,683		56,585		12,867		69,452

Except for the tolling agreement lease liability discussed below, the Company has not recorded any expense relating to variable lease payments, for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

Please refer to Note 29 for the detail, by maturity, of the future payment obligations under leases as of December 31, 2025.

A roll forward of our lease obligations for the year ended December 31, 2025 and 2024 is as follows:

	2025 US$’000		2024 US$’000
Balance at January 1,		(69,452)		(66,250)
Additions		(14,671)		(17,486)
Lease modification		12,161		—
Disposals and other		330		224
Interest		(5,906)		(5,935)
Lease payments		16,185		16,201

126

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	2025 US$’000		2024 US$’000
Exchange differences		(8,330)		3,794
Balance at December 31,		(69,683)		(69,452)

Lease liabilities were discounted at the weighted-average incremental borrowing rate of 7.31%, not including our tolling agreement liability as discussed below.

Leases are presented as follows in the consolidated statements of financial position:

	2025 US$’000		2024 US$’000
Non-current assets (Note 8)
Leased land and buildings		34,859		28,436
Leased plant and machinery		58,497		51,524
Accumulated depreciation		(52,955)		(46,286)
Non-current liabilities
Lease liabilities		(57,429)		(56,585)
Current liabilities
Lease liabilities		(12,254)		(12,867)

Leases are presented as follows in the consolidated income statement:

	2025 US$’000		2024 US$’000
Depreciation and amortization charges
Depreciation of right-of-use assets		6,669		3,746
Finance costs
Interest expense on lease liabilities		5,906		5,935
Exchange differences
Currency translation losses on lease liabilities		(8,330)		3,794
Currency translation gains on right-of-use assets		2,902		(1,055)

Leases are presented as follows in the consolidated statements of cash flows:

	2025 US$’000		2024 US$’000
Payments for:
Principal		10,279		10,266
Interest		5,906		5,935

Tolling agreement liability

In August 2019, Ferroglobe Spain Metals sold its 100% interest in the remainder of FerroAtlántica, S.A.U. to Kehlen Industries Management, S.L.U. (Kehlen), an affiliate of U.S.-based TPG Sixth Street Partners. The FerroAtlántica, S.A.U. assets transferred by means of this transaction included ten hydroelectric power plants and the Cee-Dumbría ferroalloys manufacturing plant, all located in the province of A Coruña, Spain. Under the terms of the transaction, the Group became exclusive off taker of finished products produced at the smelting plant at Cee and supplier of key raw materials to that facility pursuant to a tolling agreement expiring in 2060.

127

TABLE OF CONTENTS

In November 2020, the Tribunal Superior de Justicia de Galicia dismissed the request of separation of the Cee-Dumbria’s hydroelectric plants and the ferroalloys plants. Ferroglobe Spain Metals appealed to the Supreme Court, but in 2021 the appeal was dismissed.

In December 2025, the Company entered into a lease amendment with Kehlen to reduce the scope of the lease to two furnaces and decrease the annual fixed payment. This amendment was accounted for as a lease modification resulting in a remeasurement of the lease liability and a gain of $12,161 recorded within “Impairment loss” in our consolidated income statements (see Note 27.8) as the related right-of-use asset was previously fully impaired. As of December 31, 2025, the lease liability recognized in relation to the tolling agreement amounted to $27,974 thousand ($35,471 thousand as of December 2024).

This lease liability was discounted at the incremental borrowing rate of 9.375%.

For the year ended December 31, 2025, Ferroglobe has recorded an expense for variable lease payments of $42,170 thousand ($59,571 thousand in 2024), related to the purchase of key raw materials, energy costs, personnel expenses and other overhead costs assumed by the Company as per the tolling agreement. Future variable lease payments are currently unknown as they depend on the actual production at the Cee plant in a given year as well as a variety of other factors including energy prices and raw material prices in future years. As a result of the lease modification and the reduced scope of the arrangement, future variable lease payments are expected to decrease by approximately 33% per year but could differ from this expectation based on various factors.

19. Debt instruments

Debt instruments comprise the following at December 31:

	2025 US$’000		2024 US$’000
Debt instruments carried at amortized cost:
Commercial Paper		26,014		10,135
Total		26,014		10,135
Amount due for settlement within 12 months		26,014		10,135
Amount due for settlement after 12 months		—		—
Total		26,014		10,135

Commercial Paper program

In December 2024, the BME’s (Spanish Stock Exchange) fixed income market admitted the Company’s Commercial Paper Program (the Pagarés) to trading for a maximum outstanding amount of €50 million ($58.8 million). The commercial paper to be issued under the program would have unit denominations of €100 thousand ($117.5 thousand) with maturities up to two years. Under this program, the Company was able to issue commercial paper flexibly over 12 months. In November 2025, a second program was admitted to trading for a maximum outstanding amount of €100 million ($117.5 million) and the same maturity terms. This program is led by Bankinter as arranger and agent. For the year ended December 31, 2025, the Company issued 444 commercial paper units totaling €44,400 thousand ($50,244 thousand) at a weighted-average effective interest rate of 4.91% and €31,700 thousand ($35,760 thousand) were repaid during the year, with an outstanding balance as of December 31, 2025 of $26,014 thousand. For the year ended December 31, 2024, the Company issued 99 commercial paper units totaling €9,900 thousand ($10,255 thousand) at a fixed rate of 5.88% which were repaid in February 2025.

Reinstated Senior Notes

In July 2023, the Company partially redeemed $150.0 million of the Reinstated Senior Notes and in February 2024, the Company completed the full redemption of the Reinstated Senior Notes by the repayment of $147,624 thousand plus accrued and unpaid interest and call premium of $4,075 thousand.

128

TABLE OF CONTENTS

20. Other financial liabilities

Other financial liabilities comprise the following at December 31:

	2025						2024
	Non- Current US$’000		Current US$’000		Total US$’000		Non- Current US$’000		Current US$’000		Total US$’000
Financial loans from government agencies:
Reindus loan		15,556		8,650		24,206		17,193		7,804		24,997
SEPI loan		—		—		—		—		37,074		37,074
Other financial liabilities		6,479		2,758		9,237		7,409		3,239		10,648
Total		22,035		11,408		33,443		24,602		48,117		72,719

Financial loans from government agencies

Reindus Loan

In 2016, a Company subsidiary entered into a loan agreement with the Spanish Ministry of Industry, Tourism and Commerce (the “Ministry”), as lender, under which the Ministry made available to the borrower a loan in aggregate principal amount of €44,999 thousand ($52,874 thousand) in connection with industrial development projects relating to a silicon purification project. The loan was contractually due to be repaid in seven installments over a 10-year period with the first three years granted as a grace period. Interest on outstanding amounts under the loan accrued at an annual rate of 3.55%. In 2021, the Company received a decision from the Ministry under which it was agreed to extend the grace period until 2023 and the repayment date of the loan into 2030.

The agreement governing the loan contains the following limitations on the use of the proceeds of the outstanding loan:

•

The investment of the proceeds must occur between January 1, 2016 and February 24, 2019;

•

The allocation of the proceeds must adhere to certain approved budget categories;

•

If the final investment cost is lower than the budgeted amount, the borrower must reimburse the Ministry proportionally; and

•

The borrower must comply with certain statutory restrictions regarding related party transactions and the procurement of goods and services.

After completing our reporting requirements and resolving the Ministry’s reimbursement review for the years 2019-2024, the Company made a partial early repayment of $17,357 thousand (€16,345 thousand) in February 2023 and $1,993 thousand (€1,780 thousand) in September 2024. The Ministry also requested the reimbursement of the accrued default interest and $4,624 thousand (€4,130 thousand) which were paid in September 2024. Default interest was calculated at an annual rate of 3.75% until December 31, 2022 and at 4.06% starting on January 1, 2023.

The balance of the Reindus loan as of December 31, 2025 is $24,206 thousand ($24,997 thousand as of December 31, 2024).

The fair value of the loan as of December 31, 2025, and 2024, based on discounted cash flows at a market interest rate (Level 2), amounts to $24,073 thousand and $24,642 thousand respectively.

SEPI Loan

In March, 2022, Ferroglobe Spain Metals, S.A.U. (also “FG Spain”) and Ferroglobe Corporate Services (also “FG Corporate”) (together the “Beneficiaries”) and the Sociedad Estatal de Participaciones Industriales

129

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(“SEPI”), a Spanish state-owned industrial holding company affiliated with the Ministry of Finance and Administration, entered into a loan agreement of €34.5 million ($38.3 million). This loan is part of the SEPI fund intended to provide assistance to non-financial companies operating in strategically important sectors within Spain as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic.

The €34.5 million ($38.3 million) was funded using a dual-tranche loan, with €17.25 million ($19.15 million) maturing in February 2025 and the second €17.25 million ($19.15 million) maturing in June 2025. €16.9 million ($18.8 million) of the loan carries a fixed interest rate of 2% per annum, and interest on the remaining €17.6 million ($19.5 million) is calculated as IBOR plus a spread of 2.5% in the first year, 3.5% in the second and third years and 5.0% in the fourth year, plus an additional 1.0% payable if the Company reports a positive result before income taxes. The loans are secured by corporate joint guarantees from Ferroglobe, Ferroglobe Holding Company and Ferroglobe Finance Company and certain share pledges, bank account pledges, intercompany receivables pledges, inventory pledges and security over certain real property, and other assets from Ferroglobe Spain Metals and certain of its subsidiaries. These loans are granted at rates that are considered to be below-market rates. The company calculated the fair value of the loans liability, based on discounted cash flows at a market interest rate (Level 2), resulting in €30,693 thousand ($34,149 thousand) as of the grant date. The difference between the fair value and the proceeds received, amounting to €3,807 thousand ($4,236 thousand), was recorded as a government grant.

Until the loans were fully repaid, the Beneficiaries are subject to several restrictions, including the following prohibited payments:

•

payment of dividends;

•

payment of management fee;

•

repayment of intra-group loans;

•

payment of intercompany net commercial balances as of June 30, 2021 (denominated “legacy”), with the exception of $20.0 million of those balances (intercompany commercial balances generated after June 2021 are permitted); and

•

payment of interest on intercompany loans corresponding to the years 2021 and 2022, respectively;

If the Company failed to make the payments to which it is obliged, the Spanish Solvency Support Fund for Strategic Companies, shall have the option (but never the obligation) to convert all or part of the Participating Loan into share capital of FG Spain.

The loan contained a change of control clause stating that it would be considered change of control and therefore would suppose an early repayment event of the loan: with respect to FG Spain, (i) if Ferroglobe PLC ceases to hold, directly or indirectly, an interest of at least 51% of the voting share capital or, (ii) if Grupo Villar Mir, S.A.U. ceases to hold a stake of at least 35% of the voting share capital of Ferroglobe PLC, or loses the rights to which it is entitled as holder of such stake or more by virtue of the shareholders’ agreement of Ferroglobe PLC or (iii) if FG Spain ceases to be the holder, directly or indirectly, of one hundred percent (100%) shareholding in FG Corporate.

Finally, the loan contained a cross-default clause meaning that (A) if any of FG Spain or FG Corporate: (i) defaults on any payment obligation arising from Indebtedness contracted with any other entity for amounts exceeding, during a fiscal year, €2.5 million ($2.7 million) or (ii) defaults on due and payable payment obligations of a commercial (non-financial) nature assumed with third parties for an individual or cumulative amount exceeding €2.5 million ($2.7 million) unless such defaults are below the average of the customary commercial defaults that the Beneficiaries or Guarantors have had between fiscal years 2016 to 2019 or (B) if any creditor that has granted Indebtedness to FG Spain or FG Corporate for an amount equal to or greater than €5.0 million ($5.5 million), is entitled to declare it liquid, due and payable before its ordinary maturity date.

130

TABLE OF CONTENTS

In March 2025, the Company partially repaid $17,960 thousand of the SEPI loans as per the agreed amortization schedule and in June 2025 the loans were fully repaid with a final repayment of $20,217 thousand.

21. Derivative financial instruments

The Group uses derivative financial instruments predominantly to manage its exposure to fluctuations in energy prices.

The net value of the energy agreements as of December 31, 2025 and 2024 is presented in the consolidated statements of financial position as follows:

	2025
	Other financial assets (Note 9)						Other financial liabilities (Note 20)
	Non- Current		Current		Total		Non- Current		Current		Total
Derivative not designated as hedging instruments		3,079		—		3,079		(38,341)		—		(38,341)
Power Purchase agreements		3,079		—		3,079		—		—		—
EDF energy contract								(38,341)				(38,341)
Derivative designated as hedging instruments		—		—		—		(6,857)		—		(6,857)
Power Purchase agreements								(6,857)		—		(6,857)
Total		3,079		—		3,079		(45,198)		—		(45,198)

	2024
	Other financial assets (Note 9)						Other financial liabilities (Note 19)
	Non- Current		Current		Total		Non- Current		Current		Total
Derivative not designated as hedging instruments		4,707		69		4,776		—		(13)		(13)
Derivative designated as hedging instruments		293		—		293		(1,086)		(842)		(1,928)
Total		5,000		69		5,069		(1,086)		(855)		(1,941)

Power Purchase Agreements — hedged instruments

In 2024, the Company entered into three third-party virtual Power Purchase Agreements (PPAs) to hedge its energy pricing, for a ten-year period beginning July 2024. In 2023, the Company signed one PPA with related parties, effective from November 2023 through June 2027. These PPAs were designated as hedging instruments and at initial recognition, the fair value of the contracts differed from the transaction price. Because the valuation relies on significant unobservable inputs, the Company deferred the day-1 difference in accordance with IFRS 9 and is recognizing it over the life of the instrument. As of December 31, 2025, the combined carrying value of the contracts was a net liability of $6,857 thousand ($1,635 thousand as of December 31, 2024), based on the fair value of $8,953 thousand ( $1,045 thousand as of December 31, 2024) less the unamortized portion of the deferred the day-1 difference of $2,096 thousand ($590 thousand as of December 31, 2024).

Power Purchase Agreements — not designated as hedged instruments

In 2024, the Company entered into one PPA with a related party for a 10-year term commencing upon the start of plant operations, which is expected in October 2029. In 2023, the Company signed three PPAs with related parties, for a 10-year period commencing upon the start of the plant operations, which is expected in 2028. For one of these PPAs, the Company applied the own use exemption according to IFRS 9, and this PPA was cancelled in 2025. These PPAs were not designated as hedging instruments and at initial recognition, the fair value of the contracts differed from the transaction price. Because the valuation relies on significant

131

TABLE OF CONTENTS

unobservable inputs, the Company deferred the day-1 differences in accordance with IFRS 9 and they will be recognized over the life of the instrument. As of December 31, 2025, the combined carrying value of the contracts was a net asset of $3,079 thousand ($4,763 thousand as of December 31, 2024), based on the fair value of $16,372 thousand ($23,649 thousand as of December 31, 2024) less the unamortized portion of the deferred the day-1 difference of $13,293 thousand ( $18,886 thousand as of December 31, 2024).

Additionally, in 2023, the Company entered into four third party virtual PPAs but they were cancelled in April 2024 at no cost.

The fair value of these net-settled power purchase agreements as of December 31, 2025 was estimated based on the discounted cash flow methodology. The fair value measurement is based on significant inputs that are directly or indirectly observable in the market, which IFRS 13 Fair Value Measurement refers to as Level 3 inputs. Key assumptions include discount rates, energy volumes and the market electricity price.

The Company engaged third party valuation specialists to perform the valuation where certain unobservable inputs were used in the fair value measurements. The Company worked closely with the qualified external specialists to establish the appropriate valuation techniques and inputs to the model and confirmed the reliability, independence and correspondence of the information sources in the valuation.

Key assumptions used to estimate the fair value of derivative financial instruments classified as Level 3 were as follows:

	2025
Energy Price ($/MWh)		63-72
Cap Volatility		25.4%

The sensitivity analysis revealed that no reasonably possible changes in any of the key assumptions would result in a material adjustment in the fair value of these derivative financial instruments as of December 31, 2025.

For the PPAs not designated as hedging instruments, we record the changes in fair value in “Raw materials and energy consumption for production” in the consolidated income statement. For the PPAs qualified for hedge accounting, we record the changes in the fair value of the instruments in “Arising from cash flow hedges” in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss). To assess the hedge effectiveness, the Company determines the economic relationship between the hedged item and the hedging instrument. There is an economic relationship between the energy cost and the PPAs as they seek to transform the cash flow derived from a variable electricity market price into a fixed price established at the beginning of the contract.

The following tables summarize the unrealized and realized gains (losses) related to the derivative instruments:

	2025				2024
	Unrealized gain (loss) recognized in Other comprehensive loss		Realized gain (loss) reclassed from Other comprehensive loss to profit and loss		Unrealized gain (loss) recognized in Other comprehensive loss		Realized gain (loss) reclassed from Other comprehensive loss to profit and loss
Total		(5,785)		(1,105)		(3,471)		1,007

The purchase commitments for PPAs, in MWh, as of December 31, 2025 are as follows:

	2025
	Less than 1 year		Between 1-2 years		Between 2-5 years		After 5 years		Total
Total purchase commitments (MWh)		178,248		164,782		861,452		2,109,705		3,314,187

132

TABLE OF CONTENTS

EDF energy contracts

In Q4 2025, the Company entered into two electricity supply agreements with EDF to secure energy for its French operations beginning January 1, 2026. The Company entered into (i) a 10-year indexed wholesale electricity supply agreement (“CPI Contract”) covering approximately 70% of forecast consumption across six industrial sites through December 2035, and (ii) a 4-year retail electricity supply agreement (“Retail Contract”) covering 100% of consumption from 2026 to 2029. Although economically linked, the contracts were intentionally structured as two separate units of account for regulatory and operational reasons. The CPI Contract includes indexed pricing based on the EU Silicon Metal 5-5-3 index and EU ETS CO2 emission allowances futures, subject to annual floors and a ceiling, and provides for volume adjustment mechanisms (“reprévisions”). The Retail Contract integrates the CPI block into EDF’s retail billing framework and applies an 80-120% consumption tolerance band (“Reference Tunnel”).

The Company assessed both contracts under IFRS 9 and concluded that they should be accounted for as derivative financial instruments measured at fair value through profit or loss (“FVTPL”).

At initial recognition, the fair value of the contracts differed from the transaction price. Because the valuation relies on significant unobservable inputs, the Company deferred the day-1 differences in accordance with IFRS 9 and they will be recognized over the life of the respective instruments. As of December 31, 2025, the combined carrying value of the CPI and Retail contracts was a net liability of $38,341 thousand, based on the fair value of $39,239 thousand less the unamortized portion of the deferred the day-1 difference of $898 thousand.

The fair value is measured using an income approach based on a Monte Carlo simulation model developed by a third-party valuation specialist, incorporating forward French electricity price curves, forward CO2 emission allowances futures, forward silicon metal index projections, contract-specific floors and ceilings, reprévision mechanisms, discounting using EUR OIS/ESTR curves, and bilateral credit risk adjustments. The valuation uses significant unobservable inputs and is therefore classified as Level 3 under IFRS 13. The valuation model is prepared by the third-party valuation specialist and reviewed by the Company through its internal finance management processes.

Changes in fair value are recognized in “Raw materials and energy consumption for production” in the consolidated income statement.

Key assumptions used to estimate the fair value of derivative financial instruments classified as Level 3 were as follows:

	2025
Projected French energy prices ($/MWh)		59-84
Projected Silicon Metal index prices ($/MT)		2,629-5,852

Electricity prices and silicon metal prices exhibit certain interrelationships. Changes in one input may magnify or offset the effect of changes in another, resulting in changes in fair value. The Monte Carlo model captures these correlations. Changing assumptions could significantly impact the valuation of the fair value for Level 3 instruments. The following changes to the assumptions used would lead to the following changes in the fair value:

Sensitivity on
energy price

Sensitivity on
silicon metal index price

Fair Value
December 31, 2025

Decrease
by 10%

Increase
by 10%

Decrease
by 10%

Increase
by 10%

EDF energy contracts

(39,239)

(68,102)

75,477

24,356

(27,482)

The fair value incorporates adjustments for the Company’s own non-performance risk and EDF’s credit risk, using observable credit spreads where available and internal estimates where market data is not observable.

133

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The purchase commitments for these contracts, in MWh, as of December 31, 2025 are as follows:

	2025
	Less than 1 year		Between 1-2 years		Between 2-5 years		After 5 years		Total
Total purchase commitments (MWh)		3,627,032		3,646,180		9,023,577		8,250,000		24,546,789

For further information on derivative financial instruments classified as Level 3 see Note 30.

22. Trade payables

Trade payables comprise the following at December 31:

	2025 US$’000		2024 US$’000
Payable to suppliers		144,699		157,894
Advances from customers		154		357
Total		144,853		158,251

23. Other liabilities

Other liabilities comprise the following at December 31:

	2025						2024
	Non- Current US$’000		Current US$’000		Total US$’000		Non- Current US$’000		Current US$’000		Total US$’000
Remuneration payable		209		30,995		31,204		52		47,157		47,209
Tax payables		—		14,247		14,247		—		14,026		14,026
Payable to non-current asset suppliers		122		8,993		9,115		143		7,066		7,209
Contingent consideration		—		3,136		3,136		1,302		2,036		3,338
Other grants		—		13,854		13,854		12,249		—		12,249
Guarantees and deposits		14		—		14		13		322		335
Other liabilities		—		4,620		4,620		—		8,799		8,799
Total		345		75,845		76,190		13,759		79,406		93,165

Tax payables

Tax payables comprise the following at December 31:

	As of year ended December 31,
	2025 US$’000		2024 US$’000
VAT		2,995		3,559
Accrued social security taxes payable		7,216		6,334
Personal income tax withholding payable		1,232		1,257
Other		2,804		2,876
Total		14,247		14,026

Contingent consideration

On February 1, 2018, the Company acquired 100% of the outstanding ordinary shares of two wholly-owned subsidiaries of Glencore International AG (“Glencore”) renaming them Ferroglobe Mangan Norge AS and

134

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Ferroglobe Manganèse France SAS. The Company completed the acquisition through its wholly-owned subsidiary Ferroglobe Spain Metals. Consideration included both cash and contingent consideration.

The contingent consideration arrangement requires the Company to pay the former owners of these subsidiaries a sliding scale commission based on the silicomanganese and ferromanganese sales spreads of Ferroglobe Mangan Norge (FMN) and Ferroglobe Manganèse France (FMF), up to a maximum amount of $60,000 thousand (undiscounted). The contingent consideration applies to sales made up to eight and a half years from the date of acquisition and if it applies, the payment is on annual basis. During 2025, the total payments made amounted to $2,533 thousand ($3,861 thousand in 2024).

The accumulated payments as of December 31, 2025 amount to $33,672 thousand.

The fair value of the contingent consideration arrangement as of December 31, 2025 of $3,136 thousand (2024: $3,338 thousand) was estimated by applying the income approach based on a Monte Carlo simulation considering various scenarios of fluctuation of future manganese alloy spreads as well as the cyclicality of manganese alloy pricing. The fair value measurement is based on significant inputs that are not observable in the market, which IFRS 13 Fair Value Measurement refers to as Level 3 inputs. Key assumptions include discount rates, volumes and manganese spread. Changes in the value of contingent consideration are presented in the consolidated income statements within “Other operating expense”.

Other Grants

In November 2024, the Company received a grant from the Ministry of Industry and Tourism of the Government of Spain amounting to €11.7 million ($13.8 million) as part of the Integrated action projects for the decarbonization of the manufacturing industry (PERTE-DI). The Company’s project to decarbonize the metallurgical silicon production process is expected to require a projected capital expenditure investment of more than €28 million ($32.9 million) for the construction of a biocarbon plant at our Sabón plant. The goal of the project is to produce our own biocarbon to replace fossil carbon and reduce the carbon footprint. The plant is expected to be operational in 2026.

The grant is subject to certain conditions and limitations on the use of the proceeds: (1) the investment of the proceeds must occur between February 1, 2024 and June 15, 2026; (2) the allocation of the proceeds must adhere to certain approved budget categories; (3) the project needs to achieve at least 80% of the emission reduction forecasted; and (4) if the final investment cost is lower than the budgeted amount, the borrower must reimburse the Ministry proportionally; and if it is less than 60% of the total budget, the grant will be fully returned. The deadline for reporting to the Ministry regarding the use of the grant is June 30, 2026.

24. Tax matters

The components of current and deferred income tax expense are as follows:

	2025 US$’000		2024 US$’000		2023 US$’000
Consolidated income statement
Current income tax
Current income tax charge		3,670		28,004		62,110
Adjustments in current income tax in respect of prior years		(300)		(1,183)		(1,533)
Total		3,370		26,821		60,577
Deferred tax
Origination and reversal of temporary differences		(9,162)		(7,758)		(3,216)
Impact of tax rate changes		—		(48)		(555)
Write-down of deferred tax assets		7,292		—		—
Adjustments in deferred tax in respect of prior years		968		(2,763)		734
Total		(902)		(10,569)		(3,037)
Income tax expense		2,468		16,252		57,540

135

TABLE OF CONTENTS

As the Company has significant business operations in Spain, France, South Africa and the United States, a weighted blended statutory tax rate is considered to be appropriate in estimating the Company’s effective tax rate. The following is a reconciliation of tax expense based on a weighted blended statutory income tax rate to our effective income tax expense for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023:

	2025 US$’000		2024 US$’000		2023 US$’000
Accounting (loss) profit before income tax		(174,644)		37,052		160,667
Tax (benefit) expense at weighted statutory national tax rate of 25% (2024: 27% and 2023: 31%)		(41,609)		9,988		50,557
(Non-taxable income)/ non-deductible expenses		3,173		(2,478)		1,429
Change in tax rates		—		(48)		(555)
U.S state taxes		(28)		(52)		(121)
Adjustments in respect of prior periods		668		(3,946)		(799)
Write-down of deferred tax assets		7,292		—		—
Unrecognized temporary differences		11,667		2,903		(2,992)
Elimination of effect of interest in partnerships		(7)		27		(1,356)
Unrecognized loss carryforwards		18,135		9,523		12,434
Other taxes		4,445		—		—
Other items		(1,268)		335		(1,057)
Income tax expense		2,468		16,252		57,540

Variation in the weighted statutory national tax rate between periods can result from changes in the relative mix of tax jurisdictions in which we earn taxable income and incur deductible expenses as well as from changes in statutory tax rates themselves. During the periods presented, there were no significant changes to national corporate income tax rates in the jurisdictions in which we operate. Accordingly, the variation in weighted statutory national tax rates presented above results from changes in the jurisdictional dispersion of our taxable income earned and deductible expenses incurred.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities

For the year ended December 31, 2025:

	Opening Balance US$’000		Recognized in				Reclassifications US$’000		Exchange Differences US$’000		Closing Balance US$’000
	Opening Balance US$’000		P&L US$’000		OCI US$’000		Reclassifications US$’000		Exchange Differences US$’000		Closing Balance US$’000
Intangible assets		(10,146)		(3,447)		—		125		(1,308)		(14,776)
Provisions		28,885		(3,749)		(668)		(3,832)		2,852		23,488
Property, plant & equipment		(36,402)		(2,809)		—		3,707		(1,437)		(36,941)
Inventories		1,705		(173)		—		—		2		1,534
Hedging Instruments		320		(1,902)		1,446		—		134		(2)
Tax losses		5,677		10,135		—		—		—		15,812
Incentives & credits		432		2,381		—		—		—		2,813
Other		(3,520)		466		—		—		121		(2,933)
Total		(13,049)		902		778		—		364		(11,005)

136

TABLE OF CONTENTS

For the year ended December 31, 2024:

	Opening Balance US$’000		Recognized in				Reclassifications US$’000		Exchange Differences US$’000		Closing Balance US$’000
	Opening Balance US$’000		P&L US$’000		OCI US$’000		Reclassifications US$’000		Exchange Differences US$’000		Closing Balance US$’000
Intangible assets		(13,582)		4,311		—		(1,484)		609		(10,146)
Provisions		34,102		(3,726)		(757)		765		(1,499)		28,885
Property, plant & equipment		(45,405)		6,497		—		1,598		908		(36,402)
Inventories		1,416		290		—		—		(1)		1,705
Hedging Instruments		(567)		—		865		—		22		320
Tax losses		1,731		3,946		—		—		—		5,677
Incentives & credits		—		432		—		—		—		432
Other		(1,517)		(1,181)		—		(879)		57		(3,520)
Total		(23,822)		10,569		108		—		96		(13,049)

Presented in the statement of financial position as follows:

	2025 US$’000		2024 US$’000
Deferred tax assets		45,600		38,550
Deferred tax liabilities		(56,605)		(51,599)
Offset between deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities		45,600		31,970
Total deferred tax assets due to temporary differences recognized in the statement of financial position		—		6,580
Total deferred tax liabilities due to temporary differences recognized in the statement of financial position		(11,005)		(19,629)

Unrecognized deductible temporary differences, unused tax losses and unused tax credits

	2025										2024
	Spain		USA		UK		Other		Total		Spain		USA		UK		Other		Total
Unused tax losses		216,787		236,955		185,920		71,322		710,984		200,087		236,589		153,622		82,948		673,246
Unrecognized deductible temporary differences		65,049		—		52,882		(9,753)		108,178		70,071		—		44,837		9,166		124,074
Total		281,836		236,955		238,802		61,569		819,162		270,158		236,589		198,459		92,114		797,320

In general terms, the unused tax losses do not have an expiration date in the jurisdictions from which they derive.

Unused tax losses have increased in 2025 compared to 2024 due to the losses incurred across most of our jurisdictions. Management has decided to record the respective deferred tax assets corresponding to the jurisdictions where taxable profit is expected to be generated in the short and medium-term. There is uncertainty and estimation involved in future taxable profits in long-term, however no material changes expected in the next financial year for the unrecognized unused tax losses.

As of December 31, 2025, there were temporary differences of $7,030 thousand ($107,168 thousand in 2024) related to investments in subsidiaries. This liability was not recognized because the Group controls the dividend policy of its subsidiaries.

Management of tax risks

The Company is committed to conducting its tax affairs consistently with the following objectives:

137

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(i)

to comply with relevant laws, rules, regulations, and reporting and disclosure requirements in whichever jurisdiction it operates.

(ii)

to maintain mutual trust, transparency, and respect in its dealings with all tax authorities.

(iii)

to adhere with best practice and comply with the Company’s internal corporate governance procedures, including but not limited to its Code of Conduct.

The Group’s tax department maintains a tax risk register on a jurisdictional basis.

In the jurisdictions in which the Company operates, tax returns cannot be deemed final until they have been audited by the tax authorities or until the statute-of-limitation has expired. The number of open tax years subject to examination varies depending on the tax jurisdiction. In general, the Company has the last four years open to review. The criteria that the tax authorities might adopt in relation to the years open for review could give rise to tax liabilities which cannot be quantified. As of December 31, 2025, there are inspection procedures ongoing in Spain, but we do not expect a material impact resulting from both procedures.

Pillar Two

The Ferroglobe group is subject to the global minimum top-up tax under Pillar Two tax legislation in U.K., Spain, France, Norway and Canada. In particular, QDMTT and IRR applies in the U.K., France, Spain, Norway and South Africa on fiscal years beginning on or after December 31, 2023. UTPR applies in Spain, and France starting on or after December 31, 2024. U.K., Spain France, Canada and Norway have implemented into their legislations transitional CbCR safe harbor provisions. South Africa has not, and therefore general reference to the OECD GloBe rules apply. The UK transitional safe harbor legislation has been assessed by the OECD as a qualifying transitional safe harbor legislation.

The group has performed the transitional CbCR safe harbor analysis using the qualified Country-by-Country Reporting for fiscal year 2024 using the rules in force in the UK, which are deemed qualified transitional safe harbor rules as per resolution from the OECD. With the data used the group satisfies the requirements of at least one of the safe harbors per jurisdiction, thus not resulting in QDMTT or IIR payable in any of the jurisdictions where the group is present. Additionally, the transitional safe harbor analysis has also been completed with the available data for fiscal year 2025 at the time of the preparation and filing of this annual report with the same positive result. With the interim data, which is not data from the qualified Country-by-Country Reporting yet since certain countries are still pending to complete their respective statutory audit, the group satisfies the requirements of at least one of the safe harbors per jurisdictions, thus not resulting QDMTT or IRR payable in any of the jurisdictions where the group is present.

25. Related party transactions and balances

Balances with related parties at December 31 are as follows:

	2025
	Receivables				Payables
	Non-Current US$’000		Current US$’000		Non-Current US$’000		Current US$’000
Enérgya VM Gestión de la Energía, S.L.		1,763		—		—		2,577
Other related parties		—		—		—		—
Total		1,763		—		—		2,577

	2024
	Receivables				Payables
	Non-Current US$’000		Current US$’000		Non-Current US$’000		Current US$’000
Enérgya VM Gestión de la Energía, S.L.		1,558		—		—		2,658

138

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	2024
	Receivables				Payables
	Non-Current US$’000		Current US$’000		Non-Current US$’000		Current US$’000
Other related parties		—		—		—		6
Total		1,558		—		—		2,664

The balances with related parties arose as a result of commercial transactions (see explanation of main transactions below).

Transactions with related parties for the years ended December 31 2025, 2024 and 2023 are as follows:

	2025
	Raw materials and energy consumption for production US$’000		Other Operating Expenses US$’000
Enérgya VM Gestión de la Energía, S.L.		55,994		—
Other related parties		—		9
Total		55,994		9

	2024
	Raw materials and energy consumption for production US$’000		Other Operating Expenses US$’000
Enérgya VM Gestión de la Energía, S.L.		56,238		—
Other related parties		—		202
Total		56,238		202

	2023
	Raw materials and energy consumption for production US$’000		Other Operating Expenses US$’000
Villar Mir Energía, S.L.U.		(18)		1
Enérgya VM Gestión de la Energía, S.L.		35,980		1,137
Other related parties		—		55
Total		35,962		1,193

“Raw Materials and energy consumption for production” of the related parties from Energya VM Gestión de Energía, SLU (“Energya VM”) relates to the purchase of energy from the latter by the Company’s Europe – Manganese Alloys and Europe – Silicon Metals & Silicon Alloys segment. The agreement was assigned from Villar Mir Energía SLU to Energya VM in October 2022. The Company pays Energya VM a service charge in addition to paying for the cost of energy purchase from the market. The contracts allow for the purchase of energy from the grid at market conditions without incurring costs normally associated with operating in the complex wholesale power market, as well as to apply for fixed price arrangements in advance from Energya VM, based on the energy markets for the power, period and profile applied for. The contracts have a term of one year, with the possibility to be extended for additional one-year periods unless terminated with 30 days’ notice.

139

TABLE OF CONTENTS

In November 2024, the Company and Mowe Eólica, a VM Energía subsidiary, entered into a PPA. Under which they will supply to Sabón 35,400 MWh/year on a pay as produced basis during 10 years from the commencement of operation of the plants which is expected in 2029.

In December 2023, the Company and Villar Mir Energía, S.L.U entered into three PPAs. Under those PPAs, VM Energía, or a VM Energía subsidiary, will supply to Sabón 285,000 MWh/year on a pay as produced basis during 10 years from the commencement of operation of the plants which is expected in 2028. One of these three PPAs was terminated in 2025 (see Note 21).

In October 2023, the Company entered into a PPA with Energya VM. Under this PPA, Energya VM supplies 30,000 MWh/year from November 1, 2023, to June 30, 2027 on a pay as produced basis (See Note 21).

In 2023, “Other operating expenses” corresponded to the payment to Energya VM that provides the energy needs of the mining facilities operated by Ferroglobe RAMSA Mining and Ferroglobe Cuarzos Industriales mining in the wholesale power market.

26. Guarantee commitments to third parties and contingent liabilities

Guarantee commitments to third parties

As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company has provided for commitments to third parties amounting to $17,949 thousand and $15,013 thousand, respectively. The Company has estimated a remote likelihood for potential loss allowance and has not recorded an associated provision.

Contingent liabilities

In the ordinary course of its business, Ferroglobe is subject to lawsuits, investigations, claims and proceedings, including, but not limited to, contractual disputes and employment, environmental, health and safety matters. Although we cannot predict with certainty the ultimate resolution of lawsuits, investigations, claims and proceedings asserted against it, we do not believe any currently pending legal proceeding to which it is a party will have a material adverse effect on its business, prospects, financial condition, cash flows, results of operations or liquidity.

Stamp Tax litigation procedure

In February 2021, the Central Economic-Administrative Court ruled against the interest of Ferroglobe in a stamp duty litigation procedure initiated in 2015, where the taxpayer is Abanca. Ferroglobe agreed with Abanca that it continues the litigation at the judiciary level by filing an appeal before the Audiencia Nacional. In January 2023, Audiencia Nacional affirmed the stamp duty reassessment against Abanca but voided the proposed penalty of approximately €600 thousand ($705 thousand). Request for appeal for review of the stamp duty reassessment has been filed before the Spanish Supreme Court. Request for appeal for review was admitted by the Supreme Court on June 12, 2024. As a result of the continuation of this litigation process, with the appropriate granting of bank guarantee by the taxpayer (Abanca), the tax reassessment of approximately €1.4 million ($1.6 million) plus delayed interest is not due at this stage of the process.

Asbestos-related claims

Certain former employees of Ferroglobe France, SAS (formerly known as Pechiney Electrometallurgie, S.A and then known as FerroPem, SAS (“Ferroglobe France”)) may have been exposed to asbestos at its plants in France (Le Giffre which closed in 1993 and Marignac which closed in 2003) in the decades prior to Ferroglobe Group’s purchase of that business in December 2004. During the period in question, Ferroglobe France was wholly-owned by Pechiney Bâtiments, S.A., which had certain indemnification obligations to Ferroglobe pursuant to the 2004 Share Sale and Purchase Agreement under which Ferroglobe acquired Ferroglobe France. Judicial cases were also filed for alleged exposure to asbestos at the Anglefort and Pierrefitte plants, and in late 2024 the Company received information on pre-litigation cases relating to the alleged exposure to asbestos at the Laudun and Montricher plants. As of December 31, 2025, Ferroglobe France is involved in cases

140

TABLE OF CONTENTS

concerning 21 former employees. Most of these cases include assertions of “inexcusable negligence” (“faute inexcusable”) which, if upheld, may lead to material liability in the aggregate on the part of Ferroglobe France. Ferroglobe France’s inexcusable negligence has been recognized by the Courts in most cases given that it is deemed to have taken over all asbestos liabilities from Pechiney and Ferroglobe France has no record of Pechiney’s compliance with asbestos regulation during the years when asbestos was installed. While the potential liability to Ferroglobe France is in the aggregate material, the damages to be paid to the claimants has in many cases been successfully reduced. In some cases, experts are appointed by the Court to examine the employees’ medical condition for the purpose of assess the proper amount of damages. When relevant, the cases are litigated. Other employees may declare further asbestos-related injuries in the future, and may likewise assert inexcusable negligence. Litigation against, and material liability on the part of, Ferroglobe France will not necessarily arise in each case, and to date a majority of such declared injuries have been minor and have not led to significant liability on Ferroglobe France’s part. Whether liability for “inexcusable negligence” will be found is determined case-by-case, often over a period of years, depending on the evolution of the claimant’s asbestos-related condition, the possibility that the claimant was exposed while working for other employers and, where asserted, the claimant’s ability to prove inexcusable negligence on Ferroglobe France’s part. As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company has recorded $568 thousand and $587 thousand, respectively, in Provisions in the statements of financial position.

Environmental matters

In July 2025, WVA entered into Consent Order with the West Virginia Department of Environmental Protection (the “WVDEP”) to resolve three Notices of Violation (“NOV”) that WVDEP issued to the Alloy, West Virginia, facility. The first NOV was issued on November 21, 2022 and alleged certain violations of the West Virginia Code §§ 22-5-3, the West Virginia Legislative Rule 7 and provisions of Title V Permit. The second NOV was issued on April 20, 2023 and also alleged violations of the West Virginia Code §§ 22-5-3, the West Virginia Legislative Rule 7 and provisions of Title V Permit. The third NOV was issued due to an alleged violation of the West Virginia Code §§ 22-5-3. Pursuant to the terms of the Consent Order, the Company is required to install additional pollution control equipment (including but not limited to a bag leak detection system) and a video camera system, as well as implement other control measures to reduce emissions from the facility. A civil penalty of $475 thousand was imposed and paid by the Company on August 21, 2025.

27. Income and expenses

27.1 Sales

Sales by geographical area of our customer billing locations for the years ended December 31 are as follows:

	2025 US$’000		2024 US$’000		2023 US$’000
Spain		104,783		169,541		169,390
Germany		186,808		282,200		276,333
Luxembourg		114,446		745		46
Other European Countries		215,047		210,977		199,743
USA		534,870		573,636		670,854
Rest of World		179,167		406,840		333,668
Total		1,335,121		1,643,939		1,650,034

27.2 Raw materials and energy consumption for production

Raw materials and energy consumption for production are comprised of the following for the years ended December 31:

141

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	2025 US$’000		2024 US$’000		2023 US$’000
Purchases of raw materials, supplies and goods		588,245		699,210		732,661
Changes in inventories		18,042		19,738		83,033
Energy		122,267		171,308		(28,651)
Others		182,040		119,911		78,556
Write-down of raw materials		1,581		3,377		2,192
Write-down of finished goods		21,356		13,586		11,495
Total		933,531		1,027,130		879,286

For the year ended December 31, 2025, the energy cost was reduced by the ARENH benefit and separate contract received from our French energy provider amounting to $29,157 thousand ($63,032 thousand and $186,211 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively) (See Note 11).

For the year ended December 31, 2025, Others included the impact of $42,263 thousand related to changes in the fair value of energy derivative instruments not designated as hedging instruments.

27.3 Other operating income

Other operating income is comprised of the following for the years ended December 31:

	2025 US$’000		2024 US$’000		2023 US$’000
Carbon dioxide emissions allowances		75,291		75,903		80,316
Others		7,544		8,475		20,676
Total		82,835		84,378		100,992

Carbon dioxide emission allowances arise from the difference between the fair value of the allowances granted and the nominal amount paid. The deferred income is recognized as “Other operating income” on a systematic basis on the proportion of the carbon dioxide emitted over total carbon dioxide expected to be emitted for the compliance period on the consolidated income statements (see Note 14). During 2025, the Company recorded income related to this totaling $75,291 thousand ($75,903 thousand in 2024 and $80,316 thousand in 2023).

As the Company emits carbon dioxide, it recognizes a provision for its obligation to deliver the carbon dioxide emissions allowances at the end of the compliance period. The provision is remeasured and recorded as an expense at the end of each reporting period at historical cost for the emission rights (allowances). Provision for its obligation to deliver the carbon dioxide emissions is presented in the consolidated income statements.

During the year ended December 31, 2023, the Company recognized an income of $10,164 thousand classified within others, related to a contingent consideration resulting from the agreement entered with Kehlen, for the sale of the hydro-electric assets in 2019.

27.4 Staff costs

The average monthly number of employees (including Executive Directors) was:

	2025 US$’000		2024 US$’000		2023 US$’000
Directors		9		9		9
Senior Managers		247		239		316
Employees		2,935		3,175		3,214
Total		3,191		3,423		3,539

142

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Refer to the Directors’ Remuneration Report on page 40 of these financial statements for additional information.

Staff costs are comprised of the following for the years ended December 31:

	2025 US$’000		2024 US$’000		2023 US$’000
Wages, salaries and similar expenses		192,907		201,720		220,293
Pension plan contributions		9,421		7,952		7,978
Employee benefit costs		68,321		70,192		77,588
Total		270,649		279,864		305,859

Share-based compensation

Equity Incentive Plan

On May 29, 2016, the board of Ferroglobe PLC adopted the Ferroglobe PLC Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) and on June 29, 2016 the Plan was approved by the shareholders of the Company. The Plan is a discretionary benefit offered by Ferroglobe PLC for the benefit of selected senior employees of Ferroglobe PLC and its subsidiaries. The Plan’s main purpose is to reward and foster performance through share ownership. Awards under the plan may be structured either as conditional share awards or options with a $nil exercise price (nil cost options) for awards granted prior to 2021, and with a strike of 0.01 for awards granted since 2021. The awards are subject to a service condition of three years from the date of grant, except from the options granted in 2020 which are subject to a service condition of four years from the date of grant, to the extent that performance conditions are satisfied, and subject to continued service with the Company, remain exercisable until their expiration date. In the case of the options granted in 2021 the options vested on January 1, 2024.

On June 26, 2025, the board of Ferroglobe PLC approved an updated version of the Plan. Under the updated Plan, the Company may grant performance share awards, deferred share awards, deferred share bonus awards and market value option awards, structured as conditional awards or options.

Awards typically vest over a three-year period, subject to service and, where applicable, performance conditions, and may be settled in shares or cash at the discretion of the Compensation Committee.

Details of the Plan awards during the current and prior years are as follows:

	Number of awards
Outstanding as of December 31, 2022		3,801,706
Granted during the period		1,044,449
Exercised during the period		(7,986)
Expired/forfeited during the period		(277,576)
Outstanding as of December 31, 2023		4,560,593
Granted during the period		894,468
Exercised during the period		(617,463)
Expired/forfeited during the period		(544,644)
Outstanding as of December 31, 2024		4,292,954
Granted during the period		962,880
Exercised during the period		(965,856)
Expired/forfeited during the period		(463,033)

143

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	Number of awards
Outstanding as of December 31, 2025		3,826,945
Exercisable as of December 31, 2025		1,426,086

The awards outstanding under the Plan at December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024 were as follows:

Grant Date	Performance Period	Expiration Date	Exercise Price		Fair Value at Grant Date			2025		2024
September 10, 2025	December 31, 2027	—		nil		$	4.03		962,880		—
June 19, 2024	December 31, 2026	—		0.01		$	5.12		885,868		891,135
May 30, 2023	December 31, 2025	—		0.01		$	4.56		552,111		966,346
September 22, 2022	December 31, 2024	—		0.01		$	5.97		—		416,972
September 9, 2021	December 31, 2021	September 9, 2031		0.01		$	8.83		642,219		675,137
December 16, 2020	December 31, 2020	December 16, 2030		nil		$	1.23		528,395		1,058,698
March 13, 2019	December 31, 2021	March 13, 2029		nil		$	2.69		110,114		123,743
March 21, 2018	December 31, 2020	March 21, 2028		nil		$	22.56		46,777		50,689
June 1, 2017	December 31, 2019	June 1, 2027		nil		$	16.77		70,464		77,712
November 24, 2016	December 31, 2018	November 24, 2026		nil		$	16.66		28,117		32,522
									3,826,945		4,292,954

The awards outstanding as of December 31, 2025 have a weighted average remaining contractual life of 2.87 years (3.64 years in 2024 and 8.52 years in 2023).

The weighted average share price at the date of exercise for stock options exercised in the year ended December 31, 2025 was $3.70 ($4.95 in 2024 and $4.92 in 2023).

As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, all of the outstanding awards were subject to performance conditions. For those awards subject to performance conditions, upon completion of the three-year service period, the recipient will receive a number of shares or nil cost options of between 0% and 150% of the above award numbers, depending on the financial performance of the Company during the performance period. In addition, the grants are subject to a multiplier for successful completion of the Company’s ESG action plan 2023-2025 which can either reduce or increase the total amounts of payouts. The multiplier ranges from 90% to 120% based on the related accomplishment of the ESG-specific targets.

The performance conditions for the shares granted in 2025 and 2024 can be summarized as follows:

	Vesting Conditions
	70% based on average ROCE (EBIT / (Equity + Gross Debt))
	30% based on total shareholder return (TSR) relative to a comparator group

The performance conditions for the shares granted in 2023 can be summarized as follows:

	Vesting Conditions
	40% based on cumulative earnings before interest and tax (EBIT)
	40% based on cumulative operational cash flow
	20% based on total shareholder return (TSR) relative to a comparator group

Fair Value

The weighted average fair value of the awards granted during the year ended December 31, 2025 was $4.03 ($7.22 in 2024 and $6.64 in 2023). The Company estimates the fair value of the awards using Stochastic and

144

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Black-Scholes option pricing models (Level 3). Where relevant, the expected life used in the model has been adjusted for the remaining time from the date of valuation until options are expected to be received, exercise restrictions (including the probability of meeting market conditions attached to the option), and performance considerations. Expected volatility is calculated over the period commensurate with the remainder of the performance period immediately prior to the date of grant.

The following assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of the awards:

	Grant date
	September 10, 2025			June 19, 2024			May 30, 2023
Grant date share price		$	4.18		$	5.17		$	4.50
Exercise price			0.00			0.01			0.01
Expected volatility			44.07%			59.40%			87.68%
Option life	3.00 years			3.00 years			3.00 years
Dividend yield			—			—			—
Risk-free interest rate			3.49%			4.44%			4.13%
Remaining performance period at grant date (years)			3.00			3.00			3.00
Company TSR at grant date			(1.55)%			(1.78)%			0.64%
Median comparator group TSR at grant date			2.74			8.41			10.5

The Company’s TSR relative to the median comparator group TSR and median index TSR at grant date may impact the grant date fair value; starting from an advantaged position increases the fair value and starting from a disadvantaged position decreases the fair value.

To model the impact of the TSR performance conditions, we have calculated the volatility of the comparator group using the same method used to calculate the Company’s volatility, using historical data, where available, which matches the length of the remaining performance period grant date.

The Company’s correlation with its comparator group was assessed on the basis of all comparator group correlations, regardless of the degree of correlation, have been incorporated into the valuation model.

For the year ended December 31, 2025, share-based compensation expense related to all non-vested awards amounted to $1,814 thousand, which is recorded in staff costs ($4,924 thousand in 2024 and $7,402 thousand in 2023).

27.5 Other operating expenses

Other operating expenses are comprised of the following for the years ended December 31:

	2025 US$’000		2024 US$’000		2023 US$’000
Carbon dioxide credit		75,343		75,756		81,870
Services of independent professionals		41,778		52,692		40,687
Freight cost		59,101		61,942		51,415
Insurance premiums		15,372		14,982		15,506
Other taxes		11,578		12,802		11,280
Other operating expenses		42,727		47,008		69,332
Total		245,899		265,182		270,090

145

TABLE OF CONTENTS

27.6 Depreciation and amortization

Depreciation and amortization is comprised of the following for the years ended December 31:

	2025 US$’000		2024 US$’000		2023 US$’000
Amortization of intangible assets (Note 7)		1,916		474		663
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment (Note 8)		83,035		74,989		72,869
Total		84,951		75,463		73,532

27.7 Finance income and finance costs

Finance income is comprised of the following for the years ended December 31:

	2025 US$’000		2024 US$’000		2023 US$’000
Gain from financial assets measured at fair value (Note 9)		—		3,237		—
Other finance income		3,474		4,011		5,422
Total		3,474		7,248		5,422

Other finance income for the year ended December 31, 2025 is mainly due to interest income earned on cash balances held in bank accounts of $2,901 thousand ($2,558 thousand in 2024 and $1,675 thousand in 2023).

Finance costs are comprised of the following for the years ended December 31:

	2025 US$’000		2024 US$’000		2023 US$’000
Interest on debt instruments (Note 19)		1,036		1,776		24,414
Interest on loans and bank borrowings (Note 17 and Note 20)		9,241		7,198		3,794
Interest on leases (Note 18)		6,338		5,935		1,715
Interest on note and bill discounting		307		563		127
Loss from financial assets measured at fair value (Note 9)		1,576		—		—
Other finance costs		2,277		6,470		8,743
Total		20,775		21,942		38,793

Interest on debt instruments decreased for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024 compared to the year ended December 31, 2023 due to the full redemption of the Reinstated Senior Notes by $147,624 thousand in February 2024. Interest on loans and bank borrowings increased for the year ended December 31, 2025 compared to the year ended December 31, 2024, mainly due to interest associated with the ABSA facility by $962 thousand and higher interest expense on the ABL by $1,092 thousand.

27.8 Impairment loss

Impairment (loss) gain is comprised of the following for the years ended December 31:

	2025 US$’000		2024 US$’000		2023 US$’000
Impairment loss of goodwill (Note 6)		(1,747)		(15,483)		—
Impairment loss of property, plant and equipment (Note 8)		(27,902)		(24,940)		(25,768)
Impairment reversal of property, plant and equipment (Note 8)		12,161		—		—
Impairment (loss) reversal of non-current financial assets		—		(2,629)		478
Impairment loss, net		(17,488)		(43,052)		(25,290)

146

TABLE OF CONTENTS

28. Remuneration of key management personnel

The remuneration of the key management personnel (12 employees for the year ended December 31, 2025 and 14 employees for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 respectively), which comprises the Company’s management committee, during the years ended December 31 is as follows:

	2025 US$’000		2024 US$’000		2023 US$’000
Fixed remuneration		6,219		5,889		5,894
Variable remuneration		3,061		4,898		4,492
Contributions to pension plans and insurance policies		281		321		299
Share-based compensation		1,504		3,939		7,402
Termination benefits		—		281		262
Other remuneration		19		19		18
Total		11,084		15,347		18,367

During 2025, 2024 and 2023, no loans and advances have been granted to key management personnel.

29. Financial risk management

Ferroglobe operates in an international and cyclical industry which exposes it to a variety of financial risks such as currency risk, liquidity risk, interest rate risk, credit risk and risks relating to the price of finished goods, raw materials and power.

The Company’s management model aims to minimize the potential adverse impact of such risks upon the Company’s financial performance. Risk is managed by the Company’s executive management, supported by the Risk Management, Treasury and Finance functions. The risk management process includes identifying and evaluating financial risks in conjunction with the Company’s operations and quantifying them by project, region and subsidiary. Management provides written policies for global risk management, as well as for specific areas such as foreign currency risk, credit risk, interest rate risk, liquidity risk, the use of hedging instruments and derivatives, and investment of surplus liquidity.

The financial risks to which the Company is exposed in carrying out its business activities are as follows:

a) Market risk

Market risk is the risk that the Company’s future cash flows or the fair value of its financial instruments will fluctuate because of changes in market prices. The primary market risks to which the Company is exposed comprise foreign currency risk, interest rate risk and risks related to power.

Foreign currency risk

Ferroglobe generates sales revenue and incurs operating costs in various currencies. The prices of finished goods are largely determined in international markets, primarily in USD and Euros. Foreign currency risk is partly mitigated by the generation of sales revenue, the purchase of raw materials and other operating costs being denominated in the same currencies. Although it has done so on occasions in the past, and may decide to do so in the future, the Company does not generally enter into foreign currency derivatives in relation to its operating cash flows. As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company was not party to any foreign currency forward contracts.

In July 2021, the Company completed a restructuring of its $350,000 thousand of senior unsecured Notes due 2022. The Company was exposed to foreign exchange risk as the interest and principal of the Notes was payable in USD, whereas its operations principally generate a combination of USD and Euro cash flows. The debt balance related to the Reinstated Senior Notes was fully repaid in February 2024.

147

TABLE OF CONTENTS

During the year ended December 31, 2025 and 2024 the Company did not enter into any cross currency swaps.

Foreign currency sensitivity analysis

The Company’s exposure to foreign currency risk arises from the translation of the foreign currency exchange gains and losses on cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and inventories that are denominated in foreign currency.

Depreciation or appreciation of the USD by 10% against EUR, CAD and ZAR at December 31, 2025, while all other variables remained constant, would have increased or (decreased) the net profit before tax of $8,038 thousand ($5,165 thousand in 2024).

Interest rate risk

Ferroglobe is exposed to interest rate risk in respect of its financial liabilities that bear interest at floating rates. These primarily comprise bank borrowings (see Note 17) and other financial liabilities (see Note 20).

During the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company did not enter into any interest rate derivatives in relation to its interest bearing credit facilities.

Interest Rate Sensitivity analysis

At December 31, 2025, an increase of 1% in interest rates would have given rise to additional borrowing costs of $1,273 thousand (2024: $714 thousand).

Energy price risk

Energy generally constitutes one of the larger expenses for most of Ferroglobe’s products. Ferroglobe focuses on minimizing energy prices and unit consumption throughout its operations by concentrating its silicon and manganese-based alloy production during periods when energy prices are lower. In 2025, Ferroglobe’s total power consumption was 5,801 gigawatt-hours (5,915 in 2024), with power contracts that vary across its operations.

Since 2023 Ferroglobe engaged in discussions with energy companies to secure PPAs based on Solar and wind generation in Spain. Five PPAs were signed in July 2024 with a total volume of 150,000 MWhs/year at a fixed price between 43 and 58 EUR/MWh. Two wind PPAs were signed in 2023 with a total volume of 130 GWh at a fixed price between 50 and 77 EUR/MWh, with one being cancelled in 2024. Additionally, in December, 2023, the Company entered into three PPAs to supply to Sabón 285 GWh/year on a pay as produced basis at a maximum price of 50 EUR/MWh for 10 years from the commencement of operation of the plants which is expected in 2028. One of these PPAs was cancelled in 2025.

Certain of the Company’s subsidiaries had their power needs covered by the previous EDF contract and the participation in the ARENH mechanism administered by the French Energy Regulatory Commission, which ended in 2025. In Q4 2025, the Company entered into two separate electricity supply agreements with EDF to secure energy for its French operations beginning in January 2026. The Company entered into (i) a 10-year indexed wholesale electricity supply agreement (“CPI Contract”) covering approximately 70% of forecast consumption across six industrial sites through December 2035, and (ii) a 4-year retail electricity supply agreement (“Retail Contract”) covering 100% of consumption from 2026 to 2029. Although economically linked, the contracts were intentionally structured as two separate units of account for regulatory and operational reasons. The CPI Contract includes indexed pricing based on the EU Silicon Metal 5-5-3 index and EU ETS CO2 emission allowances futures, subject to annual floors and a ceiling, and provides for volume adjustment mechanisms (“reprévisions”). The Retail Contract integrates the CPI block into EDF’s retail billing framework and applies an 80-120% consumption tolerance band (“Reference Tunnel”). Together, these agreements support cost predictability for the Company’s French operations.

Regulation enacted in 2015 enables French subsidiaries of the Company to benefit from reduced transmission tariffs, interruptibility compensation (an agreement whereby the companies agree to interrupt production in

148

TABLE OF CONTENTS

response to surges in demand across the French electricity grid), as well as receiving compensation for indirect carbon dioxide costs under the EU Emission Trading System (“ETS”) regulation.

Power Risk Sensitivity analysis

As of December 31, 2025 a 10% change in total power consumption would yield a $22,706 thousand increase or (decrease) in our energy expenditures and resulting opposite impact to net profit before tax.

b) Credit risk

Credit risk refers to the risk that a customer or counterparty will default on its contractual obligations resulting in financial loss. The Company’s main credit risk exposure related to financial assets is set out in Note 9 and includes trade and other receivables and other financial assets.

Trade and other receivables consist of a large number of customers, spread across diverse industries and geographical areas. The Company has established policies, procedures and controls relating to customer credit risk management. Ongoing credit evaluation is performed on the financial condition of accounts receivable and, where appropriate, the Company insures its trade receivables with reputable credit insurance companies.

Since October 2020, the Company entered into a factoring program where the receivables of some of the Company’s French and Spanish entities are prefinanced by a factor (see Note 9 and 16). In February 2022, Ferroglobe Spain Metals signed an additional factoring agreement with Bankinter.

c) Liquidity risk

The purpose of the Company’s liquidity and financing policy is to ensure that the Company keeps sufficient funds available to meet its financial obligations as they fall due. Changes in financial assets and liabilities are monitored on an ongoing basis.

As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, Ferroglobe had restricted cash and cash and cash equivalents of $122,987 thousand and $133,271 thousand, respectively. As of December 31, 2025, the Company’s total outstanding debt is $314,349 thousand ($210,554 thousand in 2024), consisting of $129,551 thousand (2024: $114,370 thousand) in short-term, including the current portion of long-term debt and $184,798 thousand (2024: $96,184 thousand) in long-term debt.

The Company’s main sources of financing are as follows:

•

In 2021, the Company exchanged 98.6% of its $350 million 9.375% senior unsecured notes due in March 2022 (the “Old Notes”) for total consideration of (i) $1,000 aggregate principal amount of the new 9.375% senior secured notes due in 2025 (the “Reinstated Senior Notes”) for each $1,000 aggregate principal amount of Old Notes, plus (ii) cash amount to $51.6 million, which the Company’s Parent applied as cash consideration for a subscription of new ordinary shares of the Company.

In July 2023, the Company via its subsidiary issuers of Reinstated Senior Notes partially redeemed such Reinstated Senior Notes at 102.34375% of the principal amount plus accrued interest. The issuers elected to redeem an aggregate principal amount of $150.0 million of the Reinstated Senior Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest of $14.0 million.

In February 2024, the Company completed the full redemption of the Reinstated Senior Notes at 102.34375% of the principal amount plus accrued interest. The issuers elected to redeem an aggregate principal amount of $147,624 thousand of the Reinstated Senior Notes, the entire amount outstanding as of the redemption date, plus accrued and unpaid interest and call premium of $4,075 thousand.

•

In 2016, a Company subsidiary entered into a loan agreement with the Spanish Ministry of Industry, Tourism and Commerce (the “Ministry”) to borrow an aggregate principal amount of €44.9 million

149

TABLE OF CONTENTS

($50.2 million) in connection with the industrial development projects relation to a silicon purification project at an annual interest rate of 3.6%. The Company is required to repay this loan in seven instalments which commenced in 2023 and to be completed by 2030. As of December 31, 2025, and 2024 the amortized cost of the loan was $4,296 thousand and $24,997 thousand, respectively.

•

In October 2020, the Company signed a factoring agreement with a financial institution for anticipating the collection of receivables of the Company’s European subsidiaries. During 2025, the factoring agreement provided upfront cash consideration of $325,746 thousand ($427,772 thousand in 2024). The Company has repaid $328,022 thousand ($420,873 thousand in 2024), recognizing bank borrowing debt of $36,856 thousand as of December 31, 2025 (2024: $35,059 thousand).

•

In February 2022, a Company subsidiary signed an additional factoring agreement with Bankinter. This program offers the possibility to sell the receivables corresponding to 11 customers pre-approved by the bank and its credit insurers.

•

In June 2022, a Company subsidiary entered into a five-year, $100 million asset-based revolving credit facility (the “ABL Revolver”), with Bank of Montreal as lender and agent. The maximum amount available under the ABL Revolver is subject to a borrowing base test comprising North American inventory and accounts receivable. For the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company drew down $45,100 thousand and $32,000 thousand, respectively, and $26,100 thousand were repaid in 2025 (fully repaid in 2024), yielding an outstanding balance of $19,000 thousand as of the end of 2025 (no balance due as of the end of 2024).

•

In 2020, a Company subsidiary entered into a loan agreement with BNP Paribas to borrow an aggregate principal amount, interest-free, of €4.5 million ($5.3 million), to finance the Company’s activities in France. The French government guaranteed the loan in line with special measures taken in response to the COVID-19 pandemic. The loan is to be repaid by 2026. The Company is liable for a fee of 0.5% equal based on the total borrowed capital.

•

In 2020, a Company subsidiary entered into a loan agreement with Investissement Québec to borrow an aggregate principal amount, interest-free, of CAD 7.0 million ($5.1 million) to finance its capital expenditures activities in Canada. The loan is to be repaid over a seven-year period, with payments deferred for the first three years from the inception of the loan.

•

In March 2022, two Spanish Company subsidiaries and the Sociedad Estatal de Participaciones Industriales (“SEPI”), a Spanish state-owned industrial holding company affiliated with the Ministry of Finance and Administration, entered into a loan agreement of €34.5 million ($38.3 million). This loan is part of the SEPI fund intended to provide assistance to non-financial companies operating in strategically important sectors within Spain as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic. In March 2025, the Company partially repaid $17,960 thousand of the SEPI loans as per the agreed amortization schedule and in June 2025 the loans were fully repaid with a final repayment of $20,217 thousand.

•

In September 2024, a U.S. Company subsidiary and Citizens entered into three lease schedules from October to December 2024 pursuant to terms and conditions of the Master Lease Agreement. The company started to lease assets for a three or five-year period, receiving $6.1 million upfront as part of a sale of assets to the Lessor. In return, the Company will make monthly lease payments of $130 thousand over a 3-year period and $35 thousand over a 5-year period. In June 2025, the U.S Company subsidiary entered into an additional lease agreement for a 5-year period receiving $1.5 million.

•

In December 2024, The BME’s (Spanish Stock Exchange) fixed income market admitted the Company’s Commercial Paper Program (the Pagarés) to trading for a maximum outstanding amount of €50 million. The commercial paper to be issued under the program would have unit denominations of €100 thousand with maturities up to two years. Under this program, the Company was able to issue commercial paper flexibly over 12 months. In November 2025, a second program was admitted to trading for a maximum outstanding amount of €100 million and the same maturity terms. This

150

TABLE OF CONTENTS

program is led by Bankinter as arranger and agent. There were €22,600 thousand ($26,555 thousand) of borrowings outstanding under the Pagarés program as of December 31, 2025, at a weighted-average effective interest rate of 4.81% (€9,900 thousand ($10,135 thousand) as of December 31, 2024 at a fixed rate of 5.88%).

•

In December 2024, one of the Company’s French subsidiaries entered into a loan agreement with Banque Palatine to borrow an aggregate principal of €7,000 thousand ($7,272 thousand) bearing interest at Euribor 3-month plus 1%. This loan was guaranteed by a pledge on a future receivable consisting of the Anglefort plant CO2 compensation credits to be received from the French Government in the first half of 2025. The loan was repaid in July 2025.

•

In December 2024, Ferroglobe South Africa as borrower, Ferroglobe PLC as a guarantor and ABSA bank entered into the ABSA financing facility for a total amount of up to ZAR 350 million ($18.5 million). The amount available for drawdown is calculated based on collateral composed of eligible receivables and inventory. Drawdowns accrue interest at the Prime Rate (ZAR) less 1.18%. For the year ended December 31, 2025 the Company drew down $50,550 thousand (no withdrawals in 2024), and repaid $37,926 thousand, yielding an outstanding balance as of December 31, 2025 of $14,019 thousand.

•

In December 2025, a Company subsidiary entered into a loan agreement with Bankinter to borrow an aggregate principal amount of €18,000 thousand ($21,150 thousand) to finance its capital expenditure activities related to the construction of a biocarbon plant at our Sabón plant. The loan is to be repaid over a six-year period, with payments deferred for the first year. The loan bears a fixed 3.2% interest rate during the first year and Euribor 12-month plus 1% for the remaining years.

•

In December 2025, one of the Company’s Spanish subsidiaries entered in a loan agreement with Bankinter to borrow an aggregate principal of €20,000 thousand ($23,500 thousand). This loan is guaranteed by an external credit insurer. The outstanding debt balance is due for repayment in one instalment on November 18, 2026. This facility bears interest at Euribor 1-month plus 0.50%.

•

In 2025, a French Company Subsidiary entered into two loan agreements to borrow an aggregate principal amount of €6,000 thousand ($7,254 thousand). These loans are due in 2030 and 2032, respectively. Additionally a Norwegian subsidiary entered into a loan agreement to borrow an aggregate principal amount of NOK 40,000 thousand ($3,852 thousand), to finance the share purchase in the MoiRana industrial park. The principal and interest are repaid on a monthly basis until April 2032, and the shares acquired are pledged in favor of the lender.

Quantitative information

Interest rate risk:

At December 31, the Company’s interest-bearing financial liabilities were as follows:

	2025
	Fixed rate U.S.$’000		Floating rate U.S.$’000		Total U.S.$’000
Bank borrowings (Note 17)		38,738		101,274		140,012
Obligations under leases (Note 18)		69,683		—		69,683
Debt instruments (Note 19)		—		26,014		26,014
Other financial liabilities (Note 20)(*)		33,443		—		33,443
		141,864		127,288		269,152

(*)

Excluding derivative instruments

151

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	2024
	Fixed rate U.S.$’000		Floating rate U.S.$’000		Total U.S.$’000
Bank borrowings (Note 17)		14,831		42,331		57,162
Obligations under leases (Note 18)		69,452		—		69,452
Debt instruments (Note 19)		—		10,135		10,135
Other financial liabilities (Note 20)(*)		52,380		19,484		71,864
		136,663		71,950		208,613

(*)

Excluding derivative instruments

ii.

Liquidity risk:

The table below summarizes the Company’s financial liabilities to be settled by the Company based on their maturity as of December 31, 2025, based on contractual undiscounted payments. The table includes both interest and principal cash flows. The table below assumes that the principal will be paid at maturity date.

	2025
	Less than 1 year US$’000		Between 1-2 years US$’000		Between 2-5 years US$’000		After 5 years US$’000		Total US$’000
Bank borrowings		81,402		20,283		16,781		27,943		146,409
Leases		14,723		12,734		24,393		102,296		154,146
Debt instruments		26,014		—		—		—		26,014
Financial loans from government agencies		12,447		12,549		10,648		—		35,644
Payables to related parties		2,577		—		—		—		2,577
Payable to non-current asset suppliers		8,993		122		—		—		9,115
Contingent consideration		3,261		—		—		—		3,261
Trade and other payables		144,853		—		—		—		144,853
		294,270		45,688		51,822		130,239		522,019

	2024
	Less than 1 year US$’000		Between 1-2 years US$’000		Between 2-5 years US$’000		After 5 years US$’000		Total US$’000
Bank borrowings		43,251		681		13,230		—		57,162
Leases		14,225		14,504		26,155		114,925		169,809
Debt instruments		10,268		—		—		—		10,268
Financial loans from government agencies		47,283		9,408		12,960		—		69,651
Payables to related parties		2,664		—		—		—		2,664
Payable to non-current asset suppliers		7,066		143		—		—		7,209
Contingent consideration		2,163		1,489		—		—		3,652
Trade and other payables		157,064		—		—		—		157,064
		283,984		26,225		52,345		114,925		477,479

Additionally, as of December 31, 2025, the Company has long-term power purchase commitments amounting to $547,114 thousand ($293,709 thousand in 2024), which represents minimum charges that are enforceable and legally binding, and do not represent total anticipated purchase.

152

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The Reindus loan classified as financial loans from government agencies has an early redemption option.

Changes in liabilities arising from financing activities

The changes in liabilities arising from financing activities during the year ended December 31, 2025 and 2024 were as follows:

	January 1, 2024		Changes from financing cash flows		Effect of changes in foreign exchange rates		Interest expenses		Other changes		December 31, 2025
	US$’000		US$’000		US$’000		US$’000		US$’000		US$’000
Bank borrowings (Note 17)		57,162		71,108		6,839		5,000		(97)		140,012
Obligations under leases (Note 18)		69,452		(16,186)		7,849		5,906		2,662		69,683
Debt instruments (Note 19)		10,135		13,117		1,726		1,036		—		26,014
Financial loans from government agencies (Note 20)		71,864		(46,831)		6,358		2,001		51		33,443
Total liabilities from financing activities		208,613		21,208		22,772		13,943		2,616		269,152
Other amounts paid due to net financing activities				(17,744)
Net cash (used) in financing activities				3,464

	January 1, 2023		Changes from financing cash flows		Effect of changes in foreign exchange rates		Interest expenses		Other changes		December 31, 2024
	US$’000		US$’000		US$’000		US$’000		US$’000		US$’000
Bank borrowings (Note 17)		46,548		9,529		(2,389)		3,887		(413)		57,162
Obligations under leases (Note 18)		66,250		(16,201)		(3,794)		5,935		17,262		69,452
Debt instruments (Note 19)		154,780		(144,993)		(114)		1,799		(1,337)		10,135
Financial loans from government agencies (Note 20)		77,442		(3,458)		(4,034)		4,371		(2,457)		71,864
Total liabilities from financing activities		345,020		(155,123)		(10,331)		15,992		13,055		208,613
Other amounts paid due to net financing activities				(20,385)
Net cash (used) in financing activities				(175,508)

153

TABLE OF CONTENTS

30. Fair value measurement

Fair value of assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value

The following table provides the fair value measurement hierarchy of the Company’s assets and liabilities that are carried at fair value in the statement of financial position:

	December 31, 2025
	Total US$’000		Quoted prices in active markets (Level 1) US$’000		Significant observable inputs (Level 2) US$’000		Significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) US$’000
Property, plant and equipment (Note 8):
Property, plant and equipment		44,169		—		44,169		—
Other financial assets (Note 9):
Equity securities		1,647		1,647		—		—
Financial investments		20,174		—		9,074		11,100
Non-hedging derivative financial assets		16,372		—		—		16,372
Other financial instruments (Note 21):
Hedging derivative financial liabilities		(8,953)		—		—		(8,953)
Non-hedging derivative financial liabilities		(39,239)		—		—		(39,239)
Other liabilities (Note 23):
Contingent consideration in a business combination		(3,136)		—		—		(3,136)

	December 31, 2024
	Total US$’000		Quoted prices in active markets (Level 1) US$’000		Significant observable inputs (Level 2) US$’000		Significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) US$’000
Property, plant and equipment (Note 8):
Property, plant and equipment		21,058		—		21,058		—
Other financial assets (Note 9):
Equity securities		1,815		1,815		—		—
Financial investments		5,500		—		—		5,500
Other financial instruments (Note 21):
Derivative financial assets – PPA		23,649		—		23,649		—
Derivative financial liabilities – PPA		(1,045)		—		(1,045)		—
Other liabilities (Note 23):
Contingent consideration in a business combination		(3,338)		—		—		(3,338)

During the period, the Company recorded transfers from Level 2 to Level 3 for some of its derivative instruments. These transfers resulted from a reassessment of the valuation inputs, where certain inputs previously considered observable were determined to be unobservable, requiring classification within Level 3.

154

TABLE OF CONTENTS

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances of all liabilities at fair value on recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) for the year ended December 31, 2025, presented as follows:

	Derivatives		Contingent consideration		Total
Fair value at December 31, 2022		—		(5,838)		(5,838)
Changes in fair value through profit or loss		26,684		(717)		25,967
Payments		—		4,823		4,823
Fair value at December 31, 2023		26,684		(1,732)		24,952
Changes in fair value through profit or loss		(3,035)		(5,467)		(8,502)
Payments		—		3,861		3,861
Fair value at December 31, 2024		23,649		(3,338)		20,311
Changes in fair value through profit or loss		(46,516)		(2,331)		(48,847)
Payments		—		2,533		2,533
Fair value at December 31, 2025		(22,867)		(3,136)		(26,003)

31. Other disclosures

Restricted Net Assets

Certain of our entities are restricted from remitting certain funds to us in the form of cash dividends or loans by a variety of contractual requirements. These restrictions are related to standard covenant requirements included in our bank borrowings and debt instruments, such as the ABL Revolver. Additionally, the Company has certain restrictions in its partnerships with Dow Silicones Corporation. Consequently, net assets from Ferroglobe subsidiaries Ferroglobe USA Inc, and other subsidiaries in the U.S.A, Ferroglobe Canada and the partnerships with Dow are restricted. Please refer to Notes 9 and 17 for further details of these restrictions.

As of December 31, 2025 and 2024 the restricted net assets of the Ferroglobe Group’s subsidiaries were $207,182 thousand and $304,293 thousand, respectively. The Company performed a test on the restricted net assets of combined subsidiaries in accordance with Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) Rule 5-04 (c) of Regulation S.X ‘what schedules are to be filed’ and concluded the restricted net assets exceed 25% of the consolidated net assets of the Company at December 31, 2025 and 2024.

32. Events after the reporting period

Management has evaluated subsequent events after the balance sheet date, through the issuance of these consolidated financial statements, for appropriate accounting and disclosures. Other than disclosed elsewhere within these consolidated financial statements, no subsequent events requiring disclosure have been identified.

155

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PARENT COMPANY BALANCE SHEET

AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2025 AND 2024

	Notes		2025		2024
			US$’000		US$’000
ASSETS
Non-current assets
Investment in subsidiaries		2		651,711		649,936
Property, plant and equipment		7		206		338
Loans to group companies		3		—		3,250
Total non-current assets				651,917		653,524
Current assets
Loans to group companies		3		3,250		—
Trade and other receivables		3		129		347
Trade and other receivables from subsidiaries		3		20,043		26,619
Other current assets				286		368
Cash and cash equivalents				498		614
Total current assets				24,206		27,948
Total assets				676,123		681,472
EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
Equity
Share capital				1,964		1,964
Share Premium				75,073		75,073
Other Reserves		5		(227,309)		(224,394)
Retained earnings				679,814		711,258
Total equity				529,542		563,901
Non-current liabilities
Lease liabilities		8		145		286
Loans from group companies		4		13,803		61,447
Total non-current liabilities				13,948		61,733
Current liabilities
Debt instruments		6		26,014		10,135
Lease liabilities		8		149		137
Trade and other payables		4		1,927		3,196
Loans from group companies		4		59,626		10,303
Trade and other payables to subsidiaries		4		44,791		31,967
Other current liabilities				126		100
Total current liabilities				132,633		55,838
Total equity and liabilities				676,123		681,472

Notes 1 to 10 are an integral part of these financial statements.

The Company reported a loss for the financial year ended December 31, 2025, of $20,993 thousand (2024: loss of $18,508 thousand.)

The financial statements of Ferroglobe PLC with registration number 9425113 were approved by the Board and authorized for issue on May 19, 2026.

Signed on behalf of the Board.

Dr. Marco Levi
Director

156

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PARENT COMPANY STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY FOR 2025 AND 2024

Thousands of U.S. Dollars

	Equity attributable to equity holders of the Company
	Share capital US$’000		Other reserves US$’000		Share Premium US$’000		Result for the year US$’000		Retained earnings US$’000		Total US$’000
Balance at 31 December, 2023		1,964		(226,815)		75,073		—		739,524		589,746
Share-based compensation		—		4,848		—		—		—		4,848
Own shares acquired		—		(2,427)		—		—		—		(2,427)
Dividends paid		—		—		—		—		(9,758)		(9,758)
Comprehensive (loss) income for the year		—		—		—		(18,508)		—		(18,508)
Transfer of the year loss		—		—		—		18,508		(18,508)		—
Balance at 31 December, 2024		1,964		(224,394)		75,073		—		711,258		563,901
Share-based compensation		—		1,775		—		—		—		1,775
Own shares acquired		—		(4,690)		—		—		—		(4,690)
Dividends paid		—		—		—		—		(10,451)		(10,451)
Comprehensive (loss) income for the year		—		—		—		(20,993)		—		(20,993)
Transfer of the year loss		—		—		—		20,993		(20,993)		—
Balance at 31 December, 2025		1,964		(227,309)		75,073		—		679,814		529,542

Notes 1 to 10 are an integral part of these financial statements.

157

TABLE OF CONTENTS

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEARS ENDED
DECEMBER 31, 2025 AND 2024

1. General information

Ferroglobe PLC is a public limited company incorporated in the United Kingdom on February 5, 2015. The Company’s registered office is The Scalpel, 18th Floor, 52 Lime Street, London United Kingdom EC3M 7AF.

Ferroglobe PLC is the parent company of Ferroglobe group, which is among the world’s largest producers of silicon metal and silicon-based alloys, important ingredients in a variety of industrial and consumer products. The Company’s customers include major silicone chemical, aluminium and steel manufacturers, auto companies and their suppliers, ductile iron foundries, manufacturers of photovoltaic solar cells and computer chips, and concrete producers.

1.1 Basis of presentation

The separate financial statements of the Company are presented as required by the Companies Act 2006. The Company meets the definition of a qualifying entity under FRS 100 (Financial Reporting Standard 100) issued by the Financial Reporting Council (the “FRC”). In the year ended December 31, 2025, the Company has continued to adopt FRS 101 as issued by the FRC. Accordingly, the financial statements have therefore been prepared in accordance with FRS 101 (Financial Reporting Standard 101) Reduced Disclosure Framework as issued by the FRC incorporating the Amendments to FRS 101 issued by the FRC in July 2015 and July 2016.

As permitted by FRS 101, the Company has taken advantage of the disclosure exemptions available under that standard in relation to share-based payment, financial instruments, capital management, presentation of comparative information in respect of certain assets, presentation of a cash flow statement, certain related party transactions and the requirements of paragraphs 30 and 31 of IAS 8 ‘Accounting Policies, Changes in Accounting Estimates and Errors’ in relation to standards not yet effective. Where required, equivalent disclosures are given in the consolidated financial statements. The Company also has taken exemption from presenting the Parent Company Profit & Loss account in accordance with section 408 of Companies Act 2006.

1.2. Significant accounting policies

The financial statements have been prepared on the historical cost basis except for the re-measurement of certain financial instruments to fair value. The principal accounting policies adopted are the same as those set out in Notes 3 and 4 to the consolidated financial statements except as noted below.

Investment in subsidiaries and impairment

Investment in subsidiaries is stated at cost less, where appropriate, provisions for impairment. At each balance sheet date, the Company reviews the carrying amount of its investments to determine whether there is any indication that those assets have suffered an impairment loss. If any such indication exists, the recoverable amount of the asset is estimated to determine the extent of the impairment loss (if any).

Recoverable amount is the higher of the fair value less costs to sell and the value in use. In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to the present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset for which the estimates of future cash flows have not been adjusted. If the recoverable amount of an asset is estimated to be less than its carrying amount, the carrying amount of the asset is reduced to its recoverable amount. An impairment loss is recognized immediately in profit or loss.

Where an impairment loss subsequently reverses, the carrying amount of the asset is increased to the revised estimate of its recoverable amount, but so that the increased carrying amount does not exceed the carrying

158

TABLE OF CONTENTS

amount that would have been determined had no impairment loss been recognized for the asset in prior years. A reversal of an impairment loss is recognized immediately in profit or loss.

Share-based compensation

The Company operates a share-based compensation plan with certain equity and cash-settlement options for its subsidiaries. The subsidiary that receives the services from the given employee who is granted share based options recognizes share-based compensation expense based on the estimated grant date fair value of share-based awards using a Black-Scholes option pricing model. The Company recognizes an increase in equity and the corresponding debit as a contribution to the subsidiary. If the terms of an award are modified in a manner that affects both the fair value and vesting of the award, the total amount of remaining unrecognized compensation cost (based on the grant-date fair value) and the incremental fair value of the modified award are recognized over the amended vesting period.

Impact of new International Financial Reporting Standards

There are no new or amended standards or interpretations adopted during the year that have a significant impact on the financial statements.

Currency

Ferroglobe PLC functional currency is U.S. Dollar.

Going concern

The financial statements for the period ended December 31, 2025 have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern, which contemplates the realization of assets and the discharge of liabilities in the normal course of business for the foreseeable future.

The directors note that the Company’s going concern position is directly linked to that of the Group and those conclusions are set out within note 3.1 of the Group’s Consolidated Financial Statements on page 81. The Group has generated positive operating cash flows in fiscal year 2025 and anticipates generating sufficient cash from operations to satisfy its short and long-term liquidity needs. Considering this, the directors have a reasonable expectation that the Company will continue in operational existence for at least 12 months from the date of signing the financial statements. The Company therefore continues to adopt the going concern basis in preparing its financial statements.

Critical accounting judgements and key sources of estimation uncertainty

In the application of the Company’s accounting policies, the directors are required to make judgements, estimates and assumptions about the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. The estimates and associated assumptions are based on historical experience and other factors that are considered to be relevant. Actual results may differ from these estimates.

The estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognized in the period in which the estimate is revised if the revision affects only that period, or in the period of the revision and future periods if the revision affects both current and future periods.

In the current year there are no critical accounting estimates or judgements that have a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of the assets and liabilities within the next financial year.

159

TABLE OF CONTENTS

2. Investment in subsidiaries

The Company’s investments at the balance sheet date in the share capital of its subsidiaries include the following:

Company

Country

Ownership

Currency

Purpose

Ferroglobe Holding Company, LTD

United Kingdom

100%

USD

Electrometallurgy

Investments in subsidiaries are stated at cost less provision for impairments and the Directors believe that the carrying value of the investments is supported by their underlying net assets recoverable value.

The change in carrying value of investments is as follows:

	2025 US$’000		2024 US$’000
Cost:
At January 1		649,936		645,088
Additions		1,775		4,848
At December 31		649,936		649,936
Net book Value at December 31		651,711		649,936

Additions during fiscal year 2025 and 2024 relate to share-based awards granted by Ferroglobe PLC to the employees of its subsidiaries. These awards are treated as a contribution to the subsidiary.

The following are the main trading subsidiaries of the Company:

Percentage of
ownership

Name

Direct

Indirect

Country of incorporation

Nature of the business

Ferroglobe Spain Metals, S.A.U(***)

—

100.0

Spain (1)

Electrometallurgy

Ferroglobe France SAS(*)

—

100.0

France (2)

Electrometallurgy

Ferroglobe South Africa (Pty) Ltd(*)

—

100.0

South Africa (3)

Electrometallurgy

Ferroglobe U.S.A, Inc(***)

—

100.0

United States of America (4)

Electrometallurgy

Ferroglobe U.S.A Metallurgical, Inc.(**)

—

100.0

United States of America (4)

Electrometallurgy

WVA Manufacturing, LLC(**)

—

100.0

United States of America (5)

Electrometallurgy

Quebec Silicon LP(**)

—

100.0

Canada (6)

Electrometallurgy

Ferroglobe Argentina, S.R.L(**)

—

100.0

Argentina (7)

Electrometallurgy

Ferroglobe Mangan Norge AS(*)

—

100.0

Norway (8)

Electrometallurgy

Ferroglobe Manganese France SAS(*)

—

100.0

France (9)

Electrometallurgy

Ferroglobe Monzón, S.L.(*)

—

100.0

Spain (1)

Electrometallurgy

Ferroglobe Finance Company, PLC(***)

—

100.0

United Kingdom (10)

Electrometallurgy

Ferroglobe Holding Company, LTD

100.0

—

United Kingdom (10)

Electrometallurgy

(*)

Investment held through Ferroglobe Spain Metals, S.A.U

(**)

Investment held through Ferroglobe U.S.A, Inc

(***)

Investment held through Ferroglobe Holding Company, LTD

Registered Offices:

Pº Castellana, Nº 259-D Planta 49ª, 28046, Madrid, Spain

Immeuble Landart, bâtiment A, 3ème étage, 711 Avenue des Landiers, 73000 Chambery, France

160

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Joubertsrust 310 JS, Voortrekker Road, PO Box 214, eMalahleni (Witbank) 1035, South Africa

1595 Sparling Road, Waterford OH 45786, United States

Route 60 East, Alloy WV 25002, United States

6500 Rue Yvon-Trudeau, Becancour Québec G9H 2V8, Canada

Suipacha 1111, Piso18°, C1008 Cdad. Autónoma de Buenos Aires, Argentina

Mo Industripark, 8624 Mo-i-Rana, Norway

Route de l’Écluse de Mardyck — Port 3242 BP60181 59760 Grande-Synthe, France

10.

The Scalpel, 18th Floor, 52 Lime Street, EC3M 7AF, London, United Kingdom

Further information about subsidiaries, including disclosures about non-controlling interests, is provided in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements.

3. Trade and other receivables

	2025						2024
	Non-current US$’000		Current US$’000		Total US$’000		Non-current US$’000		Current US$’000		Total US$’000
Loans receivable from subsidiaries		—		3,250		3,250		3,250		—		3,250
Amounts receivable from subsidiaries		—		27,731		27,731		—		35,651		35,651
Less – allowance for doubtful debts		—		(7,688)		(7,688)		—		(9,032)		(9,032)
VAT recoverable		—		129		129		—		347		347
Total		—		23,422		23,422		3,250		26,966		30,216

Current amounts due from subsidiaries are repayable on demand and are non-interest bearing.

Current loans receivable from subsidiaries of $3,250 thousand bear interest at a rate of 7.86% per annum. In 2024 an addendum was signed to modify the interest rate as of April 1, 2024 from 9.32% to 7.86%.

The changes in the allowance for doubtful debts during 2025 and 2024 were as follows:

	Allowance US$’000
Balance at December 31, 2023		9,032
Impairment losses recognized		—
Balance at December 31, 2024		9,032
Impairment losses reversed		(1,344)
Balance at December 31, 2025		7,688

161

TABLE OF CONTENTS

4. Trade and other payables

	2025						2024
	Non-current US$’000		Current US$’000		Total US$’000		Non-current US$’000		Current US$’000		Total US$’000
Loans payable to subsidiaries		13,803		59,626		73,429		61,447		10,303		71,750
Amounts payable to subsidiaries		—		44,791		44,791		—		31,967		31,967
Trade payables		—		1,927		1,927		—		3,196		3,196
Total		13,803		106,344		120,147		61,447		45,466		106,913

Loans payable to subsidiaries include fixed rate interest of 7.86% per annum bearing loans of $73,429 thousand (2024: $71,750 thousand). In 2024 an addendum was signed to modify the interest rate as of April 1, 2024 from 9.32% to 7.86%.

The contractual maturity of loans payables to subsidiaries as of December 31, 2025, is as follows:

	Amount US$’000
Due in 2026		59,626
Due in 2028		3,500
Due in 2029		10,303
Total		73,429

5. Shareholders’ funds

The change in other reserves is as follows:

	Other reserves
	Merger reserve US$’000		Share-based payment US$’000		Own shares US$’000		Total US$’000
Balance at December 31, 2022		(242,620)		18,929		(10,339)		(234,031)
Share-based compensation		—		7,216		—		7,216
Balance at December 31, 2023		(242,620)		26,145		(10,339)		(226,815)
Share-based compensation		—		4,848		—		4,848
Own shares acquired		—		—		(2,427)		(2,427)
Balance at December 31, 2024		(242,620)		30,993		(12,766)		(224,394)
Share-based compensation		—		1,775		—		1,775
Own shares acquired		—		—		(4,690)		(4,690)
Balance at December 31, 2025		(242,620)		32,768		(17,456)		(227,309)

At the annual general meeting on June 18, 2024, shareholders granted authority to the Company to effect share repurchases. The Company is accordingly authorized for a period of five years to enter into contracts with appointed brokers under which the Company may undertake purchases of its ordinary shares provided that (i) the maximum aggregate number of ordinary shares hereby authorized to be purchased is 37,776,463, representing approximately 20% of the issued ordinary share capital, and (ii) additional restrictions under applicable U.S. securities laws are substantially complied with. For the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company repurchased a total of 1,320,442 shares and 598,207 shares, for total consideration of $4,690 thousand and $2,427 thousand, respectively. The average price paid per share in 2025 was $3.55 and $4.06 in 2024. The shares repurchased remained held in treasury at December 31, 2025 and 2024.

162

TABLE OF CONTENTS

6. Debt instruments

Debt instruments comprise the following at December 31:

	2025 US$’000		2024 US$’000
Unsecured note carried at amortised cost
Principal amount		25,802		10,154
Unamortised issuance costs		(113)		(63)
Accrued coupon interest		325		44
Total		26,014		10,135
Amount due for settlement within 12 months		26,014		10,135
Amount due for settlement after 12 months		—		—
Total		26,014		10,135

In December 2024, the BME’s (Spanish Stock Exchange) fixed income market admitted the Company’s Commercial Paper Program (the Pagarés) to trading for a maximum outstanding amount of €50 million ($58.8 million). The commercial paper to be issued under the program will have unit denominations of €100 thousand ($117.5 thousand) with maturities up to two years. Under this program, the Company will be able to issue commercial paper flexibly over 12 months. This program is led by Bankinter as arranger and agent. For the year ended December 31, 2025, the Company issued 444 commercial paper units totaling €44,400 thousand ($50,244 thousand) at a weighted-average effective interest rate of 4.91% and €31,700 thousand ($35,760 thousand) were repaid during the year, with an outstanding balance as of December 31, 2025 of $26,014 thousand. For the year ended December 31, 2024, the Company issued 99 commercial paper units totaling €9,900 thousand ($10,255 thousand) at a fixed rate of 5.88% which were repaid in February 2025.

7. Property, plant and equipment

The detail of property, plant and equipment, net of the related accumulated depreciation and impairment in 2025 and 2024 is as follows:

	Leased Land and Buildings US$’000		Accumulated Depreciation US$’000		Impairment US$’000		Total US$’000
Balance at December 31, 2023		2,265		(976)		(827)		462
Addition		—		(124)		—		(124)
Balance at December 31, 2024		2,265		(1,100)		(827)		338
Addition		—		(132)		—		(132)
Balance at December 31, 2025		2,265		(1,232)		(827)		206

163

TABLE OF CONTENTS

8. Leases

Lease obligations comprise the following at December 31:

	2025 US$’000		2024 US$’000
Balance as at January, 1		423		532
Additions		—		—
Disposals		—		—
Interest		32		42
Lease payments		(158)		(153)
Exchange differences		(3)		2
Balance as at December, 31		294		423
Analysed as:
Current		149		137
Non-current		145		286

9. Auditor’s remuneration

Fees payable to the Company’s auditor (KPMG LLP) for the audit of the consolidated financial statements and Parent Company’s annual financial statements were £420,619 ($554,745) for the year ended December 31, 2025 and £420,000 ($536,961) for the year ended December 31, 2024.

The following table shows the fees for audit and other services provided by Company’s statutory auditors and its associates for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024:

	2025 US$’000		2024 US$’000
Group audit fees		4,255		4,881
Audit of subsidiaries		1,640		969
Audit Fees		5,895		5,850
Audit-Related Fees		73		116
Tax Fees		—		4
Total Fees		5,968		5,970

10. Events after the reporting period

164

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Appendix 1 – Non-IFRS group financial metrics (unaudited)

Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA margin, Working Capital, Free Cash Flow, Net Debt, Net Debt to total assets and Net Debt to Capital are non-IFRS financial metrics that Ferroglobe utilizes to measure its success. The Company has included these financial metrics to provide supplemental measures of its performance. We believe these metrics are important because they eliminate items that have less bearing on the Company’s current and future operating performance and highlight trends in its core business that may not otherwise be apparent when relying solely on IFRS financial measures.

Adjusted EBITDA

	2025 US$’000		2024 US$’000
Profit attributable to the parent		(170,700)		23,538
Profit attributable to non-controlling interest		(6,412)		(2,738)
Income tax expense		2,468		16,252
Finance income		(3,474)		(7,248)
Finance cost		20,775		21,942
Depreciation and amortization		84,951		75,463
EBITDA		(72,392)		127,209
Exchange differences		23,886		(13,565)
Impairment loss		29,455		43,052
Restructuring and termination costs		(1,285)		(7,233)
New strategy implementation		682		5,416
Subactivity		—		3,164
PPA Energy		41,906		(4,243)
Fines Inventory Adjustment		5,364		—
Adjusted EBITDA		27,616		153,800

Adjusted EBITDA Margin

	2025 US$’000		2024 US$’000
Adjusted EBITDA		27,616		153,800
Sales		1,335,121		1,643,939
Adjusted EBITDA Margin		2.1%		9.4%

Working Capital

	2025 US$’000		2024 US$’000
Inventories		306,160		347,139
Trade receivables		191,536		188,816
Other receivables		74,665		83,103
Trade payables		(144,853)		(158,251)
Working Capital		427,508		460,807

165

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Free Cash Flow

	2025 US$’000		2024 US$’000
Net cash provided by operating activities		51,464		243,258
Payments for property, plant and equipment		(61,703)		(76,165)
Payments for intangible assets		(1,556)		(3,024)
Free Cash Flow		(11,795)		164,069

Adjusted Gross Debt(*)

	2025 US$’000		2024 US$’000
Bank borrowings		103,156		22,103
Debt instruments		26,014		10,135
Other financial liabilities		78,641		73,805
Adjusted Gross Debt		207,811		106,043

(*)

Adjusted gross debt excludes bank borrowings on factoring program and impact of leasing standard IFRS16

Net Debt

	2025 US$’000		2024 US$’000
Bank borrowings(1)		103,156		22,103
Debt instruments		26,014		10,135
Other financial liabilities		78,641		73,805
Current restricted cash and cash equivalents		(175)		(298)
Cash and cash equivalents		(122,812)		(132,973)
Net Debt		84,824		(27,228)

(1)

Bank borrowings exclude factoring programs

Capital

	2025 US$’000		2024 US$’000
Net Debt		84,824		(27,228)
Equity		692,257		834,245
Capital		777,081		807,017

166

	GLOSSARY AND DEFINITIONS					3
	OFFICERS AND PROFESSIONALS ADVISERS					6
	INTRODUCTION					7
	CHAIRMAN’S LETTER TO SHAREHOLDERS					8
	STRATEGIC REPORT					11
	DIRECTORS’ REPORT					29
	DIRECTORS’ RESPONSIBILITIES					39
	DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT					40
	INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT TO THE MEMBERS OF FERROGLOBE PLC					62
	CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS					71
	NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEARS ENDED 31, 2025 AND 2024					77
	PARENT COMPANY BALANCE SHEET					156
	PARENT COMPANY STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY					157
	NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2025 AND 2024					158
	Appendix 1 – Non-IFRS group financial metrics (unaudited)					165